2013 mazda6 owners manual - mazdausa.com€¦ · we want to help you get the most driving pleasure...

Mazda6_8CJ2-EA-12C_Edition1 Page1Monday, January 30 2012 10:8 AM

Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with completecustomer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manualcarefully and follow its recommendations.

An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service isnecessary, that's the place to go.

Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the bestpossible service.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasureand in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda North American Operations

Important Notes About This ManualKeep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should youresell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal atMazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Air Conditioning and the EnvironmentYour Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not todamage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

PerchlorateCertain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] maycontain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may findsome explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2012 Mazda North American OperationsPrinted in U.S.A. (Print1)

AWord to Mazda Owners


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

We want to help you get the most drivingpleasure from your vehicle. Your owner'smanual, when read from cover to cover,can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of themanual to best explain how to enjoy yourMazda. By reading your manual, you canfind out about the features, importantsafety information, and driving undervarious road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen”.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,an alphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNINGA WARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious injury or death couldresult if the warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich bodily injury or damage toyour vehicle, or both, could result ifthe caution is ignored.

NOTEA NOTE provides information and sometimessuggests how to make better use of yourvehicle.

The symbol below, located on some partsof the vehicle, indicates that this manualcontains information related to the part.Please refer to the manual for a detailedexplanation.

How to Use This Manual


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a GlanceInterior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

1

Essential Safety EquipmentUse of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

2

Knowing Your MazdaExplanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

3

Before Driving Your MazdaImportant information about driving your Mazda.

4

Driving Your MazdaExplanation of instruments and controls.

5

Interior ComfortUse of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

6

In Case of an EmergencyHelpful information on what to do in an emergency.

7

Maintenance and CareHow to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer Information and Reporting Safety DefectsImportant consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

9

SpecificationsTechnical information about your Mazda.

10

Index 11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

1 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Interior Overview .......................................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View A) .................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View B) .................................................... 1-3Interior Equipment (View C) .................................................... 1-4

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-5Front .......................................................................................... 1-5Rear ........................................................................................... 1-6

1-1


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Interior Equipment (View A)

Door-lock knob .................................................................................................. page 3-32Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-32Headlight leveling switch .................................................................................. page 5-65DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-25BSM OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-36Lighting control ................................................................................................. page 5-61Turn and lane-change signals ............................................................................ page 5-66Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-38Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-67Lock release lever .............................................................................................. page 3-61Trunk release button .......................................................................................... page 3-36Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-61Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-41Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-43

1-2

Your Vehicle at a Glance

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Interior Overview


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Interior Equipment (View B)

Audio control switches ...................................................................................... page 6-71SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-41Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-20Navigation system (if equipped) .......................................... Refer to the separate manualHazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-73Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2MT shift lever ..................................................................................................... page 5-11AT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-13Push button start ................................................................................................ page 3-10Seat warmer switches ........................................................................................ page 2-12Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-45Storage pocket ................................................................................................. page 6-150Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-16Multi information display .................................................................................. page 6-45


Interior Overview

1-3The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Interior Equipment (View C)

SRS air bag ........................................................................................................ page 2-41Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-14Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-44Bottle holder .................................................................................................... page 6-149Vanity mirror .................................................................................................... page 6-141Overhead lights ................................................................................................ page 6-142Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-62Sunvisor ........................................................................................................... page 6-141Accessory sockets ............................................................................................ page 6-153Front seat ............................................................................................................. page 2-2Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-7Cup holders ...................................................................................................... page 6-148Center console ................................................................................................. page 6-151Rear seat .............................................................................................................. page 2-9

1-4



Interior Overview


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Front

Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-45Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-29Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-47Door lock ........................................................................................................... page 3-31Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-43Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-33Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-40


Exterior Overview

1-5The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Rear

Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-36Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-35Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-61Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-33Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-40

1-6



Exterior Overview


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2 Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2Front Seats (Electrically Operated Seats) .................................. 2-4Rear Seat ................................................................................... 2-9Head Restraints ....................................................................... 2-11Seat Warmerí ......................................................................... 2-12

Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................ 2-14Seat Belt Precautions .............................................................. 2-14Seat Belt .................................................................................. 2-18Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-20Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-23Seat Belt Warning Light .......................................................... 2-24Seat Belt Reminder ................................................................. 2-25

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-26Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-26Child-Restraint System Installation Position .......................... 2-30Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-31LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-37

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-41Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions ................ 2-41Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-46How the SRS Air Bags Work .................................................. 2-47SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria .......................................... 2-51Limitations to SRS Air Bag .................................................... 2-52Driver and Front Passenger Occupant ClassificationSystemí .................................................................................. 2-54Monitoring and Maintenance .................................................. 2-59

2-1íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Front Seats (ManuallyOperated Seats)

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place:

Adjustable seats and seatbacks thatare not securely locked aredangerous. In a sudden stop orcollision, the seat or seatback couldmove, causing injury. Make sure theadjustable components of the seatare locked in place by attempting toslide the seat forward and backwardand rocking the seatback.

Adjust the driver's seat only when thevehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

CAUTIONBe careful not to place your handsand fingers around moving parts ofthe front seat when adjusting theseat positions to prevent injury.

qSeat Slide

To move a seat forward or backward, raisethe lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.

2-2

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with either front seatreclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in the front passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor (With Driver and FrontPassenger Occupant ClassificationSystem):

Your front passenger seat has weightsensors, sitting in the front passengerseat improperly out of position orwith the seatback reclined too farwhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous as it can take off weightfrom the seat bottom and affect theweight determination of the frontpassenger sensing system. As a resultthe front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould result in serious injury. Alwayssit upright against the seatback withyour feet on the floor.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After adjusting the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.

To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while raising the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.


Seats

2-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclinedseatback to its upright position,make sure you hold onto theseatback with your other hand whileoperating the lever. If the seatback isnot supported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

To adjust the seat height, move the leverup or down.

Down

Up

Front Seats (ElectricallyOperated Seats)

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

Adjust the driver's seat only when thevehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

2-4


Seats


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONØ The seat-bottom power

adjustment is operated by motors.Avoid extended operation becauseexcessive use can damage themotors.

Ø To prevent the battery fromrunning down, avoid using thepower adjustment when theengine is stopped. The adjusteruses a large amount of electricalpower.

Ø Do not use the switch to makemore than one adjustment at atime.

Ø Be careful not to place your handsand fingers around moving partsof the front seat when adjustingthe seat positions to preventinjury.

qSeat Slide

To slide the seat, move the slide lifterswitch on the outside of the seat to thefront or back and hold it. Release theswitch at the desired position.

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with either front seatreclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in the front passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor (With Driver and FrontPassenger Occupant ClassificationSystem):

Your front passenger seat has weightsensors, sitting in the front passengerseat improperly out of position orwith the seatback reclined too farwhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous as it can take off weightfrom the seat bottom and affect theweight determination of the frontpassenger sensing system. As a resultthe front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould result in serious injury. Alwayssit upright against the seatback withyour feet on the floor.


Seats

2-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

To change the seatback angle, press thefront or rear side of the reclining switch.Release the switch at the desired position.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

To adjust the seat height, move the switchup or down.

qSeat Position Memory (Driver'sSeat)í

One-touch seat position programming andactivation is available on the driver's seat.

CAUTIONWhen activating the seat position, donot place your hands or fingersaround the seat bottom. The seatmoves to the desired positionautomatically, and if your hands orfingers are placed around the seatbottom, it could cause injury.

SET button

Programming of the driver's seat positionsis possible using the following functions:l Programming buttons 1, 2, or 3 and theSET button.

l Operation using the advanced key/retractable type key

Programmed seat positions can beactivated using the following functions:l Programming buttons 1, 2, or 3.l Operation using advanced keylessfunctions/keyless entry system

NOTEIndividual seat positions can be programmedto the three available programming buttons onthe side of the driver's seat, plus one seatposition for each advanced key/retractabletype key used with the vehicle.

2-6


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Operation using the seat-side buttons

Programming

Park the vehicle in a safe location beforeperforming the seat positionprogramming. (Vehicle must be stopped)

1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.For each seat position adjustmentmethod refer to the following pages:Seat Slide (page 2-5)Seat Recline (page 2-5)Height Adjustment (page 2-6)

2. While holding the SET button in, pressthe desired programming button 1, 2,or 3 until a beep sound is heard.The button is programmed after a beepsound is heard. Other buttons can beprogrammed using the same procedure.

NOTEVehicle maintenance or other reasonsrequiring the vehicle battery to bedisconnected will result in the seat positionmemory being erased.In this case, re-program the seat positions.

Setting the driver's seat to a pre-programmed position

There are two methods for setting thedriver's seat to a pre-programmedposition. For example, the type A methodcan be used before sitting in the seat andwhile the driver's door is open, and thetype B method can be used after getting inthe vehicle with the driver's door closed.

TYPE AWhen the ignition is switched off and thedriver's door is open, press theprogramming button 1, 2, or 3 for thedesired seating position.

NOTEIn the following cases, the seat position setfunction cancels:l Any of the seat adjustment switches are

operated.l The SET button is pressed.l A programming button 1, 2, or 3 is pressed.l The vehicle starts moving.l Vehicle locking/unlocking is done using the

transmitter.l Vehicle locking/unlocking is done using the

advanced keyless functions.

TYPE BWhen the ignition is switched ON or thedriver's door is closed, press and hold thedesired programming button 1, 2, or 3.

NOTEIn the following cases, the seat position setfunction cancels:l Any of the seat adjustment switches are

operated.l The SET button is pressed.l The vehicle starts moving.

Operation using the advanced key/retractable type key

Programming

One seat position can be programmed intoeach advanced key/retractable type key.After the following conditions have beenmet, operate the seat and the advancedkey/retractable type key to program theseat positions.l The ignition is switched off(The auxiliary key/retractable type keyis removed from the ignition switch)

l The driver's door is open


Seats

2-7


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.For each seat position adjustmentmethod, refer to the following pages:Seat Slide (page 2-5)Seat Recline (page 2-5)Height Adjustment (page 2-6)

2. While holding the SET button in, pressand hold the button on the advancedkey/retractable type key until a beepsound is heard.The advanced key/retractable type keyis programmed after a beep sound isheard.

Seat position memory setting procedure

To set the driver's seat to pre-programmedposition, switch the ignition off, unlockthe doors using any of the followingmethods, and then open the driver's doorwithin about 40 seconds.l Press the button on the advancedkey/retractable type key.

l Touch the sensor area on the backsideof the front door handle while theadvanced key is being carried.

NOTEIf any of the following occurs, the seat positionactivation function cancels:l The / button on the advanced key/

retractable type key is pressed while the keyis not inserted into the ignition switch orthe key slot.

l A seat adjustment switch is operated.l The vehicle starts moving.l The selected programming button 1, 2, or 3

is pressed.l Vehicle unlocking is done using the

advanced keyless functions.l The SET button is pressed.

Erasing memory

After the following conditions have beenmet, while holding the SET button in,press the button on the advanced key/retractable type key until a beep sound isheard.l The ignition is switched off(The auxiliary key/retractable type keyis removed from the ignition switch)

l The driver's door is open

NOTEMemory will also be erased if any of thefollowing operations are performed:l The advanced key/retractable type key code

has been changed.Refer to Immobilizer System (withAdvanced Key) on page 3-50.Refer to Immobilizer System (withoutAdvanced Key) on page 3-54.

l The vehicle battery is disconnected forvehicle maintenance or other reasons.

qLumbar Support Adjustment(Driver's Seat)

The amount of lumbar support can beadjusted by rotating dial.

2-8


Seats


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Rear Seat

WARNINGMake sure luggage and cargo aresecured before driving:

Not securing cargo while driving isdangerous as it could move or becrushed during sudden braking or acollision and cause injury.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After returning the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.

Never allow a passenger to sit or standon the folded seatback while thevehicle is moving:

Driving with a passenger on thefolded seatback is dangerous.Allowing a child to sit up on thefolded seatback while the vehicle ismoving is particularly dangerous. Ina sudden stop or even a minorcollision, a child not in a proper seator child-restraint system and seatbelt could be thrown forward, backor even out of the vehicle resulting inserious injuries or death. The child inthe baggage area could be throwninto other occupants and causeserious injury.

Never give the car keys to children anddo not allow them to play in thevehicle:

Playing with the folding rear seats isdangerous. Once the seatbacks areback up, a child in the trunk wouldnot be able to get out the way theyhad entered. If you have smallchildren, keep the seatbacks locked.

Always leave your car locked and keepthe car keys safely away from children:

Leaving your car unlocked or thekeys in reach of children isdangerous. Children who find theirway into the trunk through anunlocked rear seatback or an opentrunk can become accidentally lockedin the trunk. This could result indeath or brain damage from heatprostration, particularly in thesummer. Always lock the doors andthe trunk, and as an added measure,keep the rear seatbacks locked,whether you have children in yourhome or not.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toyto play with and could cause thepower windows or other controls tooperate, or even make the vehiclemove.


Seats

2-9


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEWhen returning a rear seat to its originalposition, also replace the seat belt to itsnormal position. Verify that the seat belt pullsout and retracts.

qSplit-Folding Rear Seatback

The seatbacks can be folded down toprovide more space in the trunk.

To fold down the seatbacks

WARNINGAlways remove the child-restraintsystem from the rear seat beforeoperating the straps (in trunk) for therear seat:

Operating (pulling) the straps (intrunk) while a rear-facing child-restraint system is in the rear seat isdangerous. It could cause injury to achild seated in the child-restraintsystem when the seatback suddenlyflips forward.

Make sure there is nobody in the rearseat area before operating (pulling) thestraps (in trunk):

Not checking the rear seat area forpersons before folding the seatbacksdown with the straps (in trunk) isdangerous. The rear seat area isdifficult to see from the rear of thevehicle. Operating (pulling) the straps(in trunk) without checking couldcause injury to a person when aseatback suddenly flips forward.

CAUTIONBefore folding the seatbacks downwith the straps (in trunk), make surethere is no cup in a rear cup holder.Folding the seatbacks with the straps(in trunk) while a cup is in the cupholder could soil or damage the seatbottom and seatback.

CAUTIONBe careful of the following whenusing the straps (in trunk):On a downward slope, the seatbackcould flip forward faster than on aflat surface.

1. After checking that the rear seats areclear, open the trunk and pull the straps(in trunk) on the left and right sides ofthe trunk.

2. Open the rear door and fold the rearseatbacks forward.

To return the seatbacks to the uprightposition

1. Lift the seatbacks upright.

2. Pull on the top of the seatbacks frominside the vehicle to make sure they arelocked.

2-10


Seats


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGAlways make sure the seat belts arefully pulled out from under theseatbacks:

A seat belt caught under a seatbackafter the seatback is returned to itsupright position is dangerous. In acollision or sudden stop, the seat beltcannot provide adequate protection.

qArmrest

The rear armrest in the center of the rearseatback can be used (no occupant in thecenter seat) or placed upright.

Armrest

Head RestraintsYour vehicle is equipped with headrestraints on all outboard seats. The headrestraints are intended to help protect youand the passengers from neck injury.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsinstalled when seats are being usedand make sure they are properlyadjusted:

Driving with the head restraintsadjusted too low or removed isdangerous. With no support behindyour head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

Height adjustment

To raise a head restraint, pull it up to thedesired position.To lower the head restraint, press the stop-catch release, then push the head restraintdown.Adjust the head restraint so that the centeris even with the top of the passenger'sears.


Seats

2-11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Front outboard seat

Rear outboard seat

Seat Warmerí

Press the HI or LO side of the seat warmerswitch with the ignition switched ON. Theindicator on the switch illuminates and theseat warms up.If a higher temperature is preferred, pressthe HI side of the switch, and for a lowertemperature, press the LO side.When not using the seat warmer, set theswitch to neutral with neither HI or LOdepressed.

2-12


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGØ Be careful when using the seat

warmer. The heat from the seatwarmer may be too hot for somepeople, as indicated below, andcould cause a low-temperatureburn.Ø Infants, small babies, elderly

people, and physicallychallenged people

Ø People with delicate skinØ People who are excessively

fatiguedØ People who are intoxicatedØ People who have taken sleep-

inducing medicine such assleeping pills or cold medicine

Ø Do not use the seat warmer withanything having high moisture-retention ability such as a blanketor cushion on the seat. The seatmay be heated excessively andcause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not use the seat warmer evenwhen taking a short nap in thevehicle. The seat may be heatedexcessively and cause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not place heavy objects withsharp projections on the seat, orinsert needles or pins into it. Thiscould cause the seat to becomeexcessively heated and result ininjury from a minor burn.

CAUTIONDo not use organic solvents to cleanthe seat. It may damage the seatsurface and the heater.

NOTEl Use the seat warmer when the engine is

running, and do not continue to use it for along period of time.

l The temperature of the seat warmer cannotbe adjusted beyond High and Low becausethe seat warmer is controlled by athermostat.


Seats

2-13


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Seat Belt PrecautionsSeat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and suddenstops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.

All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the waywhen not in use.

The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only anemergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during acollision.

However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in twomodes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the frontpassenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and makesure any child-restraint system is secured properly.

2-14


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGAlways wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:

Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants notwearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrownout of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the samecollision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is notavailable to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,which could cause serious injury or death. So, if your seat belt is twisted, you muststraighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt tobe used.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the beltwebbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequateprotection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat beltsystems in use during an accident before they are used again.

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter hasbeen expended:

Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat beltpretensioners and air bags after any collision. Like the air bags, the front seat beltpretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced afterany collision that caused them to deploy. A seat belt with an expended pretensioneror load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all; however, if the frontseat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced, the risk of injury in acollision will increase.


Seat Belt Systems

2-15


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONBelt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keepthem clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning theLap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-63).

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specificrecommendations.The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across thestomach area.Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with yourdoctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and theretractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it willalways be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode bypulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortablemovement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic lockingmode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the morecomfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, levelarea, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend itaround you again.If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling itout slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out againslowly.

2-16


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qAutomatic Locking Mode

Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting toan unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It willretract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on childrestraint (page 2-26).


Seat Belt Systems

2-17


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Seat Belt

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the seat belt tongue.

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

Seat belt tongue

Lap/shoulder belt

3. Insert the seat belt tongue into the seatbelt buckle until you hear a clicksound.

Seat belt buckle

Seat belt tongue

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Keep low on hip bone

Too high

Take up slack

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of the SeatBelt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.

2-18


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.If the belt does not fully retract, pull it outand check for kinks or twists. Then makesure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTEIf a belt does not fully retract, inspect it forkinks and twists. If it is still not retractingproperly, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qFront Shoulder Belt Adjuster

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt ifthe seat belt touches your neck, or if itcrosses your arm instead of your shoulder.To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, pushthe adjuster up. To lower the shoulder beltadjuster, pull the adjuster and slide itdown. Make sure the adjuster is locked.

To raise To lower

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.


Seat Belt Systems

2-19


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Front Seat Belt Pretensionerand Load Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver andfront passenger seat belts are equippedwith pretensioner and load limitingsystems. For both these systems to workproperly you must wear the seat beltproperly.

Pretensioners:In moderate or severe frontal or near-frontal accidents, the front air bag andpretensioner systems deploysimultaneously. The front seat beltretractors remove slack quickly as the airbags are expanding. Any time the air bagsand front seat belt pretensioners havedeployed they must be replaced.(With Driver and Front PassengerOccupant Classification System)In addition, the pretensioner system forthe front passenger, like the frontpassenger air bag, is designed to onlydeploy in accordance with the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat.For details, refer to the front passengerseat weight sensors (page 2-54).

Load limiter:The load limiting system releases beltwebbing in a controlled manner to reducebelt force on the occupant's chest. Whilethe most severe load on a seat belt occursin frontal collisions, the load limiter hasan automatic mechanical function and canactivate in any accident mode withsufficient occupant movement.Even if the pretensioners have notdeployed, the load limiting function mustbe checked by an Authorized MazdaDealer after any collision.

WARNINGWear seat belts only as recommendedin this owner's manual:

Incorrect positioning of the driver andfront passenger seat belts isdangerous. Without properpositioning, the pretensioner andload limiting systems cannot provideadequate protection in an accidentand this could result in serious injury.For more details about wearing seatbelts, refer to “Fastening the seatbelts” (page 2-18).

Have your seat belts changedimmediately if the pretensioner or loadlimiter has been expended:

Always have an Authorized MazdaDealer immediately inspect the frontseat belt pretensioners and air bagsafter any collision. Like the air bags,the front seat belt pretensioners andload limiters will only function onceand must be replaced after anycollision that caused them to deploy.A seat belt with an expendedpretensioner or load limiter is stillbetter than wearing no seat belt atall; however, if the front seat beltpretensioners and load limiters arenot replaced, the risk of injury in acollision will increase.

2-20


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Do not modify the components orwiring, or use electronic testing deviceson the pretensioner system:

Modifying the components or wiringof the pretensioner system, includingthe use of electronic testing devices isdangerous. You could accidentallyactivate it or make it inoperablewhich would prevent it fromactivating in an accident. Theoccupants or repairers could beseriously injured.

Properly dispose of the pretensionersystem:

Improper disposal of the pretensionersystem or a vehicle with non-deactivated pretensioners isdangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury couldresult. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of thepretensioner system or how to scrapa pretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTEl The pretensioner system will activate in a

moderate or greater frontal or near-frontalcollision. It will not activate in mostrollovers, side or rear impacts.(With Driver and Front PassengerOccupant Classification System)The pretensioner system for the frontpassenger is designed to only deploy inaccordance with the total seated weight onthe front passenger seat.

l Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will bereleased when the air bags andpretensioners deploy. This does not indicatea fire. This gas normally has no effect onoccupants, however, those with sensitiveskin may experience light skin irritation. Ifresidue from the deployment of the air bagsor the front pretensioner system gets on theskin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon aspossible.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition isswitched ON or after the engine iscranked. The warning light turns off aftera specified period of time.


Seat Belt Systems

2-21


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition isswitched ON. If any of these occur,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may notoperate in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding is dangerous.In a collision, the air bags and thefront seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy and this could resultin death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealerto have the vehicle inspected as soonas possible.

2-22


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Seat Belt ExtenderIf your seat belt is not long enough, evenwhen fully extended, a seat belt extendermay be available to you at no charge fromyour Authorized Mazda Dealer.This extender will be only for you and forthe particular vehicle and seat. Even if itplugs into other seat belts, it may not holdin the critical moment of a crash.When ordering an extender, only orderone that provides the necessary additionallength to fasten the seat belt properly.Please contact your Authorized MazdaDealer for more information.

WARNINGDo not use a seat belt extender unlessit is necessary:

Using a seat belt extender when notnecessary is dangerous. The seat beltwill be too long and not fit properly.In an accident, the seat belt will notprovide adequate protection and youcould be seriously injured. Only usethe extender when it is required tofasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:Using a seat belt extender that is foranother person or a different vehicleor seat is dangerous. The seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand the user could be seriouslyinjured in an accident. Only use theextender provided for you and for theparticular vehicle and seat. NEVERuse the extender in a different vehicleor seat. If you sell your Mazda, donot leave your seat belt extender inthe vehicle. It could be usedaccidentally by the new owner of thevehicle. After removing the seat beltextender, discard it. Never use theseat belt extender in any othervehicle you may own in the future.

Do not use an extender that is toolong:

Using an extender that is too long isdangerous. The seat belt will not fitproperly. In an accident, the seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand you could be seriously injured.Do not use the extender or chooseone shorter in length if the distancebetween the extender's buckle andthe center of the user's body is lessthan 15 cm (6 in).


Seat Belt Systems

2-23


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Do not leave a seat belt extenderconnected to the buckle:

Leaving a seat belt extenderconnected to the buckle withoutusing the seat belt is dangerous.When the seat belt extender isconnected to the driver's seat beltbuckle (or front passenger) seat, theSRS driver's (or front passenger's) airbag system will determine that thedriver (or front passenger) is wearingthe seat belt even if the driver (orfront passenger) is not wearing it.This condition could cause thedriver's (or front passenger's) air bagto not activate correctly and result indeath or serious injury in the event ofcollision. Always wear the seat beltwith the seat belt extender.

Do not use the seat belt extender wheninstalling a child-restraint system onthe front or rear passenger seat:

Using a seat belt extender to fasten achild-restraint system on any seat isdangerous. Always follow the child-restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions and neveruse a seat belt extender.

NOTEWhen not in use, remove the seat belt extenderand store it in the vehicle. If the seat beltextender is left connected, the seat beltextender might get damaged as it will notretract with the rest of the seat belt and caneasily fall out of the door when not in use andbe damaged. In addition, the seat belt warninglight will not illuminate and function properly.

Seat Belt Warning Light

With warning light for frontpassenger's seat

The seat belt warning light illuminates ifthe driver or front passenger's seat belt isnot fastened (only when the frontpassenger seat is occupied) when theignition is switched ON.

Without warning light for frontpassenger's seat

The seat belt warning light illuminates ifthe driver's seat belt is not fastened whenthe ignition is switched ON.

2-24


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Seat Belt ReminderNOTEConsult an Authorized Mazda Dealer todeactivate or restore the belt reminder. Thoughthe belt reminder can be deactivated, doing sowill defeat the purpose of the system to warnthe driver and the front passenger in the eventthat their seat belts are not fastened. For thesafety of the driver and front passenger, Mazdarecommends not deactivating the beltreminder.

If the vehicle is driven with the driver orfront passenger's seat belt unfastened, theseat belt warning light illuminates and awarning chime sounds.

NOTESome models do not have the seat beltreminder function for the front passenger'sseat.

If the driver or front passenger's seat beltis unfastened (only when the frontpassenger seat is occupied) and thevehicle is driven at a speed faster thanabout 20 km/h (12 mph), the warninglight will flash and a beep sound will beheard. After a short time, the warninglight stops flashing, but remainsilluminated, and the beep sound stops.

Until a seat belt is fastened or a givenperiod of time has elapsed, the beep soundwill not stop even if the vehicle speedfalls below 20 km/h (12 mph).

NOTEl The warning light flashes and a beep sound

will be heard for about 6 seconds if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition is switched ON.

l If a driver or front passenger's seat belt isnot fastened after the beep sound turns off(warning light remains illuminated), andthe vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h (12mph), the warning light flashes and beepsound activates again.

l Placing heavy items on the front passengerseat may cause the front passenger seat beltwarning function to operate depending onthe weight of the item.

l To allow the front passenger seat weightsensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that thewarning light will not operate.


Seat Belt Systems

2-25


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Child Restraint PrecautionsMazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to usethem.

You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safetyof children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the ageand size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individualchild-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer tothe center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if thechild is seated on the center seat.

Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the airbag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for otherchild-restraint systems.

(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thefront passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the frontpassenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light illuminates.

When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the frontpassenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children beproperly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rearseats which are the best place for children.

For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-54).

2-26


Child Restraint


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGUse the correct size child-restraint system:

For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must beproperly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age andsize. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint systembuckled down:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from thevehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchorsfor LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.

Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. Nomatter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in asudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bagforces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may beslammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. Thechild-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.


Child Restraint

2-27


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unlessit is unavoidable:

In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death tothe child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passengerseat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerousunder certain conditions (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant ClassificationSystem):

Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors. Even with thefront passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat to seata child, using a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under thefollowing conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deployingand could result in serious injury or death to the child.Ø The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when

seating a child in the child-restraint system.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint

system.Ø A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger

seatback.Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places forchildren. Always use seat belts and child restraints.

2-28


Child Restraint


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehiclewith side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area ofthe front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge alongboth sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could causeserious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over oragainst the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate theadvantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additionalside air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better locationfor children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the sidewindow, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

CAUTIONA seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle duringwarm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or yourchild touches them.

NOTEYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCHchild-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-37).


Child Restraint

2-29


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Position

In this owner's manual, explanation ofchild-restraint systems is provided for thefollowing three types of popular child-restraint systems: infant seat, child seat,booster seat.

NOTEl Installation position is determined by the

type of child-restraint system. Always readthe manufacturer's instructions and thisowner's manual carefully.

l Due to variations in the design of child-restraint systems, vehicle seats and seatbelts, all child-restraint systems may not fitall seating positions. Before purchasing achild-restraint system, it should be tested inthe specific vehicle seating position (orpositions) where it is intended to be used. Ifa previously purchased child-restraintsystem does not fit, you may need topurchase a different one that will.

Infant seatAn infant seat provides restraint bybracing the infant's head, neck and backagainst the seating surface.

Child seatA child seat restrains a child's body usingthe harness.

Booster seatA booster seat is a child restraintaccessory designed to improve the fit ofthe seat belt system around the child'sbody.

2-30


Child Restraint


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Installing Child-RestraintSystems

Accident statistics reveal that a child issafer in the rear seat. The front passenger'sseat is clearly the worst choice for anychild under 12, and with rear-facing child-restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due toair bags.

NOTEEven if your vehicle is equipped with frontpassenger seat weight sensors (page 2-54),which automatically deactivates the frontpassenger air bag, a rear seat is the safestplace for a child of any age or size.

Some child-restraint systems now comewith tethers and therefore must beinstalled on the seats that take tethers tobe effective. In your Mazda, tetheredchild-restraint systems can only beaccommodated in the three positions onthe rear seat.

Some child-restraint systems also employspecially designed LATCH attachments;refer to “LATCH Child-RestraintSystems” (page 2-37).

WARNINGTethered Child-Restraint Systems WorkOnly on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:

Installation of a tether equippedchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat defeats the safetydesign of the system and will result inan increased chance of serious injuryif the child-restraint system goesforward without benefit of beingtethered.Place tether equipped child-restraintsystems where there are tetheranchors.

qRear Seat Child-Restraint SystemInstallation

Follow these instructions when using achild-restraint system, unless you areattaching a LATCH-equipped child-restraint system to the rear LATCH loweranchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-37).

NOTEFollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully. If youare not sure whether you have a LATCHsystem or tether, check in the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions and followthem accordingly. Depending on the type ofchild-restraint system, it may use LATCHsystem instead of seat belts or if the belt goesacross the child's chest, may recommendagainst using automatic locking mode.

1. Raise the head restraint to the toplocked position (except center seatposition).Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-11.


Child Restraint

2-31


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.

3. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

4. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Aclicking noise from the retractor will beheard during retraction if the system isin the automatic locking mode. If thebelt does not lock the seat down tight,repeat this step.

NOTEInspect this function before each use of thechild-restraint system. You should not be ableto pull the shoulder belt out of the retractorwhile the system is in the automatic lockingmode. When you remove the child-restraintsystem, be sure the belt fully retracts to returnthe system to emergency locking mode beforeoccupants use the seat belts.

5. If your child-restraint system requiresthe use of a tether strap, refer to themanufacturer's instructions to hook andtighten the tether strap after raising thehead restraint (except center position).

Anchor bracket location

Tether strap position

Anchor bracket

Tether strap

2-32


Child Restraint


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGUse the tether and tether anchor onlyfor a child-restraint system:

Using the tether or tether anchor tosecure anything but a child-restraintsystem is dangerous. This couldweaken or damage the tether ortether anchor and result in injury.

Always route the tether strap betweenthe head restraint and the seatback(Except center seat position):

Routing the tether strap on top of thehead restraint is dangerous. In acollision the tether strap could slideoff the head restraint and loosen thechild-restraint system. The child-restraint system could move whichmay result in death or injury to thechild.

Always attach the tether strap to thecorrect tether anchor position:

Attaching the tether strap to theincorrect tether anchor position isdangerous. In a collision, the tetherstrap could come off and loosen thechild-restraint system. If the child-restraint system moves it could resultin death or injury to the child.

qIf You Must Use the Front Seatfor Children

If you cannot put all children in the rearseat, at least put the smallest children inthe rear and be sure the largest child upfront uses the shoulder belt over theshoulder.NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seatwhether your vehicle is equipped with aseat weight sensor or not.This seat is also not set up for tetheredchild-restraint systems, put them in one ofthe rear seat positions set up with tetheranchors.Likewise the LATCH child-restraintsystem cannot be secured in the frontpassenger's seat and should be used in therear seat.Do not allow anyone to sleep against theside window if you have an optional sideand curtain air bags, it could cause seriousinjuries to an out of position occupant. Aschildren more often sleep in cars, it isbetter to put them in the rear seat. Ifinstalling the child-restraint system on thefront seat is unavoidable, follow theseinstructions when using a front-facingchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat.

NOTEl To check if your front seats have side air

bags:Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bagwill have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on theoutboard shoulder of the front seats.

l To check if your vehicle has curtain airbags:Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain airbag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” markingon the window pillars along the roof edge.


Child Restraint

2-33


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGAlways move the front passenger seatas far back as possible if installing afront-facing child-restraint system on itis unavoidable:

As your vehicle has front air bagsand doubly so because your vehiclehas side air bags, a front-facingchild-restraint system should be puton the front passenger seat onlywhen it is unavoidable.Even if the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator lightilluminates, always move the seat asfar back as possible, because theforce of a deploying air bag couldcause serious injury or death to thechild.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraintsystem in the front seat with an air bagthat could deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systemson the front seat are particularlydangerous.Even in a moderate collision, thechild-restraint system can be hit by adeploying air bag and movedviolently backward resulting inserious injury or death to the child.Even though you may feel assuredthat the front passenger air bag willnot deploy based on the fact that thefront passenger air bag deactivationindicator light illuminates, youshould not use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat.

Do not allow a child or anyone to leanover or against the side window of avehicle with side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone tolean over or against the side window,the area of the front passenger seat,the front and rear window pillars andthe roof edge along both sides fromwhich the side and curtain air bagsdeploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. The impact ofinflation from a side or curtain airbag could cause serious injury ordeath to an out of position child.Furthermore, leaning over or againstthe front door could block the sideand curtain air bags and eliminatethe advantages of supplementalprotection. With the front air bag andthe additional side air bag thatcomes out of the front seat, the rearseat is always a better location forchildren. Take special care not toallow a child to lean over or againstthe side window, even if the child isseated in a child-restraint system.

qFront Passenger's Seat Child-Restraint System Installation

1. Switch the ignition ON.

2. Slide the seat as far back as possible.

2-34


Child Restraint


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. Place the child-restraint system on theseat without putting your weight on theseat and fasten the seat belt. See themanufacturer's instructions on thechild-restraint system for belt routinginstructions.

4. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

5. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Aclicking noise from the retractor will beheard during retraction if the system isin automatic locking mode. If the beltdoes not lock the seat down tight,repeat the previous step and also thisone.

NOTEl Inspect this function before each use of the

child-restraint system. You should not beable to pull the shoulder belt out of theretractor while the system is in theautomatic locking mode. When you removethe child-restraint system, be sure the beltfully retracts to return the system toemergency locking mode before occupantsuse the seat belts.

l Follow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully.Depending on the type of child-restraintsystem, it may not employ seat belts whichare in automatic locking mode.

6. Seat your child safely in the child-restraint system and secure the childaccording to the instructions from thechild-restraint system manufacturer.

7. (With Driver and Front PassengerOccupant Classification System)Make sure the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesafter installing a child-restraint systemon the front passenger seat.If the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does notilluminate, remove the child-restraintsystem, switch the ignition to OFF orACC, and then re-install the child-restraint system.Refer to Front Passenger Seat WeightSensors on page 2-54.


Child Restraint

2-35


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not seat a child in a child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat ifthe front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does notilluminate (With Driver and FrontPassenger Occupant ClassificationSystem):

While it is always better to install anychild-restraint system on the rearseat, it is imperative that a child-restraint system ONLY be used on thefront passenger seat if thedeactivation indicator lightilluminates when the child is seatedin the child-restraint system (page2-54). Seating a child in a child-restraint system installed on the frontpassenger seat with the frontpassenger air bag deactivationindicator light not illuminated isdangerous. If this indicator light doesnot illuminate, this means that thefront passenger front and side airbags, and seat belt pretensioner areready for deployment. If an accidentwere to deploy an air bag, a child ina child-restraint system sitting in thefront passenger seat could beseriously injured or killed. If theindicator light does not illuminateafter seating a child in a child-restraint system on the frontpassenger seat, seat a child in achild-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

2-36


Child Restraint


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemsYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designedLATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise theseat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systemsmust also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether youmust use it to better assure your child's safety.

WARNINGFollow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraintsystem attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use theseat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position isoccupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.

Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure theseat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child inan improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle orfasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCHchild-restraint systems.

Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint system:

Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installingthe child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent thechild-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors andthe child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system couldmove in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are noseat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

NOTETo install a child-restraint system on the rear-seat center position, use a seat belt-secured child-restraint system.


Child Restraint

2-37


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure (RearOutboard Seats)

1. Make sure the seatback is securelylatched by pushing it back until it isfully locked.

2. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.

3. Raise the head restraint to the toplocked position.Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-11.

4. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instruction. Pull on thechild-restraint to be sure both anchorsare engaged.

5. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that means it isvery important to properly secure thetether for child safety. Please carefullyfollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions wheninstalling tethers.



Anchor bracket

Tether strap

2-38


Child Restraint


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



Always route the tether strap betweenthe head restraint and the seatback:

Routing the tether strap on top of thehead restraint is dangerous. In acollision the tether strap could slideoff the head restraint and loosen thechild-restraint system. The child-restraint system could move whichmay result in death or injury to thechild.



qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure (RearCenter Seat)

The LATCH lower anchors at the centerof the rear seat are much further apart thanthe sets of LATCH lower anchors forchild-restraint system installation at otherseating positions. Child-restraint systemswith rigid LATCH attachments cannot beinstalled on the center seating position.Some LATCH equipped child-restraintsystems can be placed in the centerposition and will reach the nearestLATCH lower anchors which are 466 mm(18.35 in) apart. LATCH compatiblechild-restraint systems (with attachmentson belt webbing) can be used at thisseating position only if the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions statethat the child-restraint system can beinstalled to LATCH lower anchors that are466 mm (18.35 in) apart. Do not attachtwo child-restraint systems to the sameLATCH lower anchor. If your child-restraint system has a tether, it must alsobe used for your child's optimum safety.


Child Restraint

2-39


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C





1. Make sure the seatback is securelylatched by pushing it back until it isfully locked.

2. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.

3. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions. Pull on thechild-restraint to be sure both anchorsare engaged.

4. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that means it isvery important to properly secure thetether for child safety. Please carefullyfollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions wheninstalling tethers.



Anchor bracket

Tether strap

2-40


Child Restraint


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) PrecautionsThe front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 6 air bags. Please verifythe air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG” locationindicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.The air bags are installed in the following locations:

l The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)l The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)l The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)l The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protectionin certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.Seat belt usage is necessary to:l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air baginflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal, side collisions that are notsevere enough to activate the air bags.

l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because theair bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.


SRS Air Bags

2-41


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupantclassification system, refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant ClassificationSystem (page 2-54) for details.If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classificationsystem, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specifiedtime after the ignition is switched ON.

Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in everystate and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraintsystem (page 2-26).

Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow theinstallation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

WARNINGSeat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:

Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can beexpected to inflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal, sidecollisions that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seatbelts.

Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could behit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the frontpassenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean againstthe door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front-passengerside of the vehicle. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under onthe rear seat with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.

2-42


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. Thechild-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing handsor feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bagsinflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is tooclose. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. Thefront seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants shouldadjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against theseatbacks with seat belts worn properly.

Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleepingup against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The sideand curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along thedoor on the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting tooclose to the door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab thesides of the front seatbacks. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work bysitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts wornproperly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger airbags deploy:

Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placingsomething in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interferewith air bag inflation and injure the occupants.


SRS Air Bags

2-43


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of theseat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the sideair bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the addedprotection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that isdangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the frontseats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modulesin your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on thewindshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roofedge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with thecurtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along theroof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirectingthe air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut openreleasing the gas.Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules freeto deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The componentsessential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event ofa side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in deathor serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to thesupplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the frontseats.

Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated:

Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You couldget burned.

Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. Theair bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflateunexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.Front occupants could be seriously injured.

2-44


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Do not modify the suspension:Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or thesuspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collisionresulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of seriousinjuries.

Do not modify a front door or leave any damage unrepaired. Always have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer inspect a damaged front door:

Modifying a front door or leaving any damage unrepaired is dangerous. Each frontdoor has a side crash sensor as a component of the supplemental restraint system. Ifholes are drilled in a front door, a door speaker is left removed, or a damaged door isleft unrepaired, the sensor could be adversely affected causing it to not detect thepressure of an impact correctly during a side collision. If a sensor does not detect aside impact correctly, the side and curtain air bags may not operate normally whichcould result in serious injury to occupants.

Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system isdangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not makeany modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extraelectrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized MazdaDealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of frontseats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that thebags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and frontpassenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain anundamaged air bag connection.

NOTEl When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.

Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injurieson body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and thatfamiliarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.


SRS Air Bags

2-45


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Supplemental Restraint System Components

Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bagsCrash sensor, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-20)Front air bag sensorSide crash sensorsAir bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-49)Side and curtain inflators and air bagsFront passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-54)Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-54)Front passenger seat weight sensor control moduleDriver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-58)Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-54)

NOTE- are equipped only on models with the driver and front passenger occupant classification

system.

2-46


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

How the SRS Air Bags WorkYour Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags aredesigned to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition tothe seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.

qFront Seat Belt Pretensioners

The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, nearfrontal collisions.

qDriver Air Bag

The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheel.When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, thedriver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chestcaused by directly hitting the steering wheel.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-51).(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During animpact of moderate severity the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas duringmore severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.

qFront Passenger Air Bag

The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard. The inflationmechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag, as mentionedabove.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-51).


SRS Air Bags

2-47


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with thetotal seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and frontpassenger occupant classification system (page 2-54).

qSide Air Bags

The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, thesystem inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side airbag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused bydirectly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-51).(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)In addition, the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance withthe total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and frontpassenger occupant classification system (page 2-54).

2-48


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qCurtain Air Bags

The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edgealong both sides.When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, thecurtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboardpassenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-51).In a side impact:Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag onthat side only to inflate.

The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly, the warning lightilluminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked. The warninglight turns off after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantlyilluminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON. If any of theseoccur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may notoperate in an accident.


SRS Air Bags

2-49


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensionercould accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems and thewarning light, a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heardfor approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warningbeep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning beepsounding is dangerous. In a collision, the air bags and the front seat beltpretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon aspossible.

2-50


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

SRS Air Bag Deployment CriteriaThis chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the typeof collision.(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)

SRSequipment

Types of collision

A severe frontal/near frontal collision A severe side collision A rear collision

Front seatbelt

pretensionerX*1 (both sides)

No air bag and front seatbelt pretensioner will beactivated in a rear collision.

Driver airbag

X

Frontpassenger air

bagX*1

Side air bag X*1 (impact side only)

Curtain airbag

X (impact side only)

X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.*1: (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)

The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designedto deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passengerseat.


SRS Air Bags

2-51


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Limitations to SRS Air BagIn severe collisions such as those described previously in “SRS Air Bag DeploymentCriteria”, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in some accidents,the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity.

Limitations to front/near front collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not bedetected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle

Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate

Limitations to side collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected assevere enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles

2-52


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Roll-over


SRS Air Bags

2-53


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification Systemí

First, please read “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions” (page 2-41)carefully.

NOTEThis system is equipped on models for the U.S., Canadian and Puerto Rican markets.

qDriver Seat Slide Position Sensor

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensordetermines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seatposition to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is designed to control thedeployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steeringwheel.The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has apossible malfunction (page 2-49).

qFront Passenger Seat Weight Sensors

Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. These sensors are located under both of the front passengerseat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat andmonitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat. The SAS unit is designed toprevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system fromdeploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thesystem deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat beltpretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightilluminates. Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light illumination conditions.

This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminatesaccording to the following table.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possiblemalfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system will not deploy.

2-54


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side airbags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.

If the front passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when theignition is switched ON. The light turns off after a few seconds.

The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:

Condition detected by thefront passenger occupant

classification system

Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light

Front passenger front andside air bags

Front passenger seatbelt pretensioner

system

Empty (Not occupied)*1 Off Deactivated Deactivated

Child or child-restraintsystem*2 On Deactivated Deactivated

Adult*3 Off Ready Ready

*1 : If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,however this does not indicate a malfunction.

*2 : If a larger child sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the child as being an adult dependingon the child's physique.

*3 : If a smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the person as being a childdepending on the person's physique.

The curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.

If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when theignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart, do notallow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident.


SRS Air Bags

2-55


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:

When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment isdangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced totalseated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seatbelt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident. The front passenger willnot have the supplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in seriousinjury. Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result inan air bag not deploying under the following conditions, for example:Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the

front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seatbottom.

Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entireweight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatbackreclined too far.

Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.

The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

2-56


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous. The front passenger seatweight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in theunexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger frontand side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident underthe following conditions, for example:Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint

system.Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

CAUTIONØ To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the

sensors in the front seat bottoms:Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on

them.Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.

Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the

seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint

system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page2-34).


SRS Air Bags

2-57


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and

side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or

other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interiorchanges suddenly.

l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat changes.

l The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the frontpassenger seat receives a severe impact.

l If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing achild-restraint system on the front passenger seat, first, re-install your child-restraint systemaccording to the procedure in this owner's manual. Then, if the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light still does not illuminate, install the child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated inthe front passenger seat, have the passenger re-adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on thefloor, and then re-fastening the seat belt. If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightstill illuminates, move the passenger to the rear seat. If sitting in the rear seat is not possible, slidethe front passenger seat as far back as possible.

qDriver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches

The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts aresecurely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.

2-58


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Monitoring and Maintenance

qConstant Monitoring

The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:

l Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)l Front air bag sensorl Air bag modulesl Side crash sensorsl Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner system warning lightl Front seat belt pretensionersl Related wiring(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)l Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightl Driver seat slide position sensorl Front passenger seat weight sensorsl Front passenger seat weight sensor control module

The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when theignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven.

qMaintenance

The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:l The air bag system warning light flashes.l The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.l The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON.l The air bag system warning beep sound is heard.l The air bags have deployed.l (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignitionis switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart. For more details aboutthis indicator light and this chart, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page2-54).


SRS Air Bags

2-59


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner systemcomponents:

Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must bereplaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only atrained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that theywill work in any subsequent accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bagor pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of anysubsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steeringwheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge,containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential airbag components. The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries.Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.

Dispose of the air bag properly:Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremelydangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask anAuthorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an airbag equipped vehicle.

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraintsystem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with acertified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”(page 9-2).

2-60


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3 Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2Advanced Keysí ...................................................................... 3-2Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-15Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-19Warning Lights and Beep Sounds ........................................... 3-20When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-23

Doors and Locks ......................................................................... 3-24Keys ........................................................................................ 3-24Keyless Entry System ............................................................. 3-25Door Locks ............................................................................. 3-31Trunk Lid ................................................................................ 3-36Inside Trunk Release Lever ..................................................... 3-39Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-40Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-43Hood ....................................................................................... 3-45Moonroofí ............................................................................. 3-47

Security System ........................................................................... 3-50Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) ............................. 3-50Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................ 3-54Theft-Deterrent Systemí ........................................................ 3-58

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-61Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-61Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-61

3-1íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Advanced Keysí

The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enable thefollowing operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).l Locking/unlocking the doors, and opening the trunk lid, without operating the key.l Starting the engine without operating the key.Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key.Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3-15.l The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry systemfrom a distance (Lock/Unlock/Trunk/Panic button):l Locking/unlocking the doors.l Opening the trunk lid.l Operating the theft-deterrent systemí.l Turning on the alarm.

l Locking/unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key.

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place whereyour children will not find or play with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someonebeing badly injured or even killed. Children may find these new kinds of keys to bean interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controlsto operate, or even make the vehicle move.

Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such aspacemakers:

Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask themedical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from theadvanced key will affect the equipment.

NOTEl The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.l Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-50) for information regarding keys and engine starting.l (With theft-deterrent system)

Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-58) for information regarding keys and the prevention ofvehicle and vehicle contents theft.

l The advanced keyless functions can be turned off.Refer to Personalization Features on page 10-9.

3-2

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Lock button

Operation indicator light Auxiliary key

Key code number plate

Unlock button Trunk button

Panic button

A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store itin a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.

Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not inthe vehicle.

If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONØ Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function

correctly under the following conditions:Ø The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular

phones.Ø The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.Ø The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell

phones.Ø Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.Ø There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.Ø If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain

gas stations.Ø The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high-

intensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices suchas televisions or personal computers.

Ø To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:Ø Drop the advanced key.Ø Get the advanced key wet.Ø Disassemble the advanced key.Ø Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the

dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.Ø Place heavy objects on the advanced key.Ø Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.Ø Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.

NOTEl Battery life is about one year. Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY

indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine,otherwise, you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once thebattery is completely dead. Refer to KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) (withAdvanced Key) on page 5-54. If this occurs, you will have to use the auxiliary key if you need tostart the engine immediately.Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3-21.

l Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keyscan be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.

3-4

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qAdvanced Key Maintenance

CAUTIONØ Make sure the battery is installed

with the correct pole facingupward. Battery leakage couldoccur if it is not installed correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to touch any of theinternal circuitry and electricalterminals, bend the electricalterminals, or get dirt in thetransmitter as the transmittercould be damaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR2025 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

The following conditions indicate that thebattery power is low:l The KEY indicator light (green) flashesin the instrument cluster for about 30seconds after the engine is turned off.

l The system does not operate and theoperation indicator light on thetransmitter does not flash when thebuttons are pressed.

l The system's operational range isreduced.

Replacing the battery at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer is recommended to preventdamage to the advanced key. If replacingthe battery by yourself, follow theinstruction below.

Replacing the advanced key battery

1. Pull out the auxiliary key.

2. Gently and slowly pry open the coverusing a small, flathead screwdriver.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. Remove the battery by pressing itsedge.

4. Install a new battery (CR2025 orequivalent) with the positive polefacing down.

5. Close the cover.

6. Reinsert the auxiliary key.

qService

If you have a problem with the advancedkeyless functions, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your advanced key is lost or stolen,bring all remaining advanced keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen advanced keyinoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

3-6

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Operation Using AdvancedKeyless Functions

qOperational Range

The system operates only when the driveris in the vehicle or within operationalrange while the advanced key is beingcarried.

NOTEWhen the battery power is low, or in placeswhere there are high-intensity radio waves ornoise, the operational range may becomenarrower or the system may not operate.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The operational range for locking/unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80cm (31 in) from the center of the frontdoor handles.

Operational range

Exterior transmitter

NOTEThe system may not operate if you are tooclose to the windows, door handles.

Opening the trunk lid

The operational range for opening thetrunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm (31 in)from the center of the trunk lid.

Operational range

Exterior transmitter

Starting the engine

The operational range for starting theengine includes nearly the entire cabinarea.

Interior transmitter

Operational range

Knowing Your Mazda


3-7


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl The trunk is out of the operational range,

however, starting the engine may bepossible.

l The engine may not start if the advancedkey is placed in the following areas:l Around the dashboardl In the storage compartments such as the

glove boxl On the rear parcel shelf

l Starting the engine may be possible even ifthe advanced key is outside of the vehicleand extremely close to a door and window,however, always start the engine from thedriver's seat.If the vehicle is started and driven awaywhile the advanced key is not in the vehicle,the vehicle will not restart after it is turnedoff and the ignition is switched off.

l If the advanced key is detected withinoperational range, the operation indicatorlight on the transmitter flashesmomentarily.

qLocking, Unlocking Doors

To lock

All the doors can be locked by pressingthe request switch on either front doorwhile the advanced key is being carried.A beep sound will be heard once and thehazard warning lights will flash once.

Request switch

NOTEl Confirm that all the doors are securely

locked.l All the doors cannot be locked when any

door is open.l If your vehicle has a theft-deterrent system,

the hazard warning lights only flash whenthe system is armed.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page3-58.

l A beep sound is heard for confirmationwhen the doors are locked using the requestswitch. If you prefer, the beep sound can beturned off.The volume of the beep sound can also bechanged.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l The setting can be changed so that thedoors are locked automatically withoutpressing the request switch when walkingaway from the vehicle (page 10-9).(Auto-lock function)Three seconds after the doors and the trunklid are closed and the advanced key is outof the operational range, the doors will lockautomatically. Also, the hazard warninglights flash once. (Even if the driver is inthe operational range, all doors are lockedautomatically after about 30 seconds.)If you are out of the operational rangebefore the doors are completely closed oranother advanced key is left in the vehicle,the auto-lock function will not work.Always make sure that all doors are closedand locked before leaving the vehicle.The auto-lock function does not close thepower windows or moonroof.

3-8

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

To unlock

Driver's door handle

To unlock the driver's door, touch thesensor area on the inside of the driver'sdoor handle. A beep sound will be heardtwice and the hazard warning lights willflash twice.After unlocking the driver's door, unlockall the other doors by pressing the door-lock switch on the inside of the driver'sdoor.

Front passenger door handle

To unlock the doors, touch the sensor areaon the inside of a front passenger doorhandle. A beep sound will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

NOTEl The doors cannot be unlocked for about

three seconds after they are locked even ifthe sensor area on the inside of either frontdoor handle is touched.

l Grasp either front door handle properly tounlock the doors, and make sure it isunlocked before opening it.If the door handle is pulled before the dooris unlocked, the door may not open. If thishappens, lock the door and securely graspthe door handle again to confirm that thedoor is unlocked, then open the door.

l The sensor is installed on the inside of thefront door handles. The doors cannot beunlocked by touching any area other thanthe sensor area.

l If you grasp a front door handle whilewearing gloves, the doors may not unlock,or they could require extra time to unlock.

l The doors could unlock if someone iscarrying the advanced key near the frontdoor handle and the front door handle issplashed with water such as by rain, or bya car wash.

l If your vehicle has a theft-deterrent system,the hazard warning lights only flash whenthe system is turned off.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page3-58.

l The method for unlocking the doors can bechanged.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l A beep sound is heard for confirmationwhen the doors are unlocked using a doorhandle. If you prefer, the beep sound can beturned off.The volume of the beep sound can also beadjusted.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l (Auto re-lock function)After unlocking the doors using the sensoron the inside of the door handle, all thedoors will automatically lock if any of thefollowing operations are not done withinabout 30 seconds. If your vehicle has atheft-deterrent system, the hazard warninglights will flash for confirmation.l A door or the trunk lid is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the key

slot.l The push button start is in any position

except off position.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-9


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l It may require a few seconds for the doorsto unlock after touching the sensor area onthe inside of either front door handle.

qOpening the Trunk Lid withRequest Switch

The trunk lid can be opened by pressingthe request switch on the under side of thetrunk lid above the license plate while theadvanced key is being carried.

Request switch

NOTEIf the advanced key is left in the trunk, thetrunk lid will close, however, the trunk lid canbe opened using the request switch and thevehicle could be stolen.

qStarting the Engine

Locked steering wheelí

If the electronic steering lock warninglight is flashing and the beep sound isheard, this indicates that the steeringwheel is not unlocked. To unlock thesteering wheel, move the steering wheelleft and right while pressing the pushbutton start.

Ignition positions

Each time the push button start is pressed,the ignition switches in the order of off,ACC, and ON. Pressing the push buttonstart again from ON switches the ignitionoff.

Indicator light

Indicator light (ACC)

Indicator light (ON)

NOTEl The order in which the ignition is switched

can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l The engine starts by pressing the pushbutton start while depressing the clutchpedal (manual transaxle) or the brakepedal (automatic transaxle). To switch theignition position, press the push button startwithout depressing the pedal.

l Do not leave the ignition switched ONwhile the engine is not running. Doing socould result in the battery going dead. If theignition is left in ACC (For automatictransaxle, the shift lever is in the P position,and the ignition is in ACC), the ignitionswitches off automatically after one hour.The setting can be changed to not switchthe ignition off automatically.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

3-10

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Off

The power supply to electrical devicesturns off and the push button startindicator lights (ACC and ON) also turnoff.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysswitch the ignition off, set the parkingbrake, and make sure the shift lever isin P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gearor R (manual transaxle):

Leaving the driver's seat withoutswitching the ignition off, setting theparking brake, and shifting the shiftlever to P (automatic transaxle) or to1st gear or R (manual transaxle) isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur which couldresult in an accident.In addition, if your intention is toleave the vehicle for even a shortperiod, it is important to switch theignition off, as leaving it in anotherposition will disable some of thevehicle's security systems and run thebattery down.

ACC (Accessory)

Some electrical accessories will operateand the indicator light (ACC) illuminates.In addition, for vehicles equipped with thesteering column lock function, thesteering wheel unlocks.

NOTEThe advanced keyless entry system does notfunction while the push button start has beenpressed to ACC, and the doors will not lock/unlock even if they have been locked manually.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The indicator light(ON) turns off. (The indicator light (ON)illuminates when the ignition is switchedON and the engine is not running.)The warning lights (except brakes) shouldbe inspected before the engine is started(page 5-44).

Starting the engine

NOTEl The advanced key must be carried because

the advanced key carries an immobilizerchip that must communicate with the enginecontrols at short range.

l The engine can be started when the pushbutton start is pressed from off, ACC, orON.

1. Make sure you are carrying theadvanced key.

2. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

3. Make sure the parking brake is on.

4. Continue to press the brake pedalfirmly until the engine has completelystarted.

5. (Manual transaxle)Continue to press the clutch pedalfirmly until the engine has completelystarted.(Automatic transaxle)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTE(Manual transaxle)The starter will not operate if the clutch pedalis not depressed sufficiently.(Automatic transaxle)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N and the brake pedal is notdepressed sufficiently.

6. Verify that the KEY indicator light(green) in the instrument cluster andthe push button start indicator light(green) illuminate. If the KEY indicatorlight (green) does not illuminate, makesure that the advanced key is beingcarried. If the KEY indicator light(green) does not illuminate while theadvanced key is being carried, you mayhave to use the auxiliary key to startthe engine instead (page 3-23).

CAUTIONIf the KEY warning light (red)illuminates, and the push buttonstart indicator light (red) illuminates,this could indicate a problem withthe engine starting system and theinability to start the engine or switchthe ignition to ACC or ON. Have yourvehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEl Under the following conditions, the KEY

warning light (red) flashes to inform thedriver that the push button start will notswitch to ACC even if it is pressed from off.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is out of operational

range.l The advanced key is placed in areas

where it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturer similarto the advanced key is in the operationalrange.

l (Forced engine starting method)If the KEY warning light (red) and the pushbutton start indicator light (red) illuminatewhen the clutch pedal (manual transaxle)or the brake pedal (automatic transaxle) isdepressed to start the engine, the enginemay not start using these methods. Haveyour vehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible. If thisoccurs, the engine can be force-started.Press and hold the push button start untilthe engine starts. Other proceduresnecessary for starting the engine such ashaving the advanced key in the cabin, anddepressing the clutch pedal (manualtransaxle) or the brake pedal (automatictransaxle) are required.

l When the engine is force-started, the keywarning light (red) remains illuminated andthe key indicator light (green) does notilluminate.

l If the attempt to start the engine using theforced-start method is unsuccessful, it maybe necessary to use the auxiliary key.

7. Press the push button start after boththe KEY indicator light (green) in theinstrument cluster and the push buttonstart indicator light (green) illuminate.

3-12

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl After starting the engine, the push button

start indicator lights (ACC and ON) turnoff and the ignition is in the ON position.

l After pressing the push button start andbefore the engine starts, the operationsound of the fuel pump motor from near thefuel tank can be heard, however, this doesnot indicate a malfunction.

8. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout ten seconds.

NOTEl Whether the engine is cold or warm, it

should be started without the use of theaccelerator.

l If the engine does not start the first time,refer to Starting a Flooded Engine underEmergency Starting. If the engine still doesnot start, have your vehicle inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-15).

Starting the engine using the auxiliarykey

If the engine cannot be started for reasonssuch as the advanced key battery is dead,the engine can be started using theauxiliary key.

1. Slide the auxiliary key out from thebottom of the advanced key.

2. Use the auxiliary key to remove thekey slot cover.

3. Depress the clutch pedal (manualtransaxle) or the brake pedal (automatictransaxle) until the ring around the keyslot starts flashing.

4. Insert the auxiliary key into the slotwhile it is flashing, but DO NOTTURN THE AUXILIARY KEY INTHE SLOT.

CAUTIONAfter inserting the auxiliary key, donot attempt to turn it in the key slot.It could damage the vehicle or theauxiliary key.

5. Press the push button start to start theengine.

NOTEl Leave the auxiliary key in the key slot while

the engine is running.l When leaving the vehicle, remove the

auxiliary key from the key slot and thevehicle.A thief does not need your advanced key tosteal the vehicle if the thief has yourauxiliary key.

l To switch the ignition position, insert theauxiliary key into the key slot, depress theclutch pedal (manual transaxle) or thebrake pedal (automatic transaxle), and thenpress the push button start right afterreleasing the pedal.

Turning the engine off

1. Stop the vehicle completely.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-13


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. (Manual transaxle)Shift into neutral.(Automatic transaxle)Shift the shift lever to the P position.

3. Press the push button start to turn offthe engine.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe push button start is pressed tooff.

NOTEl When the push button start is pressed to off

from ON, the KEY indicator light (green)flashes for approximately 30 secondsindicating that the remaining battery powerof the advanced key is low. Replace with anew battery before the advanced keybecomes unusable.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance onpage 3-5.

l (Automatic transaxle)If the engine is turned off while the shiftlever is in a position other than P, theignition switches to ACC.

Emergency engine stop

WARNINGDo not press (or touch) the push buttonstart while the vehicle is moving:

Pressing the push button start andstopping the engine while the vehicleis moving for any reason other thanin an emergency is dangerous.Stopping the engine while the vehicleis moving will result in reducedmaneuverability and braking abilitydue to the loss of power steering andpower braking, which could cause anaccident and serious injury.

Continuously pressing the push buttonstart while the engine is running and thevehicle is stopped, or quickly pressing itany number of times will turn the engineoff immediately.

3-14

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Operation Using AdvancedKey Functions

qKeyless Entry System

This system uses the more traditionalkeyless entry buttons to remotely lock andunlock the doors and opens the trunk lid.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when theauxiliary key is in the key slot.

l The keyless entry system is fully operationalwhen the push button start is switched off.The system does not operate if the pushbutton start is switched to any positionother than off.

l All doors cannot be locked by pressing thelock button while any door is open. Thehazard warning lights will also not flash.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operational rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-5).

Transmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Operation indicator light

Panic button

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors, press the lock button. Abeep sound will be heard once and thehazard warning lights will flash once.

To confirm that all doors have beenlocked, press the lock button again within5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,the horn will sound.The system can be set not to sound thehorn.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-15


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl A beep sound can be heard for confirmation

when the doors are locked using theadvanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,the beep sound can be turned off. Thevolume of the beep sound can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that all doors are locked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when thetheft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if allthe doors are locked before the theft-deterrent system is properly armed.When the doors are locked by pressing thelock button on the transmitter while thetheft-deterrent system is armed, the hazardwarning lights will flash once to indicatethat the system is armed.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page3-58.

NOTEl All doors cannot be locked when any door

is open.l Confirm that all doors are locked visually

or audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button. A beep will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

To unlock all doors, press the unlockbutton again within 3 seconds and twomore beep sounds will be heard.

NOTEl A beep sound can be heard for confirmation

when the doors are unlocked using theadvanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,the beep sound can be turned off. Thevolume of the beep sound can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l The system can be set to unlock all doors byperforming a single operation.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that all doors are unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when thetheft deterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flashunless the theft deterrent system has beenproperly turned off.When the doors are unlocked by pressingthe unlock button on the transmitter whilethe theft-deterrent system is turned off, thehazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that the system is turned off.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page3-58.

NOTE(Auto re-lock function)After unlocking with the transmitter, all doorswill automatically lock if any of the followingoperations are not performed within about 30seconds. If your vehicle has a theft-deterrentsystem, the hazard warning lights will flash forconfirmation.l A door or the trunk lid is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the key

slot.l The push button start is in any position

except off position.

3-16

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press and hold thetrunk button until the trunk lid opens.

NOTETo open the trunk when the ignition is switchedto a position other than off, use the remoterelease button inside the vehicle (page 3-36).

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooror the trunk lid is open or closed.

(Turning on the alarm)Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

NOTEHowever, if the driver is too close to thevehicle the panic button may not function.

(Turning off the alarm)The alarm stops by pressing any button onthe transmitter.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-17


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Declaration of Conformity

Keyless entry system

3-18

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qAuxiliary Key Function

Use the auxiliary key stored in theadvanced key in the event of a deadtransmitter battery or malfunction.

Removing the auxiliary key

Pull out the auxiliary key from theadvanced key.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The doors can be locked/unlocked usingthe auxiliary key, refer to Locking,Unlocking with Key (page 3-31).

Starting the engine

The engine can be started with theauxiliary key, refer to Starting the engine(page 3-10).

Locking, unlocking the glove box

The glove box can be locked/unlockedusing the auxiliary key, refer to GloveBox (page 6-150).

Advanced Key SuspendFunction

If an advanced key is left in the vehicle,the functions of the advanced key left inthe vehicle are temporarily suspended toprevent theft of the vehicle.The following are inoperable:l Starting the engine using the pushbutton start.

l Operating the request switches.To restore these functions, perform anyone of the following:l Press a switch on the advanced keywhich has had its functions temporarilysuspended.

l (Manual transaxle)When carrying another advanced key,depress the clutch pedal until the KEYindicator light (green) illuminates.(Automatic transaxle)When carrying another advanced key,depress the brake pedal until the KEYindicator light (green) illuminates.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-19


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Warning Lights and BeepSounds

qSystem Malfunction Warning Light

If any malfunction occurs in the advancedkeyless function, the KEY warning light(red) in the instrument cluster illuminatescontinuously.

CAUTIONIf the KEY warning light (red) remainsilluminated, do not continue to drivethe vehicle with the advanced keylessfunction. Park the vehicle in a safeplace and use the auxiliary key tocontinue driving the vehicle. Have thevehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.Refer to Starting the engine (page3-10).

qIgnition Not Switched Off(STOP) Warning Beep

If the driver's door is opened while theignition is switched to ACC, a continuousbeep sound will be heard to notify thedriver that the ignition has not beenswitched off (STOP). Left in thiscondition, the keyless entry system willnot operate, the car cannot be locked, andthe battery power will be depleted.

qAdvanced Key Removed fromVehicle Warning Beep

Under the following conditions, a beepsound will be heard and the KEY warninglight (red) will flash continuously whenthe push button start has not beenswitched off to notify the driver that theadvanced key has been removed. TheKEY warning light (red) will stop flashingwhen the advanced key is back inside thevehicle:l The push button start has not beenswitched off, the driver's door is open,and the advanced key is removed fromthe vehicle. (A beep sound will beheard 3 times.)However the beep sound will be heardcontinuously when the push buttonstart is switched to ACC and the dooris open due to the activation of thewarning beep sound indicating that thepush button start is not switched off.

l The push button start has not beenswitched off and all the doors areclosed after removing the advancedkey from the vehicle. (A beep soundwill be heard 6 times. The volume ofthe beep sound can be changed.)Refer to Personalization Features onpage 10-9.

NOTEBecause the advanced key utilizes low-intensityradio waves, the Advanced Key Removed FromVehicle Warning may activate if the advancedkey is carried together with a metal object or itis placed in a poor signal reception areawithin the vehicle.

3-20

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qRequest Switch InoperableWarning Beep

If the request switch for a front door ispressed under the following conditionswhile the advanced key is being carried, abeep will be heard 6 times to indicate thatthe front doors cannot be locked.l A door is open (door ajar included).l The ignition has not been switched off.l The auxiliary key is inserted into thekey slot.

qAdvanced Key Battery DeadWarning

When the ignition is switched to ACC orswitched off from ON, the KEY indicatorlight (green) flashes for approximately 30seconds indicating that the remainingbattery power is low. Replace with a newbattery before the advanced key becomesunusable.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance(page 3-5).

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning

Under the following conditions, the KEYwarning light (red) flashes to inform thedriver that the ignition will not switch toACC even if the ignition is switched off.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not withinoperational range.

l The advanced key is placed in areaswhere it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

qAdvanced Key Left-in-trunkWarning Beep

If the advanced key is left in the trunkcompartment with all doors locked andthe trunk lid closed, a beep sound is heardfor about 10 seconds to remind the driverthe advanced key has been left in thetrunk compartment. If this happens, openthe trunk lid by pressing the requestswitch and remove the advanced key. Anadvanced key removed from the trunkmay not function because its functionsmay have been temporarily suspended. Torestore the advanced key function,perform the applicable procedure (page3-19).The system can be set not to open thetrunk.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-21


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicleWarning Beep

If an advanced key is left in the vehiclecabin and all the doors are locked using aseparate advanced key, a beep sound isheard for about 10 seconds to remind thedriver that the advanced key has been leftin the vehicle cabin. If this happens, thedoors lock but the functions of theadvanced key left in the vehicle cabinmay be temporarily suspended. Performthe following procedure to restore thefunctions of the advanced key (page3-19).The volume of the beep sound can bechanged.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

NOTEThe warning beep does not sound while thetrunk is open. The warning beep sounds afterthe trunk is closed.

qAuxiliary Key Removed WarningBeep

If the auxiliary key is removed under thefollowing conditions while it is in use andin the ACC or ON position, the warningbeep sounds three times.l The advanced key is not in the vehicle.l The battery for the advanced key isdead.

3-22

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

When Warning Indicator/Beep is ActivatedUnder the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light inthe instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of theadvanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-20).

Warning How to check

When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will be heard.Check whether the ignition has beenswitched off.

When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and the KEY warninglight (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.

Check whether the advanced key hasbeen removed from the vehicle.

When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times, and the KEYwarning light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.

Check whether the advanced key hasbeen removed from the vehicle.

When locking the doors or closing the trunk , the chime sounds forabout ten seconds.

Check whether the advanced key hasbeen left in the vehicle or the trunk .

When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the request switch onthe front doors, and six beep sounds are heard.

Check whether the ignition has beenswitched off.

Check whether a door is open.

When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the instrument cluster.

The advanced key battery power is low.Replace the battery with a new one.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance onpage 3-5.

When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated in theinstrument cluster.

The advanced key is malfunctioning. Parkthe vehicle in a safe place, and use theauxiliary key to continue driving thevehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-23


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Keys

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toyto play with and could cause thepower windows or other controls tooperate, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTEl Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-54) for

information regarding keys and enginestarting.

l (With theft-deterrent system)Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-58)for information regarding keys and theprevention of vehicle and vehicle contentstheft.

The keys operate all locks.

Key code number plate

Retractable type key

A code number is stamped on the plateattached to the key set; detach this plateand store it in a safe place (not in thevehicle) for use if you need to make areplacement key.

NOTEl Write down the code number and keep it in

a separate, safe and convenient place, butnot in the vehicle.If your key is lost, consult your AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have your code numberready.

l Some types of key chains cannot beattached to the retractable type key. In thiscase, use the key ring provided with thetransmitter which has the key code numberplate attached.

Key ring

3-24

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Key extend/retract method (Retractabletype key)

To extend the key, press the releasebutton.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holderwhile pressing the release button.

Keyless Entry SystemThis system remotely locks and unlocksthe doors and opens the trunk lid.It can also help you signal for attention.Operating the theft-deterrent system withthe keyless entry system transmitter isalso possible on theft-deterrent system-equipped vehicles.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the transmitter,do not:Ø Drop the transmitter.Ø Get the transmitter wet.Ø Disassemble the transmitter.Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind

of magnetic field.Ø Expose the transmitter to high

temperatures on places such asthe dashboard or hood, underdirect sunlight.

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when the key isin the ignition switch.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operation rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-27).

l Additional transmitters can be obtained atan Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3transmitters can be used with the keylessentry system per vehicle. Bring alltransmitters to an Authorized MazdaDealer when additional transmitters arerequired.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-25


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qTransmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Panic button

Operation indicator light

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors, press the lock button.

To confirm that all doors have beenlocked, press the lock button again within5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,the horn will sound.The system can be set not to sound thehorn.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

NOTEl Doors can be locked by pressing the lock

button while any other door is open.However, the hazard warning lights will notflash and the horn will not sound.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that all doors are locked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when thetheft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if allthe doors are locked before the theft-deterrent system is properly armed.When the doors are locked by pressing thelock button on the transmitter while thetheft-deterrent system is armed, the hazardwarning lights will flash once to indicatethat the system is armed.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page3-58.

l All doors cannot be locked when the key isin the ignition switch.

l Confirm that all doors are locked visuallyor audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button.

To unlock all doors, press the unlockbutton again within 5 seconds.

3-26

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that all doors are unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when the theftdeterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flash unlessthe theft deterrent system has been properlyturned off.When the doors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the transmitter while thetheft-deterrent system is turned off, the hazardwarning lights will flash twice to indicate thatthe system is turned off.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page 3-58.The system can be set to unlock all doors byperforming a single operation.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

NOTEAuto re-lock functionAfter unlocking with the transmitter, all doorswill automatically lock if one of the doors orthe trunk lid is not opened within about 30seconds.The time required for the doors to lockautomatically can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press and hold thetrunk button until the trunk lid opens.

NOTETo open the trunk when the ignition is switchedto a position other than off, use the remoterelease button inside the vehicle (page 3-36).

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooror the trunk lid is open or closed.

Turning on the alarm

Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

Turning off the alarm

Press any button on the transmitter.

qTransmitter Maintenance

If the buttons on the transmitter areinoperable and the operation indicatorlight does not flash, the battery may bedead.Replace with a new battery before thetransmitter becomes unusable.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-27


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONØ Install the battery with the positive

pole ( ) facing down. Batteryleakage could occur if it is notinstalled correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to touch any of theinternal circuitry and electricalterminals, bend the electricalterminals, or get dirt in thetransmitter as the transmittercould be damaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR1620 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire and/or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

Replacing the transmitter battery

1. Unfold the key (page 3-24).

2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andpush the tab to remove the key fromthe transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andgently pry open the transmitter.

4. Remove the battery.

3-28

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing down.

6. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

7. Align the key with the transmitter asshown in the figure, and insert the keyuntil a click sound is heard.

CAUTIONInsert the key into the transmittersecurely until a click sound is heard.If it is not inserted securely, it coulddetach from the transmitter.

qService

If you have a problem with the keylessentry system, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-29


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qDeclaration of Conformity

Keyless entry system

3-30

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Door Locks

WARNINGAlways take all children and pets withyou or leave a responsible person withthem:

Leaving a child or a pet unattendedin a parked vehicle is dangerous. Inhot weather, temperatures inside avehicle can become high enough tocause brain damage or even death.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled.

Keep all doors locked when driving:Unlocked doors in a moving vehicleare dangerous. Passengers can fallout if a door is accidentally openedand can more easily be thrown out inan accident.

Always close all the windows and themoonroof, lock the doors and take thekey with you when leaving your vehicleunattended:

Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, whichcould result in death. Also, a vehicleleft unlocked becomes an easy targetfor thieves and intruders.

After closing the doors, always verifythat they are securely closed:

Doors not securely closed aredangerous, if the vehicle is drivenwith a door not securely closed, thedoor could open unexpectedlyresulting in an accident.

Always confirm the safety around thevehicle before opening a door:

Suddenly opening a door isdangerous. A passing vehicle or apedestrian could be hit and cause anaccident.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

The driver's door can be locked/unlockedwith the key.Turn the key toward the front to lock,toward the back to unlock.

Lock Unlock

qLocking with Request Switch(with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked by operating therequest switch while carrying theadvanced key outside the vehicle, refer toOperations Using Advanced KeylessFunctions (page 3-7).

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-31


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qUnlocking with Door Handle(With Advanced Key)

The doors can be unlocked by operatingthe door handle on the front doors whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

qLocking, Unlocking withTransmitter (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-15).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter(with Retractable Type Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-25).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

To lock any door from the inside, pressthe door-lock knob.To unlock, pull it outward.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Lock

Unlock

To lock any door with the door-lock knobfrom the outside, press the door-lock knobto the lock position and close the door.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Door-lock knob

NOTEl When locking the doors this way, be careful

not to leave the key inside the vehicle.l (With advanced key)

The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside.

l (Without advanced key)The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside if thekey is in the ignition switch.

qPower Door Locks

Vehicle lock-out prevention

(With advanced key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. All doors will automaticallyunlock if they are locked using the powerdoor locks with any door open.

3-32

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

(With retractable type key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. With the key in the ignitionswitch, all doors will automatically unlockif they are locked using the power doorlocks with any door open.

Locking, unlocking with key

All doors lock automatically when thedriver's door is locked with the key.All doors unlock when the driver's door isunlocked and the key is held in the unlockposition for one second or longer.

Lock Unlock

NOTEl Holding the key in the unlocked position in

the driver's door lock for about a secondunlocks all doors. To unlock only thedriver's door, insert the key into the driver'sdoor lock and turn the key briefly to theunlock position and then immediatelyreturn it to the center position.

l The system can be set to unlock all doors byperforming a single operation.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Locking, unlocking with door-lockswitch

All doors lock automatically when lockside is pressed. They all unlock whenunlock side is pressed.

Lock

Unlock

Locking with request switch (withadvanced key)

All doors can be locked by operating therequest switch on the front doors whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

Unlocking with door handle (withadvanced key)

Driver's door or all doors can be unlockedby operating the door handle on the frontdoors while carrying the advanced keyoutside the vehicle, refer to OperatingUsing Advanced Keyless Functions (page3-7).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with advanced key)

All doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-15).

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-33


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with retractable type key)

All doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-25).

Auto lock/unlock function

WARNINGDo not pull the inner handle on a frontdoor:

Pulling an inner handle on a frontdoor while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Passengers can fall out ofthe vehicle if a front door accidentallyopens, which could result in death orserious injury.

l When the vehicle speed exceeds 20km/h (12 mph), all doors lockautomatically.

l When the ignition is switched off, alldoors unlock automatically.

These functions can also be disabled sothat they do not operate.

NOTEAdditional auto lock/unlock function(Automatic transaxle)A function setting is also available whichenable automatic locking and unlocking ofdoors when shifting gears.

Auto lock/unlock function settingchange using door-lock switch

The doors and the liftgate can set to lockor unlock automatically by selecting anyone of the functions from the followingtable and using the driver's door-lockswitch on the interior to perform thesetting change as indicated in theprocedure which follows.

Settings can be changed using thefollowing operation.

Functionnumber

Function

1The auto door-lock function isdisabled.

2All the doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when the vehicle speedis about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.

3

All the doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when the vehicle speedis about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.All the doors and the liftgate unlockwhen the ignition is switched from ONto ACC or Off.

4

When the ignition is switched ON andthe shift lever is shifted from park (P)to any other gear position, all thedoors and the liftgate lockautomatically.

5

When the ignition is switched ON andthe shift lever is shifted from park (P)to any other gear position, all thedoors and the liftgate lockautomatically.When the shift lever is shifted to park(P) while the ignition is switched ON,all the doors and the liftgate unlockautomatically.

1. Stop the vehicle and close all the doors.


3. Press and hold the lock side of thedriver's door-lock switch within 10seconds of switching the ignition ON,and make sure a beep sound is heardabout eight seconds afterwards.

4. Referring to the auto lock/unlockfunction setting table, determine thefunction number for the desired settingand press the unlock side of the driver'sdoor-lock switch only in the amount ofthe selected function number (Ex. Ifyou select function 2, press the unlockside of the switch only 2 times).

3-34

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEThere are only a total of five auto lock/unlocksettings available. Be sure to press the unlockside of the driver's door-lock switch the correctnumber of times according to the selectedfunction number. If the switch is mistakenlypressed six times, the procedure will beinvalidated. If this occurs, start the procedurefrom the beginning.

5. Three seconds after the function settinghas been changed, a beep sound willbeep in the amount of the selectedfunction number.

NOTEl The doors cannot be locked or unlocked

while the setting function is beingperformed.

l The procedure can be cancelled by pressingthe lock side of the driver's door-lockswitch.

qRear Door Child Safety Locks

These locks are intended to help preventchildren from accidentally opening therear doors. Use them both whenever achild rides in the vehicle.

If you slide the child safety lock to thelock position before closing that door, thedoor cannot be opened from the inside.The door can be opened only by pullingthe outside handle.

Lock

Unlock

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-35


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Trunk Lid

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in thetrunk:

Allowing a person to ride in the trunkis dangerous. In addition, the personin the trunk could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Keep the trunk closed when driving:Exhaust gas entering the cabin of avehicle through an open trunk isdangerous. This gas contains CO(carbon monoxide), which iscolorless, odorless, and highlypoisonous. If inhaled, it can causeloss of consciousness and death.

qOpening and Closing the Trunk Lid

WARNINGClose the trunk lid, be sure the seatbacks are latched and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by latching therear seats, doors and the trunk, andkeeping the keys where children cannot play with them:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car, the rearfolding seats or the trunk unlocked.

Opening the trunk lid with the requestswitch (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe request switch on the trunk lid whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-15).

3-36

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with retractable type key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-25).

Opening the trunk lid with the remoterelease button

Push the release button.

NOTEWhile the ignition is switched ON, the trunk lidcan be opened only when the vehicle is stoppedwith the parking brake applied (manualtransaxle) or with the selector lever in the Pposition (automatic transaxle).

When the trunk lid cannot be opened

If the vehicle battery is dead or there is amalfunction in the electrical system andthe trunk lid cannot be opened, performthe following procedure as an emergencymeasure to Open it:

1. Open the cover behind the right rearpassenger seat head restraint.

Cover

Cover

Lever

2. Pull the lever forward and fold downthe seatback.

3. Carefully climb into the trunk from theback seat.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-37


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

4. Slide the inside trunk release lever inthe direction of the arrow.

After performing this emergency measure,have the vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

Closing the trunk lid

Use both hands to push the trunk lid downuntil the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it issecure.

qTrunk Light

The trunk light is on when the lid is openand off when it's closed.

NOTEl To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the trunk open fora long period when the engine is notrunning.

l (Battery saver)If the lid is left open, the trunk light turnsoff after about 30 minutes to prevent batterydepletion.

3-38

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Inside Trunk Release LeverYour vehicle is equipped with an insidetrunk release lever that provides a meansof escape for children and adults in theevent they become locked inside thetrunk.

No matter how careful adults might bewith keys and locking their cars, parentsshould be aware that children may betempted to play around vehicles and usethe trunk as a hiding place.

Adults are advised to familiarizethemselves with the operation andlocation of the inside trunk release leverso that all children can be told about it inan appropriate way, keeping in mind thatmost vehicles do not have such levers.

WARNINGClose the trunk lid, be sure the seatbacks are latched and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by latching therear seats, doors and the trunk, andkeeping the keys where children cannot play with them:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car, the rearfolding seats or the trunk unlocked.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-39


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOpening the Trunk Lid from theInside

Slide the inside trunk release lever in thedirection of the arrow. The lever is madeof material that will glow for hours in thedarkness of the trunk following a briefexposure to ambient light.

The inside trunk release lever is locatedon the inside of the trunk lid.

Power WindowsThe ignition must be switched ON for thepower windows to operate.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:

Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head,or even neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injuryor even death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

Always lock all passenger powerwindows with the power window lockswitch on the driver's side whilechildren are in the vehicle, and neverallow children to play with powerwindow switches, the advanced key orthe keyless entry system:

Leaving the power window switchesunlocked while children are in thevehicle is dangerous. Power windowswitches that are not locked with thepower window lock switch wouldallow children to operate powerwindows unintentionally which couldresult in serious injury if a child'shands, head or neck becomes caughtby the window.Letting children play with advancedkeys or keyless entry systems are justas dangerous.

CAUTIONTo prevent burning out the fuse anddamaging the power window system,do not open or close more than threewindows at once.

3-40

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperating the Driver's SidePower Window

Normal opening/closing

To open the window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Open

Close

Driver's window

Master control switches

Auto-opening/closing

To fully open the window automatically,press the switch completely down, thenrelease. The window will fully openautomatically.To fully close the window automatically,pull the switch completely up, thenrelease. The window will fully closeautomatically.

To stop the window partway, pull or pressthe switch in the opposite direction andthen release it.

Power window system initializationprocedure

If the battery was disconnected duringvehicle maintenance, or for other reasons(such as a switch continues to be operatedafter the window is fully open/closed), thewindow will not fully open and closeautomatically. Carry out the followingprocedure to resume operation:


2. Press the switch and fully open thewindow.

3. Pull up the switch to fully close thewindow and continue holding theswitch for about 2 seconds after thewindow fully closes.

Jam-safe window

If a person's hands, head or an objectblocks the window during the auto-closing operation, the window will stopand open halfway.

WARNINGMake sure nothing blocks the windowjust before it reaches the fully closedposition or while holding up the powerwindow switch:

Blocking the power window justbefore it reaches the fully closedposition or while holding up thepower window switch is dangerous.In this case, the jam-safe functioncannot prevent the window fromclosing all the way. If fingers arecaught, serious injuries could occur.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-41


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEDepending on driving conditions, a closingpower window could stop and start openingwhen the window feels a shock that is similarto something blocking it.In the event the jam-safe function activates andthe power window cannot be closedautomatically, pull and hold the switch and thewindow will close.

Engine-off power window operation

The power window can be operated forabout 40 seconds after the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or OFF withall doors closed. If any door is opened, thepower window will be inoperable.

NOTEFor engine-off operation of the power window,the switch must be held up firmly throughoutwindow closure because the auto-closingfunction will be inoperable.

qOperating the Passenger PowerWindows

The power windows may be operatedwhen the power window lock switch onthe driver's door is in the unlockedposition.

The passenger windows may be opened orclosed using the master control switcheson the driver's door.

Left rear window

Power window lock switch

Front passenger's window

Right rear window

Master control switches

To open the window to the desiredposition, hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, pull up the switch.

Open

Close

Front/rear passenger switch

3-42

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qPower Window Lock Switch

With the lock switch in the unlockedposition (button not depressed), all powerwindows on each door can be operated.

With the lock switch in the lockedposition (button depressed), only thedriver's side power window can beoperated.

Locked position

Unlocked position

WARNINGUnless a passenger needs to operate apower window, keep the power windowlock switch in the locked position:

Unintentional power windowoperation is dangerous. A person'shands, head, or neck could be caughtby the window and result in seriousinjury.

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap

WARNINGWhen removing the fuel-filler cap,loosen the cap slightly and wait for anyhissing to stop. Then remove it:

Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel canburn skin and eyes and cause illnessif ingested. Fuel spray is releasedwhen there is pressure in the fueltank and the fuel-filler cap isremoved too quickly.

Before refueling, stop the engine, andalways keep sparks and flames awayfrom the filler neck:

Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could beignited by sparks or flames causingserious burns and injuries.Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel-filler cap or not using a fuel-filler capmay result in fuel leak, which couldresult in serious burns or death in anaccident.

CAUTIONAlways use only a genuine Mazdafuel-filler cap or an approvedequivalent, available at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The wrongcap can result in a seriousmalfunction of the fuel and emissioncontrol systems. It may also causethe check engine light in theinstrument cluster to illuminate.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-43


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qFuel-Filler Lid

To open, pull the remote fuel-filler lidrelease.

Remote fuel-filler lid release

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn itcounterclockwise.Attach the removed cap to the inner sideof the fuel lid.

To close the fuel-filler cap, turn itclockwise until two or more clicks areheard.

Open

Close

CAUTIONIf the check fuel cap warning lightilluminates, the fuel-filler cap maynot be properly installed. If thewarning light illuminates, park yourvehicle safely off the right-of-way,remove the fuel-filler cap andreinstall it correctly. After the cap hasbeen correctly installed, the fuel capwarning light may continue toilluminate until a number of drivingcycles have been completed. A drivecycle consists of starting the engine(after four or more hours with theengine off) and driving the vehicle oncity and highway roads.Continuing to drive with the checkfuel cap warning light illuminatedcould cause the check engine light toilluminate as well.

3-44

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Hood

WARNINGAlways check that the hood is closedand securely locked:

A hood that is not closed andsecurely locked is dangerous as itcould fly open while the vehicle ismoving and block the driver's visionwhich could result in a seriousaccident.

qOpening the Hood

1. With the vehicle parked, pull therelease handle to unlock the hood.

Release handle

2. Insert your hand into the hood opening,slide the hood latch lever to the right,and lift the hood.

3. Grasp the support rod in the paddedarea and secure it in the stay holeindicated by the arrow to hold the hoodopen.

Support rod

Clip

Pad

qClosing the Hood

WARNINGDo not leave items in the enginecompartment:

After you have finished checking ordoing servicing in the enginecompartment, do not forget andleave items such as tools or rags inthe engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the enginecompartment could cause enginedamage or a fire leading to anunexpected accident.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-45


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

1. Check under the hood area to makecertain all filler caps are in place andall loose items (e.g. tools, oilcontainers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Lift the hood, grasp the padded area onthe stay, and secure the stay in the clip.Verify that the support rod is secured inthe clip before closing the hood.

Clip

ClipClip

3. Lower the hood slowly until it rests inthe unlocked position, and then removeyour hands. Push the front center edgeof the hood downward until a latchingsound is heard, and the hood closescompletely.

3-46

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Moonroofí

The moonroof can be opened or closedelectrically only when the ignition isswitched ON.

Tilt switchSlide switch

WARNINGDo not let passengers stand up orextend part of their body through theopen moonroof while the vehicle ismoving:

Extending the head, arms, or otherparts of the body through themoonroof is dangerous. The head orarms could hit something while thevehicle is moving. This could causeserious injury or death.

Make sure the opening is clear beforeclosing the moonroof:

A closing moonroof is dangerous. Thehands, head, or even neck of aperson ―especially a child― couldbe caught in it as it closes, causingserious injury or even death.

NOTEBefore washing your Mazda, make sure themoonroof is completely closed so that waterdoes not get inside the cabin area. Afterwashing your Mazda or after it rains, wipe thewater off the moonroof before operating it toavoid water penetration which could causerust and water damage to your headliner.

qTilt Operation

The rear of the moonroof can be tiltedopen to provide more ventilation.

To fully tilt automatically, momentarilypress the tilt switch.To fully close automatically, momentarilypull the tilt switch or press the front of theslide switch.To stop tilting partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

Close

Tilt up

Tilt down

(Tilt down)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-47íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSlide Operation

To fully open automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the slide switch.To fully close automatically, momentarilypress the front of the slide switch or pullthe tilt switch.To stop sliding partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

Close

Tilt down (Close)

Open

qPower Moonroof Re-set Procedure

If the battery is disconnected, themoonroof may not operate correctly. Themoonroof will not operate correctly untilit is re-set. Carry out the followingprocedure to re-set the moonroof andresume operation:


2. Press the tilt switch, to partially tiltopen the rear of the moonroof.

3. Repeat Step 2. The rear of themoonroof tilts open to the fully openposition, then closes a little.

NOTEIf the re-set procedure is performed while themoonroof is in the slide position (partiallyopen) it closes before the rear tilts opens.

qEngine-off Moonroof Operation

The moonroof can be operated for about40 seconds after the ignition is switchedfrom ON to ACC or OFF with all doorsclosed. If any door is opened, themoonroof will be inoperable.

NOTEFor engine-off operation of the moonroof, theswitch must be pushed firmly throughoutmoonroof closure because the auto-closingfunction will be inoperable.

qJam-safe Moonroof

If a person's hands, head or an objectblocks the moonroof during closingoperation, the moonroof will stop andopen halfway.

WARNINGMake sure nothing blocks themoonroof just before it reaches thefully closed position:

Blocking the moonroof just before itreaches the closed position isdangerous.In this case, the jam-safe functioncannot prevent the moonroof fromstopping. If fingers are caught,serious injuries could occur.

NOTEl Depending on driving conditions, a closing

moonroof could stop and start openingwhen the moonroof feels a shock that issimilar to something blocking it.

l The moonroof's jam-safe function does notfunction while the moonroof is initializing.

3-48

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSunshade

The sunshade can be opened and closedby hand.

The sunshade opens automatically whenthe moonroof is opened, but must beclosed by hand.

Sunshade

CAUTIONØ The sunshade does not tilt. To

avoid damaging the sunshade, donot push up on it.

Ø Do not close the sunshade whilethe moonroof is opening. Trying toforce the sunshade closed coulddamage it.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-49


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Immobilizer System (withAdvanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with an advanced key thesystem recognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized advanced key, theengine will not start, thereby helping toprevent the theft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the advanced key(including auxiliary key), consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


CAUTIONDo not allow the following whenstarting the engine with the auxiliarykey due to an advanced key deadbattery or other malfunction.Otherwise the signal from theauxiliary key will not be receivedcorrectly and the engine may notstart.Ø A key ring rests on the auxiliary

key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the auxiliary keygrip.

Ø Spare auxiliary keys or keys forother vehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the auxiliary key.

3-50

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the auxiliary key.

NOTEl The advanced keys (including auxiliary key)

carry a unique electronic code. For thisreason, and to assure your safety, obtaininga replacement advanced key (includingauxiliary key) requires some waiting time.They are only available through anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare advanced key in caseone is lost. If an advanced key is lost,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible.

l If you lose an advanced key (includingauxiliary key), an Authorized Mazda Dealerwill reset the electronic codes of yourremaining advanced keys (includingauxiliary keys) and immobilizer system.Bring all the remaining advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-51


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


Immobilizer system

3-52

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or OFF. Thesecurity indicator light in the instrumentcluster flashes every 2 seconds until thesystem is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionis switched ON with the registeredadvanced key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and goes out.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect advanced key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTEl The engine may not start and the security

indicator light may illuminate or flash if theadvanced key is placed in an area where itis difficult for the system to detect thesignal, such as on the dashboard, or in theglove box. Move the advanced key toanother place, switch the ignition off, andthen restart the engine.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper advanced key andthe engine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If the indicator light isflashing, switch the ignition to ACC orswitch the ignition off and wait for a while,then restart the engine. If it does not startafter 3 or more tries, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, do notshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If theengine is shut off while the indicator light isflashing, you will not be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, theadvanced key (including auxiliary key) areneeded. Bring all the advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-53


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with a key the systemrecognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


3-54

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONWhen starting the engine do notallow the following, as the enginemay not start due to the electronicsignal from the ignition key not beingtransmitted correctly.Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

Ø Spare keys or keys for othervehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the key grip.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the key.

NOTEl The keys carry a unique electronic code.

For this reason, and to assure your safety,obtaining a replacement key requires somewaiting time. They are only availablethrough an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.If a key is lost, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If you lose a key, an Authorized MazdaDealer will reset the electronic codes ofyour remaining keys and immobilizersystem. Bring all the remaining keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-55


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


Immobilizer system

3-56

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or OFF.The security indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes every twoseconds until the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionis switched ON with the correct ignitionkey.The security indicator light illuminates forabout three seconds and goes out.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTEl Signals from a TVor radio station, or from

a transceiver or a mobile telephone, couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper key and yourengine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If it is flashing, remove theignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,then reinsert it and try starting the engineagain. If it does not start after 3 or moretries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, do notshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If youshut off the engine while the light isflashing you will not be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, the keysare needed. Bring all the existing keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-57


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Theft-Deterrent Systemí

If the theft deterrent system detects aninappropriate entry into the vehicle, whichcould result in the vehicle or its contentsbeing stolen, the alarm alerts thesurrounding area of an abnormality bysounding the horn and flashing the hazardwarning lights.Refer to Operation on page 3-58.

NOTEl The theft-deterrent system operates with the

key or the keyless entry system transmitter.l (With advanced key)

The theft-deterrent system can also beoperated using the advanced keylessfunction.The system operates only when the driver isin the vehicle or within operational rangewhile the advanced key is being carried.

l The system will not function unless it isproperly armed. To properly secure thevehicle, always make sure all windows arecompletely closed and all doors and thetrunk lid are locked before leaving thevehicle. Remember to take your key andtransmitter.

qOperation

System triggering conditions

The horn sounds intermittently and thehazard warning lights flash for about 30seconds when the system is triggered byany one of the following:l Forcing open a door, the hood or thetrunk lid.

l Unlocking a door with the inside door-lock knob.

l Unlocking a door with the door lockswitch.

l Opening a door by operating an insidedoor-lock knob.

l Opening the hood by operating thehood release handle.

l (Without advanced key)Switching the ignition ON without thekey.(With advanced key)Switching the ignition ON withoutusing the push button start.

l Opening the trunk lid by operating thetrunk lid release button.

If the system is triggered again, the lightsand horn will activate until a door isunlocked or the trunk lid is opened withthe key or with the transmitter.(With advanced key)The lights and horn can also bedeactivated by unlocking a door using thesensor on the inside of the door handle.

NOTEIf the battery goes dead while the theft-deterrent system is armed, the horn willactivate and the hazard warning lights willflash when the battery is charged or replaced.

qHow to Arm the System

1. Close the windows and the moonroofsecurely.

2. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.(With advanced key)Press the push button start to offposition, if the auxiliary key is insertedin the key slot, remove it.

3-58

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Security System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. Make sure all the windows, themoonroof, the hood and the trunk lidare closed. Close and lock all doors andthe trunk lid from the outside using thekey. If you have the keyless entrysystem, press the lock button on thetransmitter.The hazard warning lights will flashonce to indicate that the system isarmed.The following method will also arm thetheft-deterrent system:(With advanced key)Press a request switch on the doors orthe lock button on the transmitter.(Without advanced key)Close the hood and the trunk lid. Pressthe area on the door-lock switchmarked “ ” once. Close all doors.

The theft deterrent system can also bearmed by activating the auto re-lockfunction with all the doors, the trunk lidand the hood closed.

4. After 20 seconds, the system is fullyarmed.

NOTEl The system will disarm if one of the

following operations takes place within 20seconds after closing the trunk lid/hood andlocking all the doors:l Pressing the unlock button on the

transmitter.l Any door or the trunk lid is opened.l Unlocking a door with the inside door-

lock knob.l The hood is opened.l The key is inserted in the ignition switch.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the key

slot (With advanced key).l The push button start is pressed or a

door is unlocked using the sensor on theinside of the door handle (Withadvanced key).

l The ignition is switched ON.To rearm the system, do the armingprocedure again.

l When the doors are locked by pressing thelock button on the transmitter or requestswitch on the front doors or using the keywhile the theft-deterrent system is armed,the hazard warning lights will flash once toindicate that the system is armed.

l There is nothing to sense that a window orthe moonroof is open in the system, youmust confirm the windows and moonroofbefore you activate the system, and becareful with the advanced key not to openthe windows and moonroof unintentionallywhen unlocking the vehicle.

qTo Turn Off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by anyone of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l The ignition is switched ON.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-59


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l (With advanced key)Unlock a door using the sensor on theinside of the door handle.

The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that the system is turned off.

NOTEWhen the doors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the transmitter or using thekey while the theft-deterrent system is turnedoff, the hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that the system is turned off.

qTo Stop the Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off byany one of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Press the unlock button or press andhold the trunk button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l The engine is started with the ignitionkey.

l (With advanced key)l Press the unlock button or press and

hold the trunk button on thetransmitter.

l Unlock a door using the sensor onthe inside of the door handle.

l The engine is started with the pushbutton start.

NOTEIf you have any problem with the theft-deterrent system, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

A label indicating that your vehicle isequipped with a Theft-Deterrent System isin the glove compartment.

Mazda recommends that you affix it to thelower rear corner of a front door window.

3-60

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Steering Wheel

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving:

Adjusting the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving is dangerous.Moving it can very easily cause thedriver to abruptly turn to the left orright. This can lead to loss of controlor an accident.

qSteering Wheel Adjustment

To change the angle or length of thesteering wheel:

1. Stop the vehicle, pull down the lockrelease lever under the steeringcolumn.

Lock release lever

2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust thesteering column length to the desiredpositions, push the lever up to lock thecolumn.

3. Push the wheel up and down to becertain it's locked before driving.

Mirrors

qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

Mirror type

Flat type (driver's side)Flat surface mirror.Convex type (front passenger side)The mirror has single curvature on itssurface.

WARNINGBe sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:

Changing lanes without looking overthe appropriate shoulder isdangerous, particularly not takingthe actual distance of the vehicle inthe right convex mirror. You couldhave a serious accident. What yousee in the convex mirror is closer thanit appears.

Power mirror

The ignition must be switched to ACC orON.

To adjust:

1. Press the left or right side of theselector switch to choose the left orright side mirror.

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors

3-61


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. Depress the mirror switch in theappropriate direction.

Selector switch

Mirror switch

After adjusting the mirror, lock the controlby placing the selector switch in thecenter position.

Folding the mirrorí

Fold the outside mirror rearward until it isflush with the vehicle.

WARNINGAlways return the outside mirrors tothe driving position before you startdriving:

Driving with the outside mirrorsfolded in is dangerous. Your rear viewwill be restricted, and you could havean accident.

Ground illumination lightí

The ground illumination light turns on oroff when the illuminated entry system ison (page 6-142).

Driver's side auto-dimming doormirrorí

The movement of the auto-dimming doormirror is interlocked with the auto-dimming rearview mirror in the interior toautomatically reduce glare from rear on-coming vehicles.Refer to Rearview Mirror on page 3-62.

NOTEFront passenger-side door mirror does nothave auto-dimming feature.

qRearview Mirror

WARNINGDo not stack cargo or objects higherthan the seatbacks:

Cargo stacked higher than theseatbacks is dangerous. It can blockyour view in the rearview mirror,which might cause you to hit anothercar when changing lanes.

3-62

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirrorto center on the scene through the rearwindow.Manual day/night mirror

Auto-dimming mirror

NOTEFor the manual day/night mirror, perform theadjustment with the day/night lever in the dayposition.

Reducing glare from headlights

Manual day/night mirror

Push the day/night lever forward for daydriving. Pull it back to reduce glare ofheadlights from cars at the rear.

Night

Day

Day/Night lever

Auto-dimming mirror

The auto-dimming mirror automaticallyreduces glare of headlights from cars atthe rear when the ignition is switched ON.The door mirrors also adjust inconjunction with the interior rear viewmirror.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-63


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel theautomatic dimming function. Theindicator light will turn off.To reactivate the automatic dimmingfunction, press the ON button ( ). Theindicator light will illuminate.

Indicator light OFF button

ON button

NOTEl Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects

on or around the light sensor. Otherwise,light sensor sensitivity will be affected andmay not operate normally.

Light sensor

Light sensor

l For information regarding the 3 buttons( , , ) on the auto-dimmingmirror, refer to HomeLink Wireless ControlSystem (page 5-73).

l The auto-dimmer function is canceled whenthe ignition is switched ON and the shiftlever/selector lever is in reverse (R).

3-64

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

4 Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-7Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-8Driving In Flooded Area ........................................................... 4-9Overloading ............................................................................ 4-10Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-11

Towing ......................................................................................... 4-12Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-12

4-1


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Fuel RequirementsVehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)

Regular unleaded fuel 87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness. Itcould also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

CAUTIONØ USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will leadto deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.

Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 % ethanolby volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds thisrecommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol ofany kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.

Ø Never add fuel system additives. Otherwise, the emission control system could bedamaged. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details.

Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generallyreferred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with yourvehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such asethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.

Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may notbe covered by the Mazda warranty.l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

4-2

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Emission Control SystemYour vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part ofthis system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissionsrequirements.

WARNINGNever park over or near anything flammable:

Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even withthe engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use andcould ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTIONIgnoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalystinside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition willdamage the converter and cause poor performance.Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.Ø Do not coast with the ignition switched off.Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off.Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments

must be made by a qualified technician.Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.

NOTEUnder U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system beforethe first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modificationmade on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.

NOTEAfter the vehicle has been driven a certain distance and the engine is turned off, the sound of a valveopening and closing can be heard. This does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checking mechanism which operates after the engine is turned off.



4-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNINGDo not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:

Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which iscolorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousnessand death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully openand contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaustgas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Lossof consciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air whenidling the engine:

Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closedand the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, whichcontains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness oreven death could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,before starting the engine:

Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. Theexhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss ofconsciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Before Getting Inl Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,and outside lights are clean.

l Inspect inflation pressures andcondition of tires.

l Look under the vehicle for any sign offluid leaks.

l If you plan to back up, make surenothing is in your way.

NOTEEngine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,washer fluid, and other fluid levels should beinspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting Inl Are all doors closed and locked?l Is the seat adjusted properly?l Are the inside and outside mirrorsadjusted?

l Is the steering wheel adjusted properly?l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?l Check all gauges.l Check all warning lights when theignition is switched ON.

l Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with yourMazda.


Before Starting the Engine

4-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Break-In PeriodNo special break-in is necessary, but a fewprecautions in the first 1,000 km (600miles) may add to the performance,economy, and life of your Mazda.l Do not race the engine.l Do not maintain one constant speed,either slow or fast, for a long period oftime.

l Do not drive constantly at full-throttleor high engine rpm for extendedperiods of time.

l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.l Avoid full-throttle starts.

Money-Saving SuggestionsHow you operate your Mazda determineshow far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Usethese suggestions to help save money onfuel and repairs.l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engineruns smoothly, begin driving.

l Avoid fast starts.l Keep the engine tuned. Follow themaintenance schedule (page 8-3) andhave an Authorized Mazda Dealerperform inspections and servicing.

l Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

l Slow down on rough roads.l Keep the tires properly inflated.l Do not carry unnecessary weight.l Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving.

l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.l Keep windows closed at high speeds.l Slow down when driving in crosswindsand headwinds.

WARNINGNever stop the engine when goingdown a hill:

Stopping the engine when goingdown a hill is dangerous. This causesthe loss of power steering and powerbrake control, and may causedamage to the drivetrain. Any loss ofsteering or braking control couldcause an accident.

4-6


Driving Tips


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Hazardous Driving

WARNINGBe extremely careful if it is necessary todownshift on slippery surfaces:

Downshifting into lower gear whiledriving on slippery surfaces isdangerous. The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.This could lead to loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

Do not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

When driving on ice or in water, snow,mud, sand, or similar hazards:l Be cautious and allow extra distancefor braking.

l Avoid sudden braking and suddenmaneuvering.

l Do not pump the brakes. Continue topress down on the brake pedal.Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) on page 5-8.

l If you get stuck, select a lower gear andaccelerate slowly. Do not spin the frontwheels.

l For more traction in starting onslippery surfaces such as ice or packedsnow, use sand, rock salt, chains,carpeting, or other nonslip materialunder the front wheels.

NOTEUse snow chains only on the front wheels.

Floor Mat

WARNINGMake sure the floor mats are hookedon the retention pins to prevent themfrom bunching up under the footpedals:

Using a floor mat that is not securedis dangerous as it will interfere withthe accelerator and brake pedaloperation, which could result in anaccident.

Do not install two floor mats, one ontop of the other, on the driver's side:

Installing two floor mats, one on topof the other, on the driver's side isdangerous as the retention pins canonly keep one floor mat from slidingforward.In using a heavy duty floor mat forwinter use always remove theoriginal floor mat.Loose floor mat(s) will interfere withthe foot pedal and could result in anaccident.

When setting a floor mat, position thefloor mat so that its eyelets are insertedover the pointed end of the retentionposts.


Driving Tips

4-7


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNINGDo not spin the wheels at more than 56km/h (35 mph), and do not allowanyone to stand behind a wheel whenpushing the vehicle:

When the vehicle is stuck, spinningthe wheels at high speed isdangerous. The spinning tire couldoverheat and explode. This couldcause serious injuries.

CAUTIONToo much rocking may cause engineoverheating, transaxle failure, andtire damage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it fromsnow, sand or mud, depress theaccelerator slightly and slowly move theshift lever from 1 (D) to R.

Winter Drivingl Carry emergency gear, windowscraper, flares, a small shovel, jumpercables, and a small bag of sand or salt.

Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer toperform the following precautions:l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze inthe radiator.Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-23.

l Inspect the battery and its cables. Coldreduces battery capacity.

l Use only cold-weather engine oil (page8-19).

l Inspect the ignition system for damageand loose connections.

l Use washer fluid made withantifreeze―but do not use enginecoolant antifreeze for washer fluid(page 8-27).

l Do not use the parking brake infreezing weather as it may freeze.Instead, shift to P with an automatictransaxle and to 1 or R with a manualtransaxle. Block the rear wheels.

l Do not apply excessive force to awindow scraper when removing ice orfrozen snow on the mirror glass andwindshield.

l Never use warm or hot water forremoving snow or ice from windowsand mirrors as it could result in theglass cracking.

l Braking performance can be adverselyaffected if snow or ice adheres to thebrake equipment. If this situationoccurs, drive the vehicle slowly,releasing the accelerator pedal andlightly applying the brakes severaltimes until the brake performancereturns to normal.

4-8


Driving Tips


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSnow Tires

Use snow tires on all four wheels

Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)while driving with snow tires. Inflatesnow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)more than recommended on the tirepressure label (driver's door frame), butnever more than the maximum cold-tirepressure shown on the tires.Your vehicle is originally equipped withall season radials designed to be used allyear around. In some extreme climatesyou may find it necessary to replace themwith snow tires during the winter monthsto further improve traction on snow andice covered roads.

WARNINGUse only the same size and type tires(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all fourwheels:

Using tires different in size or type isdangerous. Your vehicle's handlingcould be greatly affected and resultin an accident.

CAUTIONCheck local regulations before usingstudded tires.

qTire Chains

This vehicle cannot be operated with tirechains because it could cause interferencewith the vehicle body and scratching.

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance returns to normal:

Driving with wet brakes isdangerous. Increased stoppingdistance or the vehicle pulling to oneside when braking could result in aserious accident. Light braking willindicate whether the brakes havebeen affected.

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle on floodedroads as it could cause shortcircuiting of electrical/electronicparts, or engine damage or stallingfrom water absorption. If the vehiclehas been immersed in water, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.


Driving Tips

4-9


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Overloading

WARNINGBe careful not to overload your vehicle:

The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)and the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) of your vehicle are on theMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Labelon the driver's door frame. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an accidentor vehicle damage. You can estimatethe weight of your load by weighingthe items (or people) before puttingthem in the vehicle.

4-10


Driving Tips


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Driving on Uneven RoadYour vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roadsor over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling onrough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.

Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving underthe following conditions:l Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition anglel Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle

Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance andhandling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can bedamaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Usecare and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.


Driving Tips

4-11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Trailer TowingThe Mazda6 is not designed for towing.Never tow a trailer with your Mazda6.

4-12


Towing


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

5 Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4Turning the Engine Off ............................................................. 5-5Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5Manual Transaxle Operation ................................................... 5-11Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................ 5-13Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-20Cruise Controlí ...................................................................... 5-20Traction Control System (TCS) .............................................. 5-24Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ........................................... 5-25Tire Pressure Monitoring System ............................................ 5-27Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Systemí ................................. 5-33

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-38Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-38

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-44Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-44Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-59

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-61Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-61Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-66Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-67Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-67Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-71Horn ........................................................................................ 5-72Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-73HomeLink Wireless Control Systemí .................................... 5-73

5-1íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Ignition SwitchWith advanced keyRefer to “Starting the engine (page 3-10)”for information on how to use the ignitionswitch.

qIgnition Switch Positions (withoutAdvanced Key)

With LOCK position

With OFF position

The engraved mark on the actual vehiclemay read OFF or LOCK depending on thetype of ignition system.

OFF/LOCK

The power supply to electrical devices isturned off. Only in this position can thekey be removed.

Two-stage unlock typeí

To switch the ignition from ACC to OFF/LOCK, push the key in at the ACCposition, then turn it to the OFF/LOCKposition.

Push the key

5-2

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.

Starting and Driving


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGRemove the key only when the vehicleis parked (with steering lockmechanism):

Removing the key from the ignitionswitch while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Removing the key allowsthe steering wheel to lock. You willlose steering control and a seriousaccident could occur.

Before leaving the driver's seat, alwaysswitch the ignition off, set the parkingbrake, and make sure the shift lever isin P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gearor R (manual transaxle):


NOTEIf turning the key is difficult, move the steeringwheel left and right.Leaving the key in any position but the OFF/LOCK position also disables some of thesecurity features and may run the batterydown.

ACC (Accessory)

In this position, some electricalaccessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. Some indicatorlights/warning lights should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-44).

NOTEWhen the ignition is switched ON, the sound ofthe fuel pump motor operating near the fueltank can be heard. This does not indicate anabnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key. Itthen returns to the ON position.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition is switched off or theignition is switched to ACC with the keyinserted, a continuous beep sound will beheard when the driver's door is opened.

Driving Your Mazda


5-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Starting the EngineWith advanced keyRefer to “Starting the engine (page 3-10)”for information on how to start the engine.

NOTEEngine-starting is controlled by the sparkignition system.This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirementsregulating the impulse electrical field strengthof radio noise.

1. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.

3. Depress the brake pedal.

4. (Manual transaxle)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.(Automatic transaxle)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE(Manual transaxle)The starter will not operate unless the clutch isdepressed sufficiently.(Automatic transaxle)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

5. Switch the ignition to START and hold(up to 10 seconds at a time) until theengine starts.

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than10 seconds at a time. If the enginestalls or fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

NOTEl In extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up without operatingthe accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

l If the engine does not start the first time,refer to Starting a Flooded Engine underEmergency Starting. If the engine still doesnot start, have your vehicle inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-15).

5-4

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Turning the Engine Off1. Stop the vehicle completely.

2. (Manual transaxle)Shift into neutral.(Automatic transaxle)Shift the shift lever to the P position.

3. (Without Advanced Keyless Entry &Push Button Start System)Switch the ignition from ON to OFF/LOCK.(With Advanced Keyless Entry &Push Button Start System)Press the push button start to turn offthe engine.

WARNINGDo not stop the engine while thevehicle is moving:

Stopping the engine while the vehicleis moving for any reason other thanin an emergency is dangerous.Stopping the engine while the vehicleis moving will result in reducedmaneuverability and braking abilitydue to the loss of power steering andpower braking, which could cause anaccident and serious injury.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe ignition is switched off.

Brake System

qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normaluse.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop byapplying greater force than normal to thebrake pedal. But the distance required tostop will be greater than usual.

Driving Your Mazda


5-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not coast with the engine stalled orturned off, find a safe place to stop:

Coasting with the engine stalled orturned off is dangerous. Braking willrequire more effort, and the brake'spower-assist could be depleted if youpump the brake. This will causelonger stopping distances or even anaccident.

Shift to a lower gear when going downsteep hills:

Driving with your foot continuouslyon the brake pedal or steadilyapplying the brakes for longdistances is dangerous. This causesoverheated brakes, resulting inlonger stopping distances or eventotal brake failure. This could causeloss of vehicle control and a seriousaccident. Avoid continuousapplication of the brakes.

Dry off brakes that have become wetby driving slowly, releasing theaccelerator pedal and lightly applyingthe brakes several times until the brakeperformance returns to normal:


CAUTIONØ Do not drive with your foot held

on the clutch pedal or brake pedal,or hold the clutch pedal depressedhalfway unnecessarily. Doing socould result in the following:Ø The clutch and brake parts will

wear out more quickly.Ø The brakes can overheat and

adversely affect brakeperformance.

Ø Always depress the brake pedalwith the right foot. Applying thebrakes with the unaccustomed leftfoot could slow your reaction timeto an emergency situationresulting in insufficient brakingoperation.

Ø Wear shoes appropriate for drivingin order to avoid your shoecontacting the brake pedal whendepressing the accelerator pedal.

5-6

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qParking Brake

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysswitch the ignition off, set the parkingbrake, and make sure the shift lever isin P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gearor R (manual transaxle):


CAUTIONDriving with the parking brake onwill cause excessive wear of the brakelinings or pads.

NOTEFor parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving(page 4-8) regarding parking brake use.

Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and then firmlypull the parking brake lever fully upwardswith sufficient force to hold the vehicle ina stationary position.

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and pull theparking brake lever upwards, then pressthe release button. While holding thebutton, lower the parking brake lever allthe way down to the released position.

Driving Your Mazda


5-7


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchedto START or ON. It turns off when theparking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Brake system warning (2.5-literengine)í

Illuminates when there is a malfunction inthe brake switch.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-25).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off, have yourbrake system inspected as soon aspossible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)

The ABS control unit continuouslymonitors the speed of each wheel. If onewheel is about to lock up, the ABSresponds by automatically releasing andreapplying that wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration inthe brake pedal and may hear a chatteringnoise from the brake system. This isnormal ABS system operation. Continueto depress the brake pedal withoutpumping the brakes.

5-8

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

NOTEl Braking distances may be longer on loose

surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)which usually have a hard foundation. Avehicle with a normal braking system mayrequire less distance to stop under theseconditions because the tires will build up awedge of surface layer when the wheelsskid.

l The sound of the ABS operating may beheard when starting the engine orimmediately after starting the vehicle,however, it does not indicate a malfunction.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEl When the engine is jump-started to charge

the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs,it is the result of the weak battery and doesnot indicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

l The brake assist system does not operatewhile the ABS warning light is illuminated.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

Driving Your Mazda


5-9


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qBrake Assist

During emergency braking situationswhen it is necessary to depress the brakepedal with greater force, the brake assistsystem provides braking assistance, thusenhancing braking performance.

When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, the brakes applymore firmly.

NOTEl When the brake pedal is depressed hard or

depressed more quickly, the pedal will feelsofter but the brakes will apply more firmly.This is a normal effect of the brake assistoperation and does not indicate amalfunction.

l When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, a motor/pumpoperation noise may be heard. This is anormal effect of the brake assist and doesnot indicate a malfunction.

l The brake assist equipment does notsupersede the functionality of the vehicle'smain braking system.

qBrake Pad Wear Indicator

When the disc brake pads become worn,the built-in wear indicators contact thedisc plates. This causes a loud screechingnoise to warn that the pads should bereplaced.

When you hear this noise, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive with worn disc pads:

Driving with worn disc pads isdangerous. The brakes could fail andcause a serious accident. As soon asyou hear a screeching noise consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-10

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Manual Transaxle Operation

qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern

Neutral position

The shift pattern of the transaxle isconventional, as shown.

Depress the clutch pedal all the way downwhile shifting; then release it slowly.

Your vehicle is equipped with a device toprevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake.Push the shift lever downward and shift toR.

WARNINGDo not use sudden engine braking onslippery road surfaces or at highspeeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or Rposition and set the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle unattended:

Otherwise the vehicle could moveand cause an accident.

CAUTIONØ Keep your foot off the clutch pedal

except when shifting gears. Also,do not use the clutch to hold thevehicle on an upgrade. Riding theclutch will cause needless clutchwear and damage.

Ø Do not apply any excessive lateralforce to the gear lever whenchanging from 5th to 4th gear.This could lead to the accidentalselection of 2nd gear, which canresult in damage to the transaxle.

Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to acomplete stop before shifting to R.Shifting to R while the vehicle isstill moving may damage thetransaxle.

NOTEIf shifting to R is difficult, shift back intoneutral, release the clutch pedal, and tryagain.

Driving Your Mazda


5-11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qRecommendations for Shifting

UpshiftingFor normal acceleration, we recommend these shiftpoints.

Gear Vehicle speed

1 to 2 24 km/h (15 mph)

2 to 3 43 km/h (27 mph)

3 to 4 56 km/h (35 mph)

4 to 5 72 km/h (45 mph)

5 to 6 90 km/h (56 mph)

For cruising

Gear Vehicle speed

1 to 2 16 km/h (10 mph)

2 to 3 32 km/h (20 mph)

3 to 4 48 km/h (30 mph)

4 to 5 60 km/h (37 mph)

5 to 6 71 km/h (44 mph)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisreduces the chance of stalling and givesbetter acceleration when you need morespeed.On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

5-12

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Automatic Transaxle Controls

Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON).

Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

Various Lockouts:

NOTEThe Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving thedriver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears. Even ifyou intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic, you should also beaware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may beretained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear theengine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-16).

Driving Your Mazda


5-13


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qTransaxle Ranges

The shift lever must be in P or N tooperate the starter.

P (Park)

P locks the transaxle and prevents thefront wheels from rotating.

WARNINGAlways set the shift lever to P and setthe parking brake:

Only setting the shift lever to the Pposition without using the parkingbrake to hold the vehicle isdangerous. If P fails to hold, thevehicle could move and cause anaccident.

CAUTIONØ Shifting into P, N or R while the

vehicle is moving can damageyour transaxle.

Ø Shifting into a driving gear orreverse when the engine is runningfaster than idle can damage thetransaxle.

R (Reverse)

In position R, the vehicle moves onlybackward. You must be at a complete stopbefore shifting to or from R, except underrare circumstances as explained inRocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).

N (Neutral)

In N, the wheels and transaxle are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or brakes are on.

WARNINGIf the engine is running faster than idle,do not shift from N or P into a drivinggear:

It's dangerous to shift from N or Pinto a driving gear when the engineis running faster than idle. If this isdone, the vehicle could movesuddenly, causing an accident orserious injury.

Do not shift into N when driving thevehicle:

Shifting into N while driving isdangerous. Engine braking cannot beapplied when decelerating whichcould lead to an accident or seriousinjury.

CAUTIONDo not shift into N when driving thevehicle. Doing so can cause transaxledamage.

NOTEApply the parking brake or depress the brakepedal before moving the shift lever from N toprevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)

D is the normal driving position. From astop, the transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 5-gear/6-gear* sequence.* 3.7-liter engine

M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position.Gears can be shifted up or down byoperating the shift lever.Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-16).

5-14

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)

Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)automatically controls the transaxle shiftpoints to best suit the road conditions anddriver input. This optimizes engineperformance and improves drivingcomfort. When cornering the vehicle,AAS mode will hold the transaxle in thegear the vehicle was in before entering thecurve, allowing the vehicle to beaccelerated from the same gear afterexiting the curve.If the driver accelerates rapidly, oraccelerates and decelerates rapidly byoperating the accelerator and brake pedalfor a certain period of time while theselector lever is in the D position, AASmode could activate. When this occurs,AAS mode will maintain the transaxle inthe optimum gear and the driver maysense that the transaxle is not shifting,however this does not indicate anabnormality.

qShift-Lock System

The shift-lock system prevents shiftingout of P unless the brake pedal isdepressed.

To shift from P:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Move the shift lever.

NOTEl When the ignition is switched off, the shift

lever cannot be shifted from P.l To be sure the vehicle is in park, the

ignition key cannot be removed unless theshift lever is in P.

l (With Advanced Key)The ignition cannot be switched from ACCto OFF when the shift lever is not in P.

qShift-Lock Override

If the shift lever will not move from Pusing the proper shift procedure, continueto hold down the pedal.

1. Remove the shift-lock override coverusing a cloth-wrapped flat headscrewdriver.

2. Insert a screwdriver and push it down.

Cover

3. Move the shift lever.

4. Take the vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to have the systemchecked.

Driving Your Mazda


5-15


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qManual Shift Mode

This mode gives you the feel of driving amanual transaxle vehicle by operating theshift lever and allows you to controlengine rpm and torque to the front wheelsmuch like a manual transaxle when morecontrol is desired.

To change to manual shift mode, shift thelever from D to M.

NOTEChanging to manual shift mode while drivingwill not damage the transaxle.

To return to automatic shift mode, shiftthe lever from M to D.

NOTEl If you change to manual shift mode when

the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift toM1.

l If you change to manual shift mode withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal whendriving in D range, 5th gear, the gear willshift to M4.

l (3.7-liter engine model)If you change to manual shift mode withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal whendriving in D range, 6th gear, the gear willshift to M5.

Indicators

Shift position indicator

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator in the instrument panelilluminates.

Gear position indicator

The numeral for the selected gearilluminates.

Shift position indicator

D range/gear position indicator

NOTEl If the gears cannot be shifted down when

driving at higher speeds, the gear positionindicator will flash twice to signal that thegears cannot be shifted down (to protect thetransaxle).

l (2.5-liter engine model)If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)temperature becomes too high, there is thepossibility that the transaxle will switch toautomatic shift mode, canceling manualshift mode and turning off the gear positionindicator illumination. This is a normalfunction to protect the AT. After the ATFtemperature has decreased, the gearposition indicator illumination turns backon and driving in manual shift mode isrestored.

5-16

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Shifting

Manually Shifting up

(M1 → M2→ M3 → M4→ M5 →M6í)To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shiftlever back ( ) once.

NOTEl When driving slowly, the gears may not

shift up.l In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up

automatically. Do not run the engine withthe tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. Ifthe tachometer needle enters the REDZONE, you may feel engine-brakingbecause the fuel delivery will be stopped toprotect the engine. However, this does notindicate an abnormality.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Manually Shifting down

( M6í → M5→ M4→ M3 → M2 →M1)To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shiftlever forward ( ) once.

WARNINGDo not use engine braking on slipperyroad surfaces or at high speeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

NOTEl When driving at high speeds, the gear may

not shift down.l During deceleration, the gear may

automatically shift down depending onvehicle speed.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Driving Your Mazda


5-17íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Second gear fixed mode

When the shift lever is tapped back ( )while the vehicle is stopped or driven atthe following speeds, the transaxle is setin the second gear fixed mode.5-speed transaxle model:12 km/h (7.5 mph) or less6-speed transaxle model:15 km/h (9 mph) or less

The gear is fixed in second while in thismode for easier starting and driving onslippery roads. If the shift lever is tappedback ( ) or forward ( ) while in thesecond gear fixed mode, the mode will becanceled.

Shifting specification

Shifting up

If the vehicle speed is lower than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted up to a higher gear.

GearVehicle speed

2.5-liter enginemodel


M1→M2You can shift up to M2 whether thevehicle is stopped or moving.

M2→M320.9 km/h(13.0 mph)

15.6 km/h(9.70 mph)

M3→M435.8 km/h(22.3 mph)

32.0 km/h(19.9 mph)

M4→M543.8 km/h(27.3 mph)

M5→M6 ―56.6 km/h(35.2 mph)

Shifting down

If the vehicle speed is higher than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted to a lower gear so as toprotect the transaxle.

GearVehicle speed



M6→M5 ―230 km/h(142 mph)

M5→M4210 km/h(130 mph)

194.9 km/h(121.1 mph)

M4→M3143 km/h(88.8 mph)

135.2 km/h(84.0 mph)

M3→M289.9 km/h(55.8 mph)

85.3 km/h(53.0 mph)

M2→M147.5 km/h(29.5 mph)

42.3 km/h(26.2 mph)

NOTERegarding the vehicle speed at the highestgear indicated above, achieving this speedmay not actually be possible depending onvarious driving conditions such as the wind,upslope, and road surface.

During deceleration, the gears shift downautomatically when speed is reduced tothe following:

GearVehicle speed



M6→M5 ―53.5 km/h(33.2 mph)

M5→M432.6 km/h(20.2 mph)

40.7 km/h(25.2 mph)

M4→M328.9 km/h(17.9 mph)

M3 or M2→M1

10 km/h (6 mph) 7.5 km/h (4.6 mph)

NOTEThe gear does not shift down to M1automatically while in the second gear fixedmode.

5-18

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

If the vehicle is kicked down at thefollowing speeds or lower, the gears shiftdown automatically:

GearVehicle speed



M6→M5 ―230 km/h(142 mph)

M5→M4199 km/h(123 mph)

172.7 km/h(107.3 mph)

M4→M3133 km/h(82.6 mph)

74.9 km/h(46.5 mph)

M3→M279.7 km/h(49.5 mph)

48.9 km/h(30.3 mph)

Recommendations for shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration and cruising, werecommend these shift points.

GearVehicle speed



M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph) 24 km/h (15 mph)




M5 to M6 ― 80 km/h (50 mph)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisgives better acceleration when you needmore speed.

On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

qDriving Tips

WARNINGDo not allow the vehicle to move inreverse on an up-slope while theselector lever is in a forward gearposition, or move forward on a down-slope while the selector lever is in thereverse position.

Otherwise, the engine will stop,causing the loss of the power brakeand power steering functions, andmake it difficult to control the vehiclewhich could result in an accident.

Passing

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing steep grades, depressthe accelerator fully. The transaxle willshift to a lower gear, depending on vehiclespeed.

Climbing steep grades from a stop

To climb a steep grade from a stoppedposition:

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Shift to D or M1, depending on theload weight and grade steepness.

3. Release the brake pedal whilegradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades

When descending a steep grade, shift tolower gears, depending on load weightand grade steepness. Descend slowly,using the brakes only occasionally toprevent them from overheating.

Driving Your Mazda


5-19


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Power SteeringPower steering is only operable when theengine is running. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system is inoperable,you can still steer, but it requires morephysical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usualduring normal driving, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme left or right for more than 5seconds with the engine running.This could damage the powersteering system.

Cruise Controlí

With cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed of morethan about 32 km/h (20 mph).

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control under thefollowing conditions:

Using the cruise control under thefollowing conditions is dangerousand could result in loss of vehiclecontrol.Ø Hilly terrainØ Steep inclinesØ Heavy or unsteady trafficØ Slippery or winding roadsØ Similar restrictions that require

inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON switch is pressed and thecruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

5-20

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ONswitch.The cruise main indicator lightilluminates.

To deactivate the system, press the OFFswitch.The cruise main indicator light turns off.

WARNINGAlways turn off the cruise controlsystem when it is not in use:

Leaving the cruise control system inan activation-ready state while thecruise control is not in use isdangerous as the cruise control couldunexpectedly activate if theactivation button is accidentallypressed, and result in loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

qTo Set Speed

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the ON switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 32 km/h (20 mph).

3. Set the cruise control by pressing thecruise control SET /SET - switch upor down at the desired speed. Thecruise control is set at the moment thecruise control SET /SET - switch ispressed up or down. Release theaccelerator pedal simultaneously.

Cruise control switch

NOTEl Release the cruise control switch at the

desired speed, otherwise the speed willcontinue increasing while the switch ispressed up, and continue decreasing whileit is pressed down (except when theaccelerator pedal is depressed).

l On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down while ascending,or speed up while descending.

l Cruise control will turn off if the vehiclespeed decreases below about 27 km/h (17mph) when cruise is activated, such aswhen climbing a steep grade.

Driving Your Mazda


5-21


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

To increase speed using cruise controlswitch

Press up the cruise control SET switchand hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control SET

switch. Multiple taps will increaseyour vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) foreach tap.

To increase speed using acceleratorpedal

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerateto the desired speed.Press down or press up on the cruisecontrol SET /SET - switch and releaseit immediately.


NOTEAccelerate if you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on. Greater speedwill not interfere with or change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator to return tothe set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Press down the cruise control SET -switch and hold it. The vehicle willgradually slow.Release the switch at the speed you want.


5-22

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control SET -switch. Multiple taps will decrease yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed atMore Than 32 km/h (20 mph)

If some other method besides the OFFswitch was used to cancel cruising speed(such as applying the brake pedal) and thesystem is still activated, the most recentset speed will automatically resume whenthe RES switch is pressed.If vehicle speed is below 32 km/h (20mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 32km/h (20 mph) or more and press the RESswitch.

qTo Cancel

To cancel the system, use one of thesemethods:l Press the OFF switch.l Slightly depress the brake pedal.l Depress the clutch pedal (Manualtransaxle only).

l Press the CANCEL switch.

The system turns off when the ignition isswitched off.

NOTECruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9mph) below the preset speed (such as mayhappen when climbing a long, steep grade).

Driving Your Mazda


5-23


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Traction Control System(TCS)

The Traction Control System (TCS)enhances traction and safety bycontrolling engine torque and braking.When the TCS detects driving wheelslippage, it lowers engine torque andoperates the brakes to prevent loss oftraction.

This means that on a slick surface, theengine adjusts automatically to provideoptimum power to the drive wheels,limiting wheel spin and loss of traction.

WARNINGDo not rely on the traction controlsystem as a substitute for safe driving:

The traction control system (TCS)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

Use snow tires and drive at reducedspeeds when roads are covered with iceand/or snow:

Driving without proper tractiondevices on snow and/or ice-coveredroads is dangerous. The tractioncontrol system (TCS) alone cannotprovide adequate traction and youcould still have an accident.

NOTETo turn off the TCS, press the DSC OFF switch(page 5-26).

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, theindicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or thebrake assist system may have amalfunction and they may not operatecorrectly. Take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl In addition to the indicator light flashing, a

slight lugging sound will come from theengine. This indicates that the TCS isoperating properly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, itwill be impossible to achieve high rpmwhen the TCS is on.

5-24

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Dynamic Stability Control(DSC)

The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)automatically controls braking and enginetorque in conjunction with systems suchas ABS and TCS to help control side slipwhen driving on slippery surfaces, orduring sudden or evasive maneuvering,enhancing vehicle safety.

Refer to ABS (page 5-8) and TCS (page5-24).

DSC operation is possible at speedsgreater than 15 km/h (9 mph).

WARNINGDo not rely on the dynamic stabilitycontrol as a substitute for safe driving:

The dynamic stability control (DSC)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

CAUTIONØ The DSC may not operate correctly

unless the following are observed:Ø Use tires of the correct size

specified for your Mazda on allfour wheels.

Ø Use tires of the samemanufacturer, brand and treadpattern on all four wheels.

Ø Do not mix worn tires.Ø The DSC may not operate correctly

when a temporary spare tire isinstalled because the tire diameterchanges.




Driving Your Mazda


5-25


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qDSC OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.It also illuminates when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-26).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

NOTEIf the battery is disconnected or a fuse isreplaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In thiscase, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes andthe TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.To make the DSC operable, do the followingprocedure with the battery connected.


2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turnit counterclockwise fully.

3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator and theTCS/DSC indicator turn off.

If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSCOFF indicator light remain illuminated evenafter switching the ignition from ON to OFF,and back to ON, attempt the procedure again.If this still does not resolve the issue, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qDSC OFF Switch

Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off theTCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator lightilluminates.

Press the switch again to turn the TCS/DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicatorlight turns off.

NOTEl When DSC is on and you attempt to free the

vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out offreshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of theDSC system) will activate. Depressing theaccelerator will not increase engine powerand freeing the vehicle may be difficult.When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.

l If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine isturned off, it automatically activates whenthe ignition is switched ON.

l Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide thebest stability.

l If the DSC OFF switch is pressed and heldfor a second or more, the TCS/DSC systemmay become inoperative due to the systemdetecting a switch problem. If the TCS/DSCsystem becomes inoperative, the TCS/DSCand the DSC OFF indicator lightsilluminate simultaneously. In this case, turnoff the engine and restart it to restore theTCS/DSC.

5-26

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Tire Pressure Monitoring SystemThe tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via thewarning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.

The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal tothe receiver unit in the vehicle.

Tire pressure sensors

NOTEWhen the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning lightmay illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tirepressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tirepressure gauge is recommended.

TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tiresregularly.

Driving Your Mazda


5-27


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONØ Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold

and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufactureron the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for thosetires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when oneor more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and itis the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximatelyone minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to function properly.

Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating aproblem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation orblow out.

NOTEThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-28

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Light

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

Driving Your Mazda


5-29


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-7).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires lose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

5-30

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-6).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qSystem Error Activation

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.A system error activation may occur inthe following cases:l When there is equipment or a devicenear the vehicle using the same radiofrequency as that of the tire pressuresensors.

l When using the following devices inthe vehicle that may cause radiointerference with the receiver unit.l A digital device such as a personal

computer.l A current converter device such as a

DC-AC converter.l When excess snow or ice adheres tothe vehicle, especially around thewheels.

l When the tire pressure sensor batteriesare exhausted.

l When using a wheel with no tirepressure sensor installed.

l When using tires with steel wirereinforcement in the side walls.

qTires and Wheels

CAUTIONWhen inspecting or adjusting the tireair pressures, do not apply excessiveforce to the stem part of the wheelunit. The stem part could bedamaged.

Changing tires and wheels

The following procedure allows theTPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor'sunique ID signal code whenever tires orwheels are changed, such as changing toand from winter tires.

NOTEEach tire pressure sensor has a unique IDsignal code. The signal code must beregistered with the TPMS before it can work.The easiest way to do it is to have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer change your tire andcomplete ID signal code registration.

When having tires changed at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer

When an Authorized Mazda Dealerchanges your vehicle's tires, they willcomplete the tire pressure sensor ID signalcode registration.

When changing tires yourself

If you or someone else changes tires, youor someone else can also undertake thesteps for the TPMS to complete the IDsignal code registration.

1. After tires have been changed, switchthe ignition ON, then back to ACC orOFF.

2. Wait for about 15 minutes.

Driving Your Mazda


5-31


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. After about 15 minutes, drive thevehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tirepressure sensor ID signal code will beregistered automatically.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutesof changing tires, the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning light will flash because thesensor ID signal code would not have beenregistered. If this happens, park the vehicle forabout 15 minutes, after which the sensor IDsignal code will register upon driving thevehicle for 10 minutes.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTIONØ When replacing/repairing the tires

or wheels or both, have the workdone by an Authorized MazdaDealer, or the tire pressure sensorsmay be damaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designed forinstallation of the tire pressuresensors. Do not use non-genuinewheels, otherwise it may not bepossible to install the tire pressuresensors.

Be sure to have the tire pressure sensorsinstalled whenever tires or wheels arereplaced.When having a tire or wheel or bothreplaced, the following types of tirepressure sensor installations are possible.l The tire pressure sensor is removedfrom the old wheel and installed to thenew one.

l The same tire pressure sensor is usedwith the same wheel. Only the tire isreplaced.

l A new tire pressure sensor is installedto a new wheel.

NOTEl The tire pressure sensor ID signal code

must be registered when a new tire pressuresensor is purchased. For purchase of a tirepressure sensor and registration of the tirepressure sensor ID signal code, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l When reinstalling a previously removed tirepressure sensor to a wheel, replace thegrommet (seal between valve body/sensorand wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.

5-32

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Systemí

The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system is designed to assist the driver by monitoringblind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as whenchanging lanes on roads and freeways.

The BSM system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the vehicle to the rear whenthe vehicle speed is about 32 km/h (20 mph) or more, and notifies the driver of vehicles inthe detection area by illuminating the BSM warning light.If the turn signal lever is operated in the direction the BSM warning light is illuminated, thesystem warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area with a beep sound.

Detection areas

WARNINGDo not rely completely on the BSM system and be sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:

The BSM system can assist the driver in confirming the safety of the surroundingsbut is not a complete substitute. The driver is responsible for assuring lane changesand other maneuvers. Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle istraveling and the vehicle's surroundings.

NOTEl The BSM system does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 32 km/h (20 mph).l The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper. (page 5-36)l The radar sensors do not detect human, animal, or static objects such as fences. In addition, the

system pauses when the selector lever is shifted to the R position. (The system resumesautomatically when the selector lever is shifted from the R position.)

Driving Your Mazda


5-33íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l The detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations. The BSM system may not operateproperly under the following conditions:l Ice, snow, or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors.l During adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow, or under conditions where water is

sprayed.l The rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material (such as

stickers or a bicycle carrier).l The radar sensors may not detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle, especially the

following types of vehicles:l Motorcyclesl Vehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo.l Vehicles with lower body height such as sports cars.

l Have the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to therear bumper, even in a minor accident. If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor, thesystem may not operate properly resulting in an accident.

l For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors, or replacement of the bumper, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l The radar sensors of the BSM system may be regulated under the radio wave related laws of thecountry where the vehicle is driven. The sensors in this system are approved for use in the U.S.A.(including territories), Canada, and Mexico. If a vehicle with a BSM system is driven in a countryother than the U.S.A., Canada, or Mexico, the system has to be turned off using the BSM OFFswitch.

l The detection area of the system has been determined based on the lane width of generalfreeways. Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width, the system may detect vehicles on alane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light/beep. On a road with wider lanewidth, the system may not detect vehicles on the adjacent lane and may not operate the warninglight/beep.

l Operation of the warning light/beep may be delayed or the system may not operate the warninglight/beep under the following conditions:l The vehicle accelerates from a standing-start with a vehicle alongside.l A vehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane.l The difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when

passing or being passed, and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period oftime.

l On a steep incline, or when there is a difference in height between lanes.l Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the BSM OFF switch again after it

has been turned off (BSM OFF indicator light in instrument panel illuminates) by pressing theswitch.

l Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails andoperate the warning light/beep, it does not indicate a malfunction.

l If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors candetect, the system may pause (The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes).However, it does not indicate a malfunction.

5-34

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l The following conditions may affect the visibility of the BSM warning lights on the outside mirror,making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights:l Ice or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors.l The door window glass is tinted.

qBSM Warning Light/Beep

BSM warning light

Equipped on the left and right doormirrors.

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.If the BSM system detects a vehicle in thedetection area while the vehicle is drivenat a speed of about 32 km/h (20 mph) ormore, the BSM warning light illuminateson the side of the vehicle where the rearon-coming vehicle is detected.

NOTEl If ice or snow adhere to the outer mirror

surface, the BSM warning light may not bevisible.

l If the door window glass is tinted, it mayaffect the visibility of the BSM warninglight, making it difficult to confirm theillumination of the light.

BSM warning beep

The warning beep operates when the turnsignal lever is operated to the side wherethe BSM warning light is illuminated.

NOTEThe system can be personalized so that theBSM warning beep does not operate. Refer toPersonalization Features on page 10-9.

qBSM OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

The BSM OFF indicator light illuminateswhen the BSM system is turned off bypressing the BSM OFF switch.The indicator light flashes if the BSMsystem has a malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven on a road with lesstraffic and few vehicles that the radar sensorscan detect, the system may pause (The BSMOFF indicator light in the instrument panelflashes). However, it does not indicate amalfunction.

Driving Your Mazda


5-35


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qBSM OFF Switch

When the BSM switch is pressed, theBSM system turns off and the BSM OFFindicator light illuminates.

Press the BSM OFF switch again to turnon the BSM system. The BSM OFFindicator light turns off.

NOTEIf the ignition is switched off with the BSMsystem turned off, the system becomes operableautomatically when the ignition is switchedON.

qCare of Radar Sensors

The radar sensors are equipped inside therear bumper.

Radar sensors

Always keep the bumper surface near theradar sensor area clean so that the BSMsystem operates normally. Refer to theExterior Care (page 8-57).

NOTEl The BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the

radar sensors cannot operate normally. Ifthe light remains flashing after cleaning thebumper surface near the radar sensor area,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l For repairs or paintwork around the radarsensors, or replacement of the bumper,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qSafety Certification

Radiation Hazard

This BSM (blind spot monitoring) deviceemits intentional electromagneticradiation in the 24 GHz to 25 GHzfrequency range. The total radiatedaverage power over the entire bandwidthis below _14 dBm (40 µW). The activeemitting antenna surface is 72 cm2;therefore the radiated power density infront of the BSM device is 0.55 µW/cm2.This value is far below the legal humanexposure protection limit of 1 mW/cm2

(MPE) in Europe and US.

Declaration of compliance for 24 GHzblind spot radar

(U.S.A)

FCC ID: OAYBSDTXThis vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHzblind spot monitoring (BSM) radarsystem, which complies with part 15 ofthe FCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

5-36

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. This device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

3. This device may only work when thevehicle is in operation pursuant to § 15.252 (a) (4).

(CANADA)

IC:4135A-BSDTXThis vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHzblind spot monitoring (BSM) radarsystem, which complies with the radiostandards specification RSS-220 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

(MEXICO)

RLVCOBS10-0567

NOTEDuring printing time of this user manual theapprovals listed below are granted. Furthercountries may become available or actualcertification identifiers may be subject tochange or update.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressively approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

Driving Your Mazda


5-37


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Meters and Gauges

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-39Odometer, Trip Meter, Outside Temperature Display and Selector ................... page 5-39Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-41Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-42Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-42Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-43

NOTE(Black-out meter)When the ignition is switched ON, the dashboard gauges illuminate.

5-38

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter, OutsideTemperature Display and Selector

The display mode changes from trip meterA to trip meter B, and to the temperatureunit change function display each time theselector is pressed while one of the modesis displayed. The selected mode will bedisplayed.

Trip meter

Odometer

Selector

Outside Temperature Display

Odometer

Trip meter AOutside temperature

Outside temperature

Outside temperature

Trip meter B

Odometer

Odometer

Driving Your Mazda


5-39


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl (Standard meter)

The odometer and trip meter can bedisplayed and the selector can be operatedas follows even when the ignition isswitched to ACC or the ignition is switchedoff. The trip meter can be switched/reset bypressing the selector.The headlight switch must be in the or

position to see the display.l Displays for approx. 10 minutes after

the ignition is switched to ACC or OFFfrom ACC or ON.

l Displays for approx. 10 minutes afterthe driver's door is opened.

l (Black-out meter)When the ignition is switched to ACC or theignition is switched off, the odometer or tripmeters cannot be displayed, however,pressing the selector button caninadvertently switch the trip meters or resetthem during an approximate ten-minuteperiod in the following cases:l After the ignition is switched to ACC or

OFF from ON.l After the driver's door is opened.

Odometer

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the totaldistance of two trips. One is recorded intrip meter A, and the other is recorded intrip meter B.

For instance, trip meter A can record thedistance from the point of origin, and tripmeter B can record the distance fromwhere the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressingthe selector again within one second willchange to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIPAwill be displayed. When trip meter B isselected, TRIP B will be displayed.

The trip meter records the total distancethe vehicle is driven until the meter isagain reset. Return it to “0.0” by holdingthe selector depressed for 1 second ormore. Use this meter to measure tripdistances and to compute fuelconsumption.

NOTEl Only the trip meters record tenths of

kilometers (miles).l The trip record will be erased when;

l The power supply is interrupted (blownfuse or the battery is disconnected).

l The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km(miles).

Outside temperature display

The outside temperature is displayedwhen the ignition is switched ON.

5-40

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Temperature unit change function

The unit (°F/°C) for the ambienttemperature can be switched using thefollowing operation.


2. Press the selector two times. After that,the trip meter display turns off and theunit flashes. The unit can be switchedby pressing the selector for approx. 1second or more while the unit isflashing.

3. The unit illuminates and the trip meteris displayed by pressing the selectoragain.

NOTEThe displayed ambient temperature varies fromthe actual ambient temperature depending onthe surrounding conditions as well as thedriving conditions.

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed inthousands of revolutions per minute(rpm).3.7-liter engine

Red zone

2.5-liter engine

Red zone

CAUTIONDo not run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

Driving Your Mazda


5-41


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The engine coolant temperature gaugeshows the temperature of the enginecoolant.

If the needle is near H, it indicatesoverheating.

CAUTIONDriving with an overheated enginecan cause serious engine damage(page 7-13).

qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately howmuch fuel is remaining in the tank whenthe ignition is switched ON.We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4full. When the low fuel warning lightilluminates or when the needle is near E,refuel as soon as possible.

Low fuel warning light

Full Approx. 1/4 Full

NOTEl After refueling, it may require some time for

the needle to stabilize. In addition, theneedle may deviate while driving on a slopeor curve since the fuel moves in the tank.

l The direction of the arrow ( ) next to thelow fuel warning light indicates that thefuel-filler lid is on the left side of thevehicle.

5-42

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qDashboard Illumination

Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument cluster and otherilluminations in the dashboard.

NOTEl The brightness of dashboard illuminations

can be adjusted when the headlight switchis in the or position.

l When the dashboard illuminationbrightness cannot be adjusted any more, abeep sound will be heard.

l (Black-out meter)The brightness of the instrument clusterillumination can be adjusted when theheadlight switch is in any position.

Dim

Bright

Canceling the illumination dimmer(Black-out meter and dashboardilluminations)

When the headlight switch is in theor position, the illumination of theinstrument cluster and the informationdisplay dims.

When driving on snowy or foggy roads,or in other situations when the instrumentcluster or information display's visibilityis reduced due to glare from surroundingbrightness, cancel the illuminationdimmer and increase the illuminationintensity.

To cancel the illumination dimmer, pressthe dashboard illumination knob.

NOTEl This symbol ( ) indicates the knob to

adjust the brightness of the dashboardillumination.

l If the illumination dimmer is cancelled, theinstrument cluster and the informationdisplay will not dim when the headlightswitch is turned to the or positionagain. Press the dashboard illuminationknob to activate the illumination dimmer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-43


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Brake System Warning Light 5-46

Malfunction Warning Light 5-47

Charging System Warning Light 5-48

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5-48

Check Engine Light 5-49

Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced Power Warning Light 5-49

ABS Warning Light 5-47

5-44

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5-50

Low Fuel Warning Light 5-50

Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 5-50

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep 5-51

Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-51

Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5-51

Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5-51

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5-52

KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) 5-54

Electronic Steering Lock Warning Light 5-55

Security Indicator Light 5-55

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-56

Shift Position Indicator Light 5-56

TCS/DSC Indicator Light 5-56

DSC OFF Indicator Light 5-57

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-57

Driving Your Mazda


5-45


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


BSM OFF Indicator Light 5-58

Lights-On Indicator Light 5-58

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-58

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchedto START or ON. It turns off when theparking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Brake system warning (2.5-literengine)í

Illuminates when there is a malfunction inthe brake switch.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-25).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off, have yourbrake system inspected as soon aspossible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

5-46

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qMalfunction Warning Light (2.5-liter engine)í

When the ignition is switched ON, themalfunction warning light illuminates andthen turns off after a few seconds.The light stays on if the brake switch hasa malfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with themalfunction warning light illuminated.

Driving the vehicle with the lightilluminated is dangerous as it couldresult in the loss of brake power andcause an accident. In addition, loss ofbrake power could occur whenstopping the vehicle. Have yourvehicle inspected by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEl When the engine is jump-started to charge

the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs,it is the result of the weak battery and doesnot indicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

l The brake assist system does not operatewhile the ABS warning light is illuminated.

Driving Your Mazda


5-47íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qCharging System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, it indicates a malfunction of thealternator or of the charging system.Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDo not continue driving when thecharging system warning light isilluminated because the engine couldstop unexpectedly.

qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

This warning light indicates low engineoil pressure.

5-48

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

If the light illuminates while driving:

1. Drive to the side of the road and parkoff the right-of-way on level ground.

2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutesfor the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-22).If it's low, add the appropriate amountof engine oil while being careful not tooverfill.

4. Start the engine and check the warninglight.

If the light remains illuminated even afteryou add oil, stop the engine immediatelyand have your vehicle towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDo not run the engine if the oilpressure is low. It could result inextensive engine damage.

qCheck Engine Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

If this light illuminates while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light illuminated and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

The check engine light may illuminate inthe following cases:l The fuel tank level being very low orapproaching empty.

l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

If the check engine light remains on orflashes continuously, do not drive at highspeeds and consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

qPowertrain Malfunction/ReducedPower Warning Light (3.7-literengine)


If this light illuminates while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light illuminated and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

The powertrain malfunction/reducedpower warning light may illuminate in thefollowing cases:l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

l The brake switch has a problem.

Driving Your Mazda


5-49


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

If the powertrain malfunction/reducedpower warning light remains on, do notdrive at high speeds and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition isswitched ON or after the engine iscranked. The warning light turns off aftera specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition isswitched ON. If any of these occur,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may notoperate in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

qLow Fuel Warning Light

Low fuel warning light

This warning light in the fuel gaugesignals that the fuel tank will soon beempty.Refuel as soon as possible.

qCheck Fuel Cap Warning Light


If the check fuel cap warning lightilluminates while driving, the fuel-fillercap may not be installed properly. Stopthe engine and reinstall the fuel-filler cap.Refer to Fuel-Filler Cap on page 3-44.

5-50

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSeat Belt Warning Light

With warning light for frontpassenger's seat

The seat belt warning light illuminates ifthe driver or front passenger's seat belt isnot fastened (only when the frontpassenger seat is occupied) when theignition is switched ON.

Without warning light for frontpassenger's seat

The seat belt warning light illuminates ifthe driver's seat belt is not fastened whenthe ignition is switched ON.

qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when anydoor or the trunk is not securely closed.Close the door or the trunk securelybefore driving the vehicle.

qLowWasher Fluid LevelWarning Light

This warning light indicates that littlewasher fluid remains. Add fluid (page8-27).

qAutomatic Transaxle Warning Light

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.The light illuminates when the transaxlehas a problem.

CAUTIONIf the automatic transaxle warninglight illuminates, the transaxle hasan electrical problem. Continuing todrive your Mazda in this conditioncould cause damage to yourtransaxle. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Driving Your Mazda


5-51


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) Warning Light


Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

5-52

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-7).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires lose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

Driving Your Mazda


5-53


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-6).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEYIndicator Light (Green) (withAdvanced Key)

This indicator has two colors.

KEY Warning Light (Red)

When illuminated

l When the push button start is pressedON, it illuminates momentarily andthen turns off.

l If any malfunction occurs in theadvanced keyless system, it illuminatescontinuously.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the KEYwarning light illuminated:

If the KEY warning light remainsilluminated, do not continue to driveusing the advanced key system. Parkthe vehicle in a safe place and usethe auxiliary key to continue drivingthe vehicle. Have the vehicleinspected at an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

When flashing

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) flashes toinform the driver that the push buttonstart will not switch to ACC even if itis pressed from off.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not within

operational range.l The advanced key is placed in areas

where it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

5-54

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) will flashcontinuously when the push buttonstart has not been pressed off to notifythe driver that the advanced key hasbeen removed. The KEY warning light(red) will stop flashing when theadvanced key is back inside thevehicle:l The push button start has not been

pressed off, the driver's door isopen, and the advanced key isremoved from the vehicle.

l The push button start has not beenpressed off and all the doors areclosed after removing the advancedkey from the vehicle.

NOTEBecause the advanced key utilizes low-intensityradio waves, the Advanced Key Removed FromVehicle Warning may activate if the advancedkey is carried together with a metal object or itis placed in a poor signal reception area.

KEY Indicator Light (Green)

When illuminated

When the brake pedal is depressed withan automatic transaxle or the clutch pedalis depressed with a manual transaxle, thesystem confirms that the correct advancedkey is inside the vehicle, the KEYindicator light (green) illuminates, and thepush button start can be pressed to ACC(page 3-10).

When flashing

When the push button start is pressed offfrom ON, the KEY indicator light (green)flashes for approximately 30 secondsindicating that the remaining batterypower is low. Replace with a new batterybefore the advanced key becomesunusable.

Refer to Service on page 3-6.

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

qElectronic Steering Lock WarningLight (with Advanced Key)

The warning light remains illuminated fora few seconds after the push button start ispressed ON.If the advanced keyless system has amalfunction the warning light will flash.

qSecurity Indicator Light

This indicator light starts flashing every 2seconds when the ignition is switchedfrom ON to ACC and the immobilizersystem is armed.

The light stops flashing when the ignitionis switched ON with the correct ignitionkey.At this time, the immobilizer system isdisarmed and the light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then turns off.

Driving Your Mazda


5-55


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Beam IndicatorLight

This light indicates one of two things:l The high-beam headlights are on.l The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-pass position.

qShift Position Indicator Light(Automatic Transaxle)

This indicates the selected shift position.

Gear position indicator

In manual mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator illuminates and thenumeral for the selected gear displays inthe gear position indicator.



5-56

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


NOTEl In addition to the indicator light flashing, a

slight lugging sound will come from theengine. This indicates that the TCS isoperating properly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, itwill be impossible to achieve high rpmwhen the TCS is on.

qDSC OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.It also illuminates when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-26).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

NOTEIf the battery is disconnected or a fuse isreplaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In thiscase, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes andthe TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.To make the DSC operable, do the followingprocedure with the battery connected.


2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turnit counterclockwise fully.

3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator and theTCS/DSC indicator turns off.

If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSCOFF indicator light remain illuminated evenafter switching the ignition from ON to OFF,and back to ON, attempt the procedure again.If this still does not resolve the issue, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)í

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed upand the cruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

Driving Your Mazda


5-57íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qBSM OFF Indicator Lightí

This indicator light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

The BSM OFF indicator light illuminateswhen the BSM system is turned off bypressing the BSM OFF switch.The indicator light flashes if the BSMsystem has a malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven on a road with lesstraffic and few vehicles that the radar sensorscan detect, the system may pause (The BSMOFF indicator light in the instrument panelflashes). However, it does not indicate amalfunction.

qLights-On Indicator Light(Black-out meter)

This indicator light illuminates when theexterior lights and dashboard illuminationare on.

qTurn Signal/Hazard WarningIndicator Lights

When operating the turn signal lights, theleft or right turn signal indicator lightflashes to indicate which turn signal lightis operating (page 5-66).

When operating the hazard warninglights, both turn signal indicator lightsflash (page 5-73).

NOTEIf an indicator light remains illuminated (doesnot flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out.

5-58

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Beep Sounds

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding is dangerous.In a collision, the air bags and thefront seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy and this could resultin death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealerto have the vehicle inspected as soonas possible.

qSeat Belt Warning Beep

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition is switched ON, a beepsound will be heard for about 6 seconds.With warning light for frontpassenger's seatIf the driver or the front passenger's seatbelt is not fastened and the vehicle isdriven at a speed faster than about 20km/h (12 mph), a beep sound will beheard again for a specified period of time.Refer to Seat Belt Reminder on page2-25.Without warning light for frontpassenger's seatIf the driver's seat belt is not fastened andthe vehicle is driven at a speed faster thanabout 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep soundwill be heard again for a specified periodof time.Refer to Seat Belt Reminder on page2-25.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition is switched off or theignition is switched to ACC with the keyinserted, a continuous beep sound will beheard when the driver's door is opened.

qTire Inflation Pressure WarningBeep

The warning beep sound will be heard forabout 3 seconds when there is anyabnormality in tire inflation pressures(page 5-27).

Driving Your Mazda


5-59


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qAdvanced Keyless Warning (withAdvanced Key)í

Warning indicators for the advanced key,such as “the advanced key removed fromvehicle warning”, use a beep sound andwarning/indicator lights in the instrumentcluster.Refer to Warning Lights and Beep Soundson page 3-20.

qElectronic Steering Lock WarningBeep (with Advanced Key)

If the advanced keyless function has amalfunction after the push button start ispressed, the warning beep may activate.

qBlind Spot Monitoring SystemWarning Beepí

Awarning beep sounds when the turnsignal lever is operated to signal a lanechange on either side and where thevehicle may hit an approaching vehicle inan adjacent lane.

5-60

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Lighting Control

qHeadlights

Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights, other exterior lights and dashboardillumination on or off.

NOTEl To prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety

requires them.l If the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off approximately 30 seconds after

switching the ignition to ACC or switching the ignition off. The time setting can be changed. Referto Personalization Features on page 10-9.

Without AUTO position

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsDashboard illumination

Off On On

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls

5-61


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

With AUTO position

Switch Position

Headlights Off

Auto

Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsDashboard illumination

Off On On

5-62

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

AUTO (Auto-light control)

When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON, thelight sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns theheadlights, other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off (see chart above).

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield.

Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly.

Light sensor

Ø The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keephands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipersand wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you aregoing to clean the windshield, be sure the wipers are turned off completely ― thisis particularly important when clearing ice and snow ― when it is particularlytempting to leave the engine running.

NOTEl The headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard illumination may not turn off immediately

even if the surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensor determines that it isnighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside longtunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parking lots.In this case, the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position.

l The dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster. Also,the day/night mode can be changed by pressing the knob. To adjust the brightness of thedashboard illumination: Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 5-43.

l The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Refer toPersonalization Features on page 10-9.

Driving Your Mazda


5-63


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Xenon fusion headlight bulbsí

The low-beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright whitebeam over a wide area.

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous. Because the xenon fusionbulbs require high voltage, you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs arehandled incorrectly. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement isnecessary.

NOTEIf the headlights flicker, or the brightness weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and a replacement isnecessary. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Press the lever forward to turn on the highbeams.Pull the lever back to its original positionfor the low beams.

High beam

Low beam

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fullytowards you (the headlight switch doesnot need to be on). The lever will return tothe normal position when released.

OFF

Flashing

5-64

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qHeadlight Levelingí

The number of passengers and weight ofcargo in the luggage compartment changethe angle of the headlights.

The headlight leveling switch is used toadjust the angle of the headlightsmanually.

Select the proper headlight angle from the followingchart.

Front seat Rearseat

LoadSwitchPositionDriver Passenger

× ― ― ― 0

× × ― ― 0

× × × ― 1

× × × × 2

× ― ― × 3

×: Yes―: No

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)

In Canada, vehicles must be driven withthe headlights on during daytimeoperation.

For that reason, the daytime running lightsautomatically turn on when the ignition isswitched ON.

NOTEThe Daytime Running Lights turn off when theparking brake is applied.

Driving Your Mazda


5-65íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Turn Signals

Move the signal lever down (for a leftturn) or up (for a right turn) to the stopposition. The signal will self-cancel afterthe turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever toits original position.

Right turn

Left turn

Right lane change

Left lane change

OFF

Green indicators on the dashboard showwhich signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever slightly toward thedirection of the change ―until theindicator flashes― and hold it there. Itwill return to the off position whenreleased.

NOTEl If an indicator light stays on without

flashing or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burned out.

l A personalized function is available tochange the number of flashes.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l A personalized function is available tochange the turn indicator sound volume.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

5-66

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Fog Lightsí

Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.The fog lights will help you to see as wellas be seen under foggy conditions or atnight.

To turn the fog lights on, rotate the foglight switch to the position.The headlight switch must be in theposition before turning on the fog lights.

Fog light switch

To turn them off, rotate the fog lightswitch to the OFF position or turn theheadlight switch to the or OFFposition.

NOTEl The fog lights will turn off when the

headlights are set at high beam.l (With auto-light control)

If the fog light switch is in the ON positionand the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the fog lights will be turned onwhen the headlights, the exterior lights anddashboard illumination are automaticallyturned on.

Windshield Wipers andWasher

The ignition must be switched ON.

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Only use windshield washer fluidmixed with anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions:

Using windshield washer fluidwithout anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions isdangerous as it could freeze on thewindshield and block your visionwhich could cause an accident.In addition, make sure thewindshield is sufficiently warmedusing the defroster before sprayingthe washer fluid.

Driving Your Mazda


5-67íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEBecause heavy ice and snow can jam the wiperblades, the wiper motor is protected frommotor breakdown, overheating and possiblefire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism willautomatically stop operation of the blades, butonly for about 5 minutes.If this happens, turn off the wiper switch andpark off the right-of-way, and remove the snowand ice.After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and theblades should operate normally. If they do notresume functioning, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive tothe side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Wait until the weather clears before tryingto drive with the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers

Turn the wipers on by pressing the leverup or down.

With INT position

SwitchPosition

Wiper operation

Single wipe cycle (mist)

Intermittent

Low speed

High speed

With AUTO position

SwitchPosition

Wiper operation

Single wipe cycle (mist)

Auto control

Low speed

High speed

Variable-speed intermittent wipers

Set the lever to the intermittent positionand choose the interval timing by rotatingthe ring.

INT ring

5-68

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

AUTO (Auto-wiper control)

When the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition, the rain sensor senses theamount of rainfall on the windshield andturns the wipers on or off automatically(off―intermittent―low speed―highspeed).

The sensitivity of the rain sensor can beadjusted by turning the switch on thewiper lever.From the center position (normal), rotatethe switch downward for highersensitivity (faster response) or rotate itupward for less sensitivity (slowerresponse).

Switch

Higher sensitivity

Less sensitivity

Center position

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the rain sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the rainsensor will not operate correctly.

Rain sensor

Driving Your Mazda


5-69


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers maymove automatically in thefollowing cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched or wiped witha cloth.

Ø If the windshield is struck witha hand or other object fromeither outside or inside thevehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear ofthe windshield when the wiperlever is in the AUTO position andthe ignition is switched ON asfingers could be pinched or thewipers and wiper blades damagedwhen the wipers activateautomatically.If you are going to clean thewindshield, be sure the wipers areturned off completely―this isparticularly important whenclearing ice and snow―when it ismost likely that the engine is leftrunning.

NOTEl Switching the auto-wiper lever from the

OFF to the AUTO position while drivingactivates the windshield wipers once, afterwhich they operate according to the rainfallamount.

l The auto-wiper control may not operatewhen the rain sensor temperature is about_10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C(185 °F) or higher.

l If the windshield is coated with waterrepellent, the rain sensor may not be able tosense the amount of rainfall correctly andauto-wiper control may not operateproperly.

l If dirt or foreign matter (Such as ice ormatter containing salt water) adheres to thewindshield above the rain sensor or if thewindshield is iced, it could cause the wipersto move automatically. However, if thewipers cannot remove this ice, dirt orforeign matter, the auto-wiper control willstop operation. In this case, set the wiperlever to the low speed position or highspeed position for manual operation, orremove the ice, dirt or foreign matter byhand to restore the auto-wiper operation.

l If the auto-wiper lever is left in the AUTOposition, the wipers could operateautomatically from the effect of strong lightsources, electromagnetic waves, or infraredlight because the rain sensor uses anoptical sensor. It is recommended that theauto-wiper lever be switched to the OFFposition other than when driving the vehicleunder rainy conditions.

5-70

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qWindshield Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it tospray washer fluid.

OFF

Washer

NOTEWith the wiper lever in the OFF or intermittentposition/AUTO position, the wipers willoperate continuously until the lever isreleased.

If the washer does not work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-27). If it's normal,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window DefrosterThe rear window defroster clears frost,fog, and thin ice from the rear window.

The ignition must be switched ON.

Press the switch to turn on the rearwindow defroster. The rear windowdefroster operates for about 15 minutesand turns off automatically.The indicator light illuminates duringoperation.

To turn off the rear window defrosterbefore the 15 minutes has elapsed, pressthe switch again.

Fully Automatic Type Air-Conditioning

Indicator light

Driving Your Mazda


5-71


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Manual Type Air-Conditioning

Indicator light

CAUTIONDo not use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners with abrasives toclean the inside of the rear windowsurface. They may damage thedefroster grid inside the window.

NOTEThis defroster is not designed for melting snow.If there is an accumulation of snow on the rearwindow, remove it before using the defroster.

qMirror Defrosterí

To turn on the mirror defrosters, switchthe ignition ON and press the rear windowdefroster switch (page 5-71).

NOTEFor vehicles equipped with mirror de-foggingequipment, is indicated on each doormirror.

HornTo sound the horn, press the mark onthe steering wheel.

5-72

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Hazard Warning FlasherThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

HomeLink WirelessControl Systemí

NOTEHomeLink and HomeLink house are registeredtrademarks of Johnson Controls.

The HomeLink system replaces up to 3hand-held transmitters with a single built-in component in the auto-dimming mirror.Pressing the HomeLink button on theauto-dimming mirror activates garagedoors, gates and other devicessurrounding your home.

HomeLink button

Indicator light

Driving Your Mazda


5-73íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not use the HomeLink system withany garage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse feature:

Using the HomeLink system with anygarage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse feature asrequired by federal safety standardsis dangerous. (This includes garagedoors manufactured before April 1,1982.)Using these garage door openers canincrease the risk of serious injury ordeath. For further information,contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515or www.homelink.com or yourAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Always check the areas surroundinggarage doors and gates for people orobstructions before programming orduring operation of the HomeLinksystem:

Programming or operating theHomeLink system without verifyingthe safety of areas surroundinggarage doors and gates is dangerousand could result in an unexpectedaccident and serious injury ifsomeone were to be hit.

CAUTIONHomeLink has been tested andcomplies with FCC and IndustryCanada rules. Changes ormodifications not expressly approvedby the party responsible forcompliance could void the user'sauthority to operate the device.

NOTEFCC ID: NZLOBIHL3CANADA:4112A-OBIHL3This device complies with FCC rules part 15.Operation is subject to the followingconditions:1- This device may not cause any harmfulinterference and2- This device must accept any interferencethat may be received including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThe programming will not be erased even ifthe battery is disconnected.

qPre-programming the HomeLinkSystem

NOTEIt is recommended that a new battery beplaced in the hand-held transmitter of thedevice being programmed to HomeLink forquicker training and accurate transmission ofthe radio-frequency signal.

l Verify that there is a remote controltransmitter available for the device youwould like to program.

l Disconnect the power to the device.

qProgramming the HomeLink System

CAUTIONWhen programming a garage dooropener or a gate, disconnect thepower to these devices beforeperforming programming, ascontinuous operation of the devicescould damage the motor.

5-74

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

The HomeLink system provides 3 buttonswhich can be individually selected andprogrammed using the transmitters forcurrent, on-market devices as follows:

1. Press and hold the two outerHomeLink buttons (buttons one andthree) ― releasing only when theindicator light begins to flash (after 20seconds). Do not hold the buttons forlonger than 30 seconds and do notrepeat step 1 to program a second and/or third hand-held transmitter to theremaining two HomeLink buttons.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)away from the HomeLink button youwish to program while keeping theindicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold both thechosen HomeLink and hand-heldtransmitter buttons. Do not release thebuttons until step 4 has beencompleted.

NOTESome gate operators and garage door openersmay require you to replace this ProgrammingStep 3 with procedures noted in the “GateOperator/Canadian Programming” section.

4. After the HomeLink indicator lightchanges from a slow to a rapidlyblinking light, release both theHomeLink and hand-held transmitterbuttons.

NOTEIf the HomeLink indicator light does notchange to a rapidly blinking light, contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515 for assistance.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink button and observe theindicator light.

If the indicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete and yourdevice should activate when theHomeLink button is pressed and released.

NOTETo program the remaining two HomeLinkbuttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.Do not repeat step 1.

If the indicator light blinks rapidly fortwo seconds and then turns to aconstant light, continue with“Programming” steps 6―8 to completethe programming of a rolling codeequipped device (most commonly agarage door opener).

6. At the garage door opener receiver(motor-head unit) in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button. This canusually be found where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.

7. Firmly press and release the “learn” or“smart” button. (The name and color ofthe button may vary by manufacturer.)

NOTEThere are 30 seconds in which to initiate step8.

8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,hold for two seconds and release theprogrammed HomeLink button. Repeatthe “press/hold/release” sequence asecond time, and, depending on thebrand of the garage door opener (orother rolling code equipped device),repeat this sequence a third time tocomplete the programming process.

Driving Your Mazda


5-75


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

HomeLink should now activate yourrolling code equipped device.

NOTETo program the remaining two HomeLinkbuttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.Do not repeat step 1.

For questions or comments, please contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

qGate operator/CanadianProgramming

Canadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission ―which may not be long enough forHomeLink to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators aredesigned to “time-out” in the samemanner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operatorby using the “Programming” procedures(regardless of where you live), replace“Programming HomeLink” step 3 withthe following:

NOTEIf programming a garage door opener or gateoperator, it is advised to unplug the deviceduring the “cycling” process to preventpossible overheating.

Continue to press and hold the HomeLinkbutton while you press and release ―every two seconds (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter until the frequency signalhas successfully been accepted byHomeLink. (The indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly.)Proceed with “Programming” step 4 tocomplete.

qOperating the HomeLink System

Press the programmed HomeLink buttonto operate a programmed device. Thecode will continue being transmitted for amaximum of 20 seconds.

qReprogramming the HomeLinksystem

To program a device to HomeLink using aHomeLink button previously trained,follow these steps:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink button, proceed with“Programming” - step 2.

qErasing Programmed HomeLinkButtons

To erase the existing programming fromall three operating channels, press andhold the two outside buttons ( , )on the auto-dimming mirror until theHomeLink indicator light begins to flashafter approximately 20 seconds.Verify that the programming has beenerased when you resell the vehicle.

5-76

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

6 Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

Climate Control System .......................... 6-2Operating Tips .................................... 6-2Vent Operation .................................... 6-3Types of the Climate ControlSystem ................................................. 6-5Manual Type ....................................... 6-6Fully Automatic Type ....................... 6-11

Audio System ......................................... 6-16Antenna ............................................. 6-16Operating Tips for Audio System ..... 6-16Types of the Audio Set ...................... 6-25Audio Set (Type A) ........................... 6-27Audio Set (Type B) ........................... 6-45Audio Control Switch Operation ...... 6-71AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) ........... 6-74Safety Certification ........................... 6-77

Bluetooth® Audio (Type A) .................. 6-78Bluetooth® Audio (Type A)í .......... 6-78

Bluetooth® Audio (Type B) .................. 6-87Bluetooth® Audio (Type B)í ........... 6-87

Bluetooth® Hands-Free (VoiceRecognition) ........................................... 6-95

Bluetooth® Hands-Freeí ................. 6-95Basic Bluetooth® Hands-FreeOperation ........................................ 6-100Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ............................................. 6-105Hands-Free Setting .......................... 6-112When Bluetooth® Hands-Free Cannot beUsed ................................................ 6-120Safety Certification ......................... 6-120Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Free CustomerService ............................................ 6-121

Bluetooth® Hands-Free (PanelOperation) ............................................ 6-122

Bluetooth® Hands-Freeí ............... 6-122Basic Bluetooth® Hands-FreeOperation ........................................ 6-124Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ............................................. 6-127Hands-Free Setting .......................... 6-131When Bluetooth® Hands-Free Cannot beUsed ................................................ 6-133Safety Certification ......................... 6-134Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Free CustomerService ............................................ 6-134

Rear View Monitor .............................. 6-135Rear View Monitorí ...................... 6-135

Interior Equipment ............................. 6-141Sunvisors ......................................... 6-141Interior Lights ................................. 6-142Information Display ........................ 6-144Cup Holder ...................................... 6-148Bottle Holder ................................... 6-149Storage Compartments .................... 6-150Accessory Sockets .......................... 6-153

6-1íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Operating Tips

qOperating the Climate ControlSystem

Operate the climate control system withthe engine running.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the fan control dial on for a longperiod of time with the ignition switched ONwhen the engine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions such as leaves,snow and ice from the hood and the airinlet in the cowl grille to improve thesystem efficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humidweather. Use the climate control system todefog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate theair conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTEThe air conditioner may be used along with theheater to dehumidify the air.

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows to let warm air escape, then runthe climate control system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutesat least once a month to keep internalparts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before theWeather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked beforethe weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerantmay make the air conditioner lessefficient. Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled withHFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that willnot damage the ozone layer.If the air conditioner is low on refrigerantor has a malfunction, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter

Your vehicle is equipped with an air filterfor the air conditioner. It is necessary tochange the filter periodically as indicatedin scheduled maintenance (page 8-3).Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer forreplacement of the cabin air filter.

6-2

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Vent Operation

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

Side Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, open thevents and rotate them left and right.

Push

Center Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, movethe adjustment knob.

Dial

Open

CloseKnob

NOTEWhen using the air conditioner under humidambient temperature conditions, the systemmay blow fog from the vents. This is not a signof trouble but a result of humid air beingsuddenly cooled.

Interior Comfort


6-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

Dashboard Vents

Dashboard and Floor Vents

Floor Vents

Defroster and Floor Vents

Defroster Vents

6-4

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Types of the Climate Control SystemManual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6

Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................. page 6-11

Interior Comfort


6-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Manual Type

Temperature control dial Fan control dial Mode selector dial

A/C switch Air intake selector Rear window defroster switch

qControl Switches

Temperature control dial

Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

MAX-A/C position

For quick cabin cooling, rotate thetemperature control dial counterclockwiseto the MAX-A/C position. The A/Csystem automatically turns on and the airintake mode switches to the recirculationposition automatically.

NOTEWhen the mode is set to or with the fancontrol dial in a position other than 0 and thetemperature control dial in the maximum coldposition, the air intake selector switches to therecirculated air mode and the A/C turns onautomatically.If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switch toturn it off.

6-6

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Fan control dial

SlowFast

This dial allows variable fan speeds.0―Fan off1―Low speed2―Medium low speed3―Medium high speed4―High speed

Mode selector dial

Turn the mode selector dial to selectairflow mode (page 6-4).

NOTEl The mode selector dial can be set at the

intermediate positions ( ) between eachmode. Set the dial to an intermediateposition if you want to slightly adjust theairflow amount.

l For example, when the mode selector dial isat the position between the andpositions, airflow from the floor vent is lessthan that of the position.

A/C switch

Press the A/C switch to turn the airconditioner on. The indicator light on theswitch will illuminate when the fancontrol dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.

Press the switch once again to turn the airconditioner off.

NOTEThe air conditioner may not function when theoutside temperature approaches 0 °C (32 °F).

Air intake selector

This switch controls the source of airentering the vehicle.

Press the switch to alternatebetween the outside air and recirculatedair modes.

It is recommended that under normalconditions the switch be kept in theoutside air mode.

Interior Comfort


6-7


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Outside air mode (indicator lightturned off)

Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Usethis mode for normal ventilation andheating.

Recirculated air mode (indicator lightilluminated)

Outside air is shut off. Air within thevehicle is recirculated.

This mode can be used when driving on adusty road or in similar conditions. It alsohelps to provide quicker cooling of theinterior.

WARNINGDo not use the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather:

Using the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather is dangerous asit will cause the windows to fog up.Your vision will be hampered, whichcould lead to a serious accident.

qHeating

1. Set the mode selector dial to theposition.

2. Set the temperature control dial to thehot position.

3. Set the fan control dial to the desiredspeed.

NOTEl If the windshield fogs up easily, set the

mode selector dial to the position.l If cooler air is desired at face level, set the

mode selector dial at the position andadjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

l In the or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qCooling (With Air Conditioner)


2. Set the temperature control dial to thecold position.


4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

5. Adjust the fan control dial andtemperature control dial to maintainmaximum comfort.

6-8

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONWhen using the air conditioner whiledriving up long hills or in heavytraffic, closely monitor thetemperature gauge (page 5-42).The air conditioner may cause engineoverheating. If the gauge indicatesoverheating, turn the air conditioneroff (page 7-13).

NOTEl When maximum cooling is desired, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme coldposition and set the air intake selector tothe recirculated air mode, then set the fancontrol dial to position 4.

l If warmer air is desired at floor level, setthe mode selector dial at the positionand adjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

qVentilation


2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.

3. Set the temperature control dial to thedesired position.


qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging




WARNINGDo not defog the windshield using the

position with the temperaturecontrol set to the cold position:

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident. Set the temperature controlto the hot or warm position whenusing the position.

Interior Comfort


6-9


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl For quick cabin cooling, rotate the

temperature control dial counterclockwiseto the MAX-A/C position. The A/C systemautomatically turns on and the air intakemode switches to the recirculation positionautomatically.

l For maximum defrosting, set thetemperature control dial to the extreme hotposition and the fan control dial to position4.

l If warm air is desired at the floor, set themode selector dial to the position.

l In the , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qDehumidifying (With AirConditioner)

Operate the air conditioner in cool or coldweather to help defog the windshield andside windows.

1. Set the mode selector dial to thedesired position.

2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.



5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

NOTEOne of the functions of the air conditioner isdehumidifying the air and, to use this function,the temperature does not have to be set to cold.Therefore, set the temperature control dial tothe desired position (hot or cold) and turn onthe air conditioner when you want todehumidify the cabin air.

6-10

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Fully Automatic TypeClimate control information is displayed on the information display.

Information display

A/CAUTO Air intake display

Temperature setting display (driver)

Fan speed display

Mode selector display

Temperature setting display (passenger)

A/C switch

AUTO switch

Driver temperature control dial

Windshield defroster switch

Fan control dial Passenger temperature control dial

Mode selector switch

Air intake selector

OFF switch DUAL switch

Rear window defroster switch

Interior Comfort


6-11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qControl Switches

AUTO switch

By pressing the AUTO switch thefollowing functions will be automaticallycontrolled in accordance with the selectedset temperature:l Airflow temperaturel Amount of airflowl Selection of airflow model Outside/Recirculated air selectionl Air conditioner operation

NOTEAUTO switch indicator lightl When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and

the system will function automatically.l If any of the following dials or switches are

operated while in AUTO control, the AUTOswitch indicator turns off.l Mode selector switchl Fan control diall Windshield defroster switchThe functions for dials and switches otherthan those operated in the above continueto operate in AUTO control.

OFF switch

Pressing the OFF switch shuts off theclimate control system.

Temperature control dial

Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.l When the DUAL switch is off:Turn the driver temperature control dialto control the temperature.

l When the DUAL switch is on:Turn the driver or front passengertemperature control dial to control thetemperature.

NOTEThe system changes to the individual operationmode (DUAL switch indicator lightilluminated) by turning the front passengertemperature control dial even when the DUALswitch is off, which allows individual controlof the set temperature for the driver and frontpassenger.

Fan control dial

Slow Fast

The fan has seven speeds. The selectedspeed will be displayed.

6-12

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Mode selector switch

The desired airflow mode can be selected(page 6-4).

NOTEl With the airflow mode set to the

position and the temperature control dialset at a medium temperature, heated air isdirected to the feet and a comparably lowerair temperature will flow through thecentral, left and right vents.

l To set the air vent to , press thewindshield defroster switch.

l In the position, the air conditioner isautomatically turned on and the outside airmode is automatically selected to defrostthe windshield. In the position, theoutside air mode cannot be changed to therecirculated air mode.

A/C switch

Pressing the A/C switch while the AUTOswitch is turned on will turn off the airconditioning (cooling/dehumidifyingfunctions). The air conditioning can beturned on and off by pressing the A/Cswitch while the fan control dial is on.

NOTEl The air conditioning operates when the A/C

switch is pressed even if the fan is off.l The air conditioner may not function when

the outside temperature approaches 0 °C(32 °F). (Indicator light remains on evenwhen system is off.)

Air intake selector

Outside or recirculated air positions canbe selected. Press the switch to selectoutside/recirculated air positions.Recirculated air position ( )Use this position when going throughtunnels, driving in congested traffic (highengine exhaust areas) or when quickcooling is desired.

Outside air position ( )Use this position for normal conditionsand defogging.

WARNINGDo not use the position in cold orrainy weather:

Using the position in cold orrainy weather is dangerous as it willcause the windows to fog up. Yourvision will be hampered, which couldlead to a serious accident.

Interior Comfort


6-13


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

DUAL switch

Use the DUAL switch to change the modebetween the individual operation (driverand passenger) and interconnection(simultaneous) modes.

Individual operation mode (indicatorlight illuminated)

The set temperature can be controlledindividually for the driver and frontpassenger.

Interconnection mode (indicator lightturned off)

The set temperature for the driver andfront passenger is controlledsimultaneously.

NOTEThe system changes to the interconnectionmode automatically if the windshield defrosterswitch is pressed. The system will not changeto the individual operation mode by pressingthe DUAL switch or turning the frontpassenger temperature control dial.

Windshield defroster switch

Press the switch to defrost the windshieldand front door windows.

NOTEIn the position, the air conditioner isautomatically turned on and the outside airmode is automatically selected to defrost thewindshield. In the position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qOperation of Automatic AirConditioning

1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection ofthe airflow mode, air intake selectorand amount of airflow will beautomatically controlled.

2. Use the temperature control dial toselect a desired temperature.Press the DUAL switch or turn thefront passenger temperature controldial to control the set temperatureindividually for the driver and frontpassenger.

To turn off the system, press the OFFswitch.

6-14

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl Setting the temperature to the maximum

high or low will not provide the desiredtemperature at a faster rate.

l When selecting heat, the system will restrictairflow until it has warmed to prevent coldair from blowing out of the vents.

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

Press the windshield defroster switch.In this position, the outside air position isautomatically selected, and the airconditioner automatically turns on. Theair conditioner will directly dehumidifythe air to the front windshield and sidewindows (page 6-4). Airflow amount willbe increased.

WARNINGSet the temperature control to the hotor warm position when defogging (position):

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident.

NOTEUse the temperature control dial to increasethe air flow temperature and defog thewindshield more quickly.

qSunlight/Temperature Sensor

The fully automatic air conditionerfunction measures inside and outsidetemperatures, and sunlight. It then setstemperatures inside the passengercompartment accordingly.

CAUTIONDo not obstruct either sensor,otherwise the automatic airconditioner will not operate properly.

Sunlight sensor

Interior temperature sensor

Interior Comfort


6-15


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Antenna

qAM/FM Radio Antenna

The antenna is printed onto the windowglass.

CAUTIONWhen washing the inside of thewindow which has an antenna, use asoft cloth dampened in lukewarmwater, gently wiping the antennalines.Use of glass cleaning products coulddamage the antenna.

qSatellite Radio Antennaí

The satellite radio antenna receivesSIRIUS signals.

Satellite radio antenna

Operating Tips for AudioSystem

WARNINGDo not adjust the audio controlswitches while driving the vehicle:

Adjusting the audio while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theaudio while the vehicle is stopped.Even if the audio control switches areequipped on the steering wheel, learnto use the switches without lookingdown at them so that you can keepyour maximum attention on the roadwhile driving the vehicle.

CAUTIONFor the purposes of safe driving,adjust the audio volume to a levelthat allows you to hear soundsoutside of the vehicle including carhorns and particularly emergencyvehicle sirens.

NOTEl To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the audio systemon for a long period of time when theengine is not running.

l If a cellular phone or CB radio is used inor near the vehicle, it could cause noise tooccur from the audio system, however, thisdoes not indicate that the system has beendamaged.

6-16

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things asbuildings or mountains and bounce off theionosphere. Therefore, they can reachlonger distances than FM signals. Becauseof this, two stations may sometimes bepicked up on the same frequency at thesame time.

Station 2Station 1

Ionosphere

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about40―50 km (25―30 miles) from thesource. Because of extra coding needed tobreak the sound into two channels, stereoFM has even less range than monaural(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km (25—30 miles)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similarto beams of light because they do notbend around corners, but they do reflect.Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannottravel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FMstations cannot be received at the greatdistances possible with AM reception.

AM waveFM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Ionosphere

Atmospheric conditions can also affectFM reception. High humidity will causepoor reception. However, cloudy daysmay provide better reception than cleardays.

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected byobstructions, it is possible to receive boththe direct signal and the reflected signal atthe same time. This causes a slight delayin reception and may be heard as a brokensound or a distortion. This problem mayalso be encountered when in closeproximity to the transmitter.

Reflected waveDirect

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-17


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move instraight lines and become weak in valleysbetween tall buildings, mountains, andother obstacles. When a vehicle passesthrough such an area, the receptionconditions may change suddenly, resultingin annoying noise.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signalsbecome weak because of distance fromthe transmitter. Reception in such fringeareas is characterized by sound breakup.

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmittertower. The broadcast signals areextremely strong, so the result is noise andsound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of twostrong stations broadcasting at similarfrequencies, the original station may betemporarily lost and the second stationpicked up. At this time there will be somenoise from this disturbance.

Station 2 88.3 MHz

Station 1 88.1 MHz

6-18

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-Dash CD Changer

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heaterwhen the vehicle is cold, the CD oroptical components (prism and lens) in theCD player/In-dash CD changer maybecome clouded with condensation. Atthis time, the CD will eject immediatelywhen placed in the unit. A clouded CDcan be corrected simply by wiping it witha soft cloth. Clouded optical componentswill clear naturally in about an hour. Waitfor normal operation to return beforeattempting to use the unit.

Handling the CD player/In-dash CDchanger

The following precautions should beobserved.l Do not spill any liquid on the audiosystem.

l Do not insert any objects, other thanCDs, into the slot.

l The CD revolves at high speed withinthe unit. Defective (cracked or badlybent) CDs should never be used.

l Do not use non-conventional discssuch as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,etc. The disc may not eject resulting ina malfunction.

l If the memory portion of the CD istransparent or translucent, do not usethe disc.

Transparent

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-19


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l A new CD may have rough edges onits inner and outer perimeters. If a discwith rough edges is used, propersetting will not be possible and the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer will notplay the CD. In addition, the disc maynot eject resulting in a malfunction.Remove the rough edges in advance byusing a ball-point pen or pencil asshown below. To remove the roughedges, rub the side of the pen or pencilagainst the inner and outer perimeter ofthe CD.

l When driving over uneven surfaces,the sound may jump.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changer hasbeen designed to play CDs bearing theidentification logo as shown below. Noother discs can be played.

l Use discs that have been legitimatelyproduced. If illegally-copied discs suchas pirated discs are used, the systemmay not operate properly.

l Be sure never to touch the signalsurface when handling the CDs. Pickup a CD by grasping the outer edge orthe edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.Avoid scratching the reverse side (theside without a label). The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

l Dust, finger smudges, and dirt candecrease the amount of light reflectedfrom the signal surface, thus affectingsound quality. If the CD shouldbecome soiled, gently wipe it with asoft cloth from the center of the CD tothe edge.

6-20

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l Do not use record sprays, antistaticagents, or household spray cleaners.Volatile chemicals such as benzine andthinner can also damage the surface ofthe CD and must not be used. Anythingthat can damage, warp, or fog plasticshould never be used to clean CDs.

l Insert discs one by one. If two discs areinserted at the same time, the systemmay not operate properly.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changerejects the CD if the CD is insertedupside down. Also dirty and/ordefective CDs may be ejected.

l Do not insert cleaning discs in the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer.

l Do not insert any disc with a peel-offseal affixed to it.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain CD-R/CD-RWs made using acomputer or music CD recorder due todisc characteristics, scratches,smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust orcondensation on the lens inside theunit.

l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed todirect sunlight or high temperature maydamage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and makethem unplayable.

l CD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MBcannot be played.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain discs made using a computerdue to the application (writingsoftware) setting used. (For details,consult the store where the applicationwas purchased.)

l It is possible that certain text data, suchas titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RWmay not be displayed when musicaldata (CD-DA) is playing.

l The period from when a CD-RW isinserted to when it begins playing islonger than a normal CD or CD-R.

l Completely read the instruction manualand cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

l Do not use discs with cellophane tapeadhering, partially peeled off labels, oradhesive material exuding from theedges of the CD label. Also, do not usediscs with a commercially-availableCD-R label affixed. The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

qOperating Tips for MP3

NOTESupply of this product only conveys a licensefor private, non-commercial use and does notconvey a license nor imply any right to use thisproduct in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,satellite, cable and/or any other media),broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,intranets and/or other networks or in otherelectronic content distribution systems, such aspay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.An independent license for such use isrequired. For details, please visithttp://www.mp3licensing.com.

l This audio system handles MP3 filesthat have been recorded on CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have beenrecorded using the following formatscan be played:l ISO 9660 level 1l ISO 9660 level 2l Joliet extended formatl Romeo extended format

l This unit handles MP3 filesconforming to the MP3 formatcontaining both header frames and dataframes.

l This unit can play multi-sessionrecorded discs that have up to 40sessions.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-21


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l This unit can play MP3s with samplingfrequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48kHz.

l This unit can play MP3 files that havebeen recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insureenjoyment of music with consistentsound quality, it is recommended to usediscs that have been recorded at a bitrate of 128 kbps or more.

l If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3 files, playback of the two filetypes differs depending on how thedisc was recorded.

l Packet written discs cannot be playedon this unit.

l This unit does not play CDs recordedusing MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

About folders and files

l The order of hierarchy for MP3 filesand folders during playback or otherfunctions is from shallow to deep. Thearrangement and playing order of arecorded disc containing MP3 files isas follows:l File number

A numerical file number is assignedto each file in a folder in the order ofhierarchy from shallow to deep.

l Folder numberA numerical folder number isassigned to each folder in the orderof hierarchy from shallow to deep.

NOTEFolders and tracks (files) within the samehierarchy play in the order they were written tothe disc depending on the write software.

03

0102

05

04

0706

1

7

3

2

4

6

5

Folder No.

Level1Level2

Level3

Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit.

Level4

: Track (File): Folder

l The folder order is automaticallyassigned and this order cannot beoptionally set.

l Any folder without an MP3 file will beignored. (It will be skipped and thefolder number will not be displayed.)

l MP3 files not conforming to the MP3format containing both header framesand data frames will be skipped andnot played.

l This unit will play MP3 files that haveup to eight levels. However, the morelevels a disc has, the longer it will taketo initially start playing. It isrecommended to record discs with twolevels or less.

l A single disc with up to 512 files canbe played and a single folder with up to255 files can be played.

l When naming an MP3 file, be sure toadd an MP3 file extension (.mp3) afterthe file name.

6-22

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l The maximum number of charactersthat can be used for file names is asfollows. However, this unit will onlydisplay up to 32 characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3).

Maximum number ofcharacters in a file name(including a separator “.”and the three letters of the

file extension)

ISO9660 level 1 12*

ISO9660 level 2 31*

Joliet extendedformat

64

Romeo extendedformat

128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) andunderbar “_” are available.

CAUTIONThis unit can only play MP3 files thathave an MP3 file extension (.mp3)attached. Do not attach an MP3 fileextension to any other type file as itcould cause noise to be emitted or amalfunction in the unit.

About ID3 Tag display

l This unit can only display ID3 Tagalbum, track and artist names that havebeen input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3formats. Any other data that may havebeen input cannot be displayed.

l This unit can only display English(including numerals) one-bytecharacters. Use only English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters wheninputting ID3 tags. Two-byte charactersand some special symbols cannot bedisplayed.

Specialized glossary

MP3

Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.A technical standard for audiocompression as decided by an ISO(International Organization forStandardization) MPEG working group.Use of MP3 allows for audio data to becompressed to approximately a tenth ofthe source data size.

ISO 9660

An international standard for logicalformatting of CD-ROM files and folders.It is divided into three separate levelsbased on differences in file namingprocedures, data configuration and othercharacteristics.

Multi-session

A session is the complete amount of datarecorded from the beginning to the end ofa single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-RW data recording. Multi-session refers tothe existence of data from two or moresessions on a single disc.

Sampling

Refers to the process of encoding analogaudio data at regular intervals andconverting it to digital data. The samplingrate refers to the number of times asample is taken in one second and isexpressed in Hz units. Increasing thesampling rate improves the sound qualitybut also increases the data size.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-23


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Bit rate

Refers to the volume of data per second,expressed in bps (bits per second).Generally, the larger the number of thetransfer bit rate when compressing anMP3 file, the more information regardingmusical reproduction it carries, andtherefore the better the sound quality.

Packet writing

A general term for the method, similar tothat used for floppy discs or hard drives,of recording the required file in a singleincrement on a CD-R and similar.

ID3 Tag

ID3 tag is a method for storinginformation related to the music in anMP3 file. Information such as track, artistand album name can be stored. Thiscontent can be freely edited using ID3editing function software.

VBR

Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. WhileCBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generallyused, VBR varies the bit rate for audiocompression according to compressionconditions and this allows forcompression with preference given tosound quality.

qOperating Tips for WMA

WMA is short for Windows Media Audioand is the audio compression format usedby Microsoft.Audio data can be created and stored at ahigher compression ratio than MP3.* Microsoft and Windows Media areregistered trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation U.S. in the United Statesand other countries.

Playable WMA file specification

CD-R and CD-RW including WMA filescan be played with this unit. Discs whichconform to the following formats can beplayed.Playable WMA files are as follows:

Item Content

SpecificationWindows MediaAudio Version 7.0,8.0, 9.0

Samplingfrequency

Bit rate

32kHz. . . . . . . 32, 40,48 kbps

44.1kHz . . . . . 32, 48,64, 80, 96, 128, 160,192, 256, 320 kbps

48kHz. . . . . . . 64, 96,128, 160, 192 kbps

VBR (Variable Bit Rate) Supported

Channel mode Stereo/Monaural

WMA tagTitle, artist name,album name

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the (.wma)file extension as a WMA file. Do notuse the WMA file extension for filesother than WMA files. It may causenoise or a malfunction.

l In a WMA file, the track name, artistname and album name are recordedwith data called “WMA-Tag”, and theinformation can be displayed.

l WMA files which do not comply withthe specific standard may not be playedcorrectly or its file and folder namemay not be displayed correctly.

l The file extension may not be provideddepending on the computer operatingsystem, version, software, or settings.In this case, add the file extension“.wma” to the end of the file name, andthen write the disc.

6-24

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Types of the Audio SetAudio Set (Type A) ................................................................................................ page 6-27

Audio Set (Type B) ................................................................................................ page 6-45

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-25


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

MEMO

6-26


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Audio Set (Type A)Audio information is displayed on the information display.

CD Player In-Dash CD Changer

The , buttons are only functional if the vehicle is equipped with the separatelypurchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit (U.S.A. and Canada).Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-28Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-32Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-34Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-38Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-42Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-43

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-27


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Power/Volume dial Audio control dial

Power ON/OFF

Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the audio system on for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select thefunction. The selected function will beindicated.

6-28

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

*1

*1

*1

*1

*2

*1 Depending on the mode selected, theindication changes.

*2 Depending on the model, thisfunction, may not be available.

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust theselected functions as follows:

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble

Shift thesound to the

front


rear


left


right

off on

off on

off on

Select mode

NOTEl Depending on the type of audio unit, the

order in which the functions appear differs.l About 5 seconds after selecting any mode,

the volume function will be automaticallyselected. To reset bass, treble, fade, andbalance, press the audio control dial for 2seconds. The unit will beep and “CLEAR”will be displayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

The automatic level control (ALC) is afeature that automatically adjusts audiovolume and sound quality according tothe vehicle speed.The volume increases in accordance withthe increase in vehicle speed, anddecreases as vehicle speed decreases.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-29


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Select the desired ALC mode.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select ALCOFF or ALC LEVEL1―7 modes. Theselected mode will be indicated.

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

ILLM EFT setting (Action Illuminationsetting during operation)

The audio system illumination duringoperation can be set on or off.

Welcome mode (Welcome sound)

Sound is heard when the ignition isswitched ON.

BT SETUP modeí

Music and other audio such as voice datarecorded on portable audio devices andmobile phones available on the marketwhich are equipped with the Bluetooth®

transmission function can be listened tovia wireless transmission over thevehicle's speakers. Using the BT SETUPmode, these devices can be programmedto the Bluetooth® unit or changed.Refer to Bluetooth® Audio (Type A) onpage 6-78.

6-30

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

MEMO

6-31


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperating the Radio

Channel preset buttons

Seek tuning buttons

Manual tuning dial

Band selector buttons

Scan button


Auto memory button

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( , ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Choose AM by pressing the AM button( ) and FM by pressing the FM button( ).

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,reception automatically changes fromSTEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the“ST” indicator will go out.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be erased.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

6-32

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEIf you continue to press and hold the button,the frequency will continue changing withoutstopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard. The preset channel number andstation frequency will be displayed.The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select AM,FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.


Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown. Additional AM/FM stations canbe stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ) for about 2 seconds until a beepsound is heard; the system willautomatically scan and temporarily storeup to 6 stations with the strongestfrequencies in each selected band in thatarea.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed.Press and release the auto memory button( ) to recall stations from the auto-stored stations. One stored station will beselected each time; its frequency andchannel number will be displayed.

NOTEIf no stations can be tuned after scanningoperations, “A” will be displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-33


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player

Track down/Reverse button

Track up/Fast-forward button CD eject buttonCD slot

CD play button Display button

Folder down button

Folder up button

Random button

Repeat button

Text button

Load button

Scan button

Type Playable data

Music/MP3/WMA CDplayer

l Music data (CD-DA)l MP3/WMA file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3/WMA files, playback of the two or threefile types differs depending on how the discwas recorded.

Inserting the CD

Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.The auto-loading mechanism will set theCD and begin play.

NOTEThere will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Ejecting the CD

Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject theCD.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

NOTEWhen the load button ( ) is pressed, theCD will load and play even if the CD ejectbutton ( ) had been previously pressed.

6-34

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

Folder search (during MP3/WMA CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ), or press thefolder up button ( ) to advance to thenext folder.

Music scan

During music CD playback

This function scans the titles on a CD andplays 10 seconds of each song to aid youin finding a song you want to listen to.

During MP3/WMA CD playback

This function scans the titles in a foldercurrently being played and plays 10seconds of each song to aid you in findinga song you want to listen to.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback


1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.


(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.


Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks on the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-35


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly.“DISC RDM” is displayed.


Switching the display

For files with a file name and otherinformation that have been input, thedisplay switches between display of thefile name and other information each timethe display button ( ) is pressed duringplayback.Music CD

Track name

Album name

Artist name

Track number/Elapsed time

MP3/WMA CD

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

Folder number/File number

File number/Elapsed time

NOTEl The information viewable in the display is

only CD information (such as artist name,song title) which has been recorded to theCD.

l The system can only display one-bytealphabetic characters. If two-byte or othertypes of characters have been recorded tothe CD, they may not display correctly.

Display scroll

Only 8 characters (File name) or 12characters (Except file name) can bedisplayed at one time. To display the restof the characters of a long title, press thetext button ( ). The display scrollsthe next 12 characters. Press the textbutton ( ) again after the last 12characters have been displayed to returnto the beginning of the title.

6-36

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3/.wma), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-37


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer

Track up/Fast-forward button CD eject button

Display buttonLoad button


Track down/Reverse button

Text button

Disc down/Folder down button

Disc up/Folder up button

Random button

Repeat button

CD slotCD play buttonScan button

Type Playable data




Inserting the CD

The CD must be label-side up wheninserting. The auto-loading mechanismwill set the CD and begin play.

NOTEThere will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Normal insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired tray number while “WAIT” isdisplayed.


NOTEThe CD cannot be inserted to the desired traynumber if the number is already occupied.

6-38

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Multiple insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.


3. When “IN” is displayed again, insertthe next CD.

NOTEThe first-inserted CD will be playedautomatically when:l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds

after “IN” is displayed.l The CD trays are full.

Ejecting the CD

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ). Thedisc number and “DISC OUT” will bedisplayed.

2. Pull out the CD.

NOTEWhen the CD is ejected during play, the nextCD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired CD number for less than 5seconds after the beep sound is heard.

3. Pull out the CD.

Multiple ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) againfor less than 5 seconds after the beepsound is heard.

NOTEIf the button is not pressed and about 5seconds have elapsed while “DISC OUT” isflashing, CDs are automatically ejected.

3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD willbe ejected.

NOTEl CDs will be ejected starting with the one

with the lowest number.l All CDs in the tray will be ejected

continuously.l CDs can be ejected when the ignition is

switched off. Press and hold the CD ejectbutton ( ) for about 2 seconds and allCDs will eject.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.


Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-39


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

Disc search


To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) during playback.


To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) for 1.5 seconds or more duringplayback.


To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ) for less than 1.5seconds, or press the folder up button ( )for less than 1.5 seconds to advance to thenext folder.

Music scan


This function scans the titles on a CD andplays 10 seconds of each song to aid youin finding a song you want to listen to.


This function scans the titles in a foldercurrently being played and plays 10seconds of each song to aid you in findinga song you want to listen to.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.


Repeat playback


1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.



(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.


Random playback



1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.


6-40

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly.“DISC RDM” is displayed.


Switching the display

For files with a file name and otherinformation that have been input, thedisplay switches between display of thefile name and other information each timethe display button ( ) is pressed duringplayback.Music CD

Disc tray number

Track name

Album name

Artist name

Disc number/Track number/Elapsed time

MP3/WMA CD

Disc tray number

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

Disc number/Folder number/File number

Disc number/File number/Elapsed time

NOTEl The information viewable in the display is

only CD information (such as artist name,song title) which has been recorded to theCD.

l The system can only display one-bytealphabetic characters. If two-byte or othertypes of characters have been recorded tothe CD, they may not display correctly.

Display scroll

Only 8 characters (File name) or 12characters (Except file name) can bedisplayed at one time. To display the restof the characters of a long title, press thetext button ( ). The display scrollsthe next 12 characters. Press the textbutton ( ) again after the last 12characters have been displayed to returnto the beginning of the title.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-41


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3/.wma), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary jack

You can connect portable audio units,such as an MP3 player or similar productson the market, to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers. Use a commercially-available,non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plugcable. Refer to Auxiliary Input (page6-74).

6-42

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

CHECK CD

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indication continuesto display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationcontinues to display, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-43


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

MEMO

6-44


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Audio Set (Type B)Functions and information available for the selected mode are displayed on the left andright of the audio unit screen. To select and operate a desired function, or selectinformation, press the corresponding selection button 1―8.

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Selection button 3

Selection button 4

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Selection button 8

Screen Adjustments and Other Settings ................................................................. page 6-46Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-48Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-52Operating the Satellite Radio ................................................................................. page 6-56Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-66Operating the Auxiliary Jack .................................................................................. page 6-69Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-70

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-45


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qScreen Adjustments and Other Settings

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Selection button 3

Selection button 4

Display button

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Selection button 8

Return button

Press the display button ( ) todisplay the tone adjustment screen.Press the display button ( ) againor the return button ( ) to returnto the previous screen.Next page display*

Press selection button 1.Previous page display*

Press selection button 5.InitializationReturns all the adjusted screen adjustmentsettings and language settings to theirinitial setting.

Press selection button 8.

Brightness adjustment

Increase brightness


Decrease brightness


Contrast adjustment

Higher contrast


Lower contrast


Tint adjustment*

Green tint enhancement


Red tint enhancement


6-46

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Color adjustment*

To deepen a color


To fade color

Press selection button 3.* Adjustment is available depending onthe display.

NOTEContinuous adjustment of the brightness,contrast, tint, and color can be done by long-pressing the selection button for the adjustmentitem.

Daytime/Night screen

When the headlights are on, daytimemode can also be selected (if a brighterscreen is needed at night). This selectioncan only be done when the headlights areon.The screen can be returned to the daytimescreen while the headlights or runninglights are on by pressing the dashboardillumination knob.

Language setting

The displayed language can be changed toone of the three available languages.

Press selection button 5 to display thelanguage setting screen.

English display


French display


Spanish display


NOTEA language setting is unavailable for thesatellite radio. English is constantly displayed.

Screen display off

Press selection button 4.Press the display button ( ) or thereturn button ( ) to return to thepreviously selected mode's screen.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-47


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Audio control buttonPower/Volume dial

Return button

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Selection button 3

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Selection button 8

Power ON/OFF

Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the audio system on for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

When the audio control button( ) is pressed, the audio settingsscreen is displayed.Press the audio control button ( )or the return button ( ) to returnto the previous screen.

Next page display


Previous page display


Initialization

Returns all of the audio setting items totheir initial setting.

6-48

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


Setting item Setting value

Bass Down Up

Treble Down Up

Fader Rear Front

Balance Left Right

Beep Off On

AudioPilot® 2 Off On

Centerpoint® Off On

Welcome Off On

Bass (low pitch sound)

Low pitch enhancement


Low pitch attenuation


Treble (treble sound)

Treble enhancement


Treble attenuation


Fader (front/back volume balance)

Rear speaker volume reduction


Front speaker volume reduction


Balance (left/right volume balance)

Left side volume reduction


Right side volume reduction


NOTEContinuous adjustment of the bass, treble,fader, and balance can be done by long-pressing the selection button for eachadjustment item.

Beep setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

Beep on


Beep off

Press selection button 2.*AudioPilot® 2

AudioPilot® 2 automatically adjusts audiovolume and sound quality in accordancewith the level of noise entering the vehicleinterior while driving. When AudioPilot®

2 is turned on, the system automaticallycalculates the conditions for optimumhearing of sound which may be difficultto hear depending on exterior noise.AudioPilot® 2 can be set on or off.

AudioPilot® 2 on


AudioPilot® 2 off

Press selection button 3.* AudioPilot® 2 is a registered trademarkof Bose Corporation.

*Centerpoint®

Centerpoint® offers you the experience of5.1-channel surround sound in yourvehicle even with your conventional 2-channel stereo CDs.Centerpoint® can be set on or off.

Centerpoint® on


Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-49


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Centerpoint® off


NOTEl Centerpoint® operates optimally with a 2-

channel stereo CD. MP3 audio files can beplayed, however, MP3 audio files encodedwith high compression may result in poorsound quality.

l Centerpoint® is available for 2-channelstereo audio except for AM radio/FM radio/SIRIUS digital satellite radio/AUX/BTaudio.

* Centerpoint® is a registered trademarkof Bose Corporation.

Welcome mode

Sound is heard when the ignition isswitched on.The Welcome mode can be set on or off.

Welcome on


Welcome off


6-50

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

MEMO

6-51


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperating the Radio

Mute button Auto memory buttonScan button

Seek tuning buttons

Return button Manual tuning dial

Band selector button

Selection button 2

Selection button 3Selection button 4

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Selection button 8

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Successively pressing the band selectorbutton ( ) switches the bands asfollows: FM1 → FM2 → AM.

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,reception automatically changes fromSTEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the“ST” indicator will no longer display.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.


Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

6-52

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEIf you continue to press and hold the seektuning button ( , ), the frequency willcontinue changing without stopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample stations with thestrongest frequencies. Scanning stops ateach station for about five seconds. Tohold a station, press the scan button( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The six preset channels can be used tostore six AM and twelve FM stations.

1. To set a channel, first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Press and hold selection button 2, 3, 4,6, 7, or 8. The station frequency will bedisplayed. The station is now held inthe memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune into one stored in the memory,select AM, FM1, or FM2 and thenpress its selection button. The stationfrequency will be displayed.


Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations areunknown. Additional AM/FM stationscan be stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ). The system will automaticallyscan and temporarily store up to sixstations with the strongest frequencies ineach selected band in that area.

After scanning is completed, the radiotunes into the station with the strongestfrequency, and its frequency is displayed.Press the auto memory button ( ) torecall stations from the auto-storedstations. One stored station will beselected each time, and its frequency willbe displayed.

NOTEl If any of the following operations is

performed, auto-memory mode is clearedand the normal display appears.l Band selector button ( ) is

pressedl Manual tuning dial is turnedl Seek tuning button ( , ) is pressedl Return button ( ) is pressed

l If the radio is unable to tune into anystation after the scanning operation iscompleted, “No Channel” will bedisplayed.

Mute

Press the mute button ( ) once tomute the audio. Press it again to resumeaudio output.

Radio Data System (RDS)

Radio text information display

A maximum of 64 characters of radio textinformation sent from a broadcastingstation is displayed in the audio display.


Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-53


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEIf any of the following operations is performed,the radio text information display is clearedand the normal display appears.l Return button ( ) is pressedl Band selector button ( ) is pressedl Manual tuning dial is turnedl Seek tuning button ( , ) is pressed

6-54

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

MEMO

6-55


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperating the Satellite Radioí

Category down button

Category up button

Play/Pause button Manual tuning dial/Enter button/Text button

Scan button

Seek tuning buttons

Return button

SIRIUS button

Selection button 1

Selection button 3

Selection button 8

Selection button 4

Selection button 7

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 2

6-56

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found tocomply with the limits for a Class B digitaldevice, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and if not installed andused in accordance with the instructions, maycause harmful interference to radiocommunications. However, there is noguarantee that interference will not occur in aparticular installation. If this equipment doescause harmful interference to radio ortelevision reception, which can be determinedby turning the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct the interferenceby one or more of the following measures:l Increase the separation between the

equipment and tuner.l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a

circuit different from that to which the tuneris connected.

l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

What is satellite radio?

With over 130 channels, SIRIUS SatelliteRadio brings you more of what you love.Get 69 channels of 100 % commercial-free music, plus all your favorite sports,news, talk and entertainment. Everythingworth listening to is now on SIRIUS.100 % Commercial-free Music―Withmusic from every genre, artist-dedicatedchannels, live performances and more,SIRIUS is the home of 100 %commercial-free music.Live Sports Play-by-Play & ExpertTalk―Hear every NFL game, everyNASCAR® race and college sportscoverage from over 150 schools. Plus24/7 sports talk with channels likeSIRIUS NFL Radio, SIRIUS NASCARRadio and more.Exclusive Entertainment andTalk―The biggest names, compellingtalk, hilarious comedy. Hear HowardStern, Martha Stewart, Jamie Foxx, BlueCollar Comedy, Playboy Radio, politicaltalk and more.World-class News―Stay informed withFOX, CNN, CNBC, NPR®, BBC andmore.Plus local traffic and weather.Family & Kids―Entertain the entirefamily with Radio Disney, Kids PlaceLive, Laugh USA and more.

Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today! Formore information, visit www.sirius.com.Satellite radio can be subscribed to andreceived in the United States (ExceptAlaska and Hawaii) and Canada.

How to Activate Satellite Radio

You must call SIRIUS to activate yourservice. Activation is free and takes only afew minutes.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-57


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

SIRIUS service uses an ID code toidentify your radio. This code is needed toactivate SIRIUS service, and report anyproblems.

To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner, call aSIRIUS customer service specialist at 1-888-539-7474 or you can visit SIRIUSonline at www.sirius.com.

Please have the following informationready:l SIRIUS ID (12-digit electronic serialno., or ESN*)

l Valid credit card information (may notbe required at initial sign-up)

Be sure you are parked outside with aclear view of open sky, you will beinstructed to turn on your radio (inSIRIUS mode and tuned to channel 184).Activation typically takes only 2―5minutes.

* ESN: Electronic Serial Number

SIRIUS operation

All operations of the satellite radio areconducted by means of the audio unit.

SIRIUS radio mode selection

When the SIRIUS button ( ) ispressed during ACC ON, it will play thelast SIRIUS channel in use before themode was switched over to another modeor the power was turned off.

When the SIRIUS button ( ) ispressed in a mode other than the SIRIUSmode, the last channel in use will bereceived. Every time the SIRIUS button( ) is pressed, the bank changes inthe order shown below.

SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3

NOTESIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3: six stationscan be stored in each bank for convenientaccess to your favorite stations.

Operation in the initial state

It may take some time to start up theequipment when it is in the initial state,when there is a change in the user'ssubscription condition, or when theSIRIUS channel map is changed.

6-58

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

“Updating channels XXX% complete” isdisplayed when the SIRIUS channel mapis changed. If the “Updating channelsXXX% complete” display is not available,“Updating channels” is displayed. If theunit is initialized or the user contractcontent is changed, “Updating channels.Subscription Updated.” is displayed.Updating could take as long as a fewminutes depending on the geographicalarea. When the unit is in an initializedstate, channel 184 is displayed after thedisplay indicates “Updating channelsXXX% complete”. If the SIRIUS channelmap or the user contract content ischanged, the channel prior to the changeis displayed after “Updating channelsXXX% complete” is displayed. After theinitialization display, it may take as longas ten seconds or more to receive channel184.

NOTEDo not perform the following operation while“Updating” is displayed. Otherwise, theupdating procedure will be canceled.l Turning off the audio powerl Switching to other modesl Switching the ignition off

When the SIRIUS mode is switched toanother mode, or when the power isturned off, the present channel which isbeing received is stored as the lastchannel.

Channel selection

Turning the manual tuning dial allows youto select the desired receiving channel.Channel upTurn the manual tuning dial clockwise.Channel downTurn the manual tuning dialcounterclockwise.

Unsubscribed channel

When a selected station has not beensubscribed to, the display indicates thefollowing:“Call 888-539-7474”“To Subscribe”

NOTEWhen the subscription contract is canceled, allof the channels including channel 184 appearas unsubscribed.

Invalid channel

When a selected channel is notbroadcasting, “Invalid” is displayed.

NOTEIf the last channel selected has becomeunavailable because of a channel update theabove indication is displayed until any buttonis pressed.

Preset channel programming

1. Turn the manual tuning dial and selectthe desired channel.

2. Press and hold selection button 2, 3, 4,6, 7, or 8.

NOTESix stations can be stored in each bank,SIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3 forconvenient access to your favorite stations.

Preset channel call-up

Press selection button 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, or 8.

NOTEIn the initial setting, all channels are preset to184.

Category change

Press the category button ( , ) andselect the desired category.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-59


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Category upPress the category up button ( ).Category downPress the category down button ( ).Every time the category up button ( ) ispressed, the category is changed over inthe order shown below.At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)channel within the category indicated isreceived.When the highest (or lowest) category isreached, the category is changed over inthe order shown below.Highest category → Lowest category →XXX category

Category set (Category lock)

Press selection button 1 to lock thecategory of the channel being received.Press selection button 1 again to clear thelock.

NOTEA category can be set only when a channelwhich belongs to a category is being received.

Channel selection within a category

To select a radio station in a set category,turn the manual tuning dial.

NOTEl The channel number needs to be indicated

in the display to use the manual tuning dialfor this function.

l To select a radio station other than one in aset category, turn the manual tuning dial.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample stations. Scanningstops at each station for about fiveseconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

NOTEl Unsubscribed channels, invalid channels,

parental lock channels and channel 0 arenot subject to the scan, therefore thesechannels will skip automatically.

l If a category is set, scan channels in thecategory. If a category is not set, scan allchannels.

Channel number, channel name,category name, artist name, song titlesand information display

The information regarding the channelwhich is currently being received isdisplayed.

NOTEl If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...”

is added at the end to the part of the titlewhich can be displayed.

l If a channel other than a parental-lockedchannel is received, channel name,category name, artist name, song title, andinformation are displayed.

(Channel number display)

The channel number for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

(Channel name display)

l The channel name for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

l A channel name may have a full titleand an abbreviated title. In this case,the full title is displayed. If the channelonly has an abbreviated title, it isdisplayed.

l If there is no channel name, “No ChName” is displayed.

(Category name display)

l The category name for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

6-60

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l A category name may have a full titleand an abbreviated title. In this case,the full title is displayed. If thecategory only has an abbreviated title,it is displayed.

l If there is no category name, “NoCategory” is displayed.

(Artist name display)

l The artist name for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

l If there is no artist name, “No Artist” isdisplayed.

(Song title display)

l The song title for the channel currentlybeing received is displayed.

l If there is no song title, “No Song” isdisplayed.

(Information display)

l The information for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

l If there is no information, “NoInformation” is displayed.

Display scroll

If each title cannot be fully displayed atone time, press the text button ( ) todisplay the rest of the characters.If the last character of the title isdisplayed, press the text button ( )to return the beginning of the title.

Instant replay

This function allows you to rewind andreplay the program that you werepreviously or are currently listening to.Press the Play/Pause button ( ).When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed, playback starts from thebeginning of the current program.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed twice, playback starts from thebeginning of the previous program.

Press and hold the seek tuning button( ) to reverse the program while thebutton is being pressed.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed, playback starts from thebeginning of the next program.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed while the last program is beingplayed, the instant replay mode iscanceled.Press and hold the seek tuning button( ) to fast-forward the program whilethe button is being pressed. Whenpressing and holding the button until theend of the program, the instant replaymode is canceled.When the Play/Pause button ( ) ispressed again, playback is paused, orplayback starts if it has been paused.

Instant replay (PAUSE)

If the Play/Pause button ( ) is pressedwhile the instant replay mode is off,instant replay mode is turned on in apaused condition (PAUSE). Press thePlay/Pause button ( ) again to resumeplayback from the point at which it waspaused.

Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)

Method 1

Turn the manual tuning dial and selectchannel 0 to display the twelve-digitElectronic Serial Number (ESN) for theSIRIUS tuner.

Method 2

1. Press selection button 5 to display thesettings screen.

2. Press selection button 5 again todisplay the twelve-digit ElectronicSerial Number (ESN) for the SIRIUStuner.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-61


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

(If the SIRIUS ID (ESN) for the tunerdoes not display)

If “ESN Fail” is displayed, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Parental lock

Parental lock, parental unlock, parentallock ID change, and parental lock ID resetcan be set.

NOTEl Press the return button ( ) during

all the settings to return to the previousdisplay.

l Turn the manual tuning dial during the IDcode or master code input to select “CLR”,and then press the enter button ( ) todelete an input number.

l If there is no input for ten seconds duringthe ID code or master code input, thesystem returns to the settings screen.

l If only a four-digit ID code or master codeis input, “OK” can be selected.

l If the registered ID code has been forgotten,reset the code in “Parental-lock ID reset”to [0000].

Parental lock

If a channel is locked, the channel ismuted.(Channel locking)

1. Turn the manual tuning dial to selectthe desired channel.

(Registered ID code input preparation)


3. Press selection button 1 to display theparental lock settings screen.

4. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,and input of the registered ID code ispossible.

(Registered ID code input)

5. Turn the manual tuning dial to select anumber and press the enter button( ) to input the number.

(Registered ID code inputconfirmation)

6. After inputting the four digits, turn themanual tuning dial and select “OK”,and then press the enter button( ) to confirm the four digits.

7. If the four digits match the registeredID code, “Parental lock” appears andmute is turned on.If they do not match the registered IDcode, “Error” appears and then thedisplay returns to “- - - -”.

Parental unlock

Channels locked using the parental lockfunction can be unlocked.(Channel unlocking)

1. Select a channel to be unlocked byturning the manual tuning dial.

(Registered ID code input preparation)


3. Press selection button 2 to display theparental unlock screen.




6-62

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



7. If the four digits match the registeredID code, “Parental unlock” appears andmute is canceled.If they do not match the registered IDcode, “Error” appears and then thedisplay returns to “- - - -”.

Parental-lock ID change

When changing the ID code, the new IDcode is input after the previous one isinput first.(Registered ID code input preparation)


2. Press selection button 3 to display theID code change screen.






6. If the four digits match the registeredID code, “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” aredisplayed.If they do not match the registered IDcode, “Error” appears and then thedisplay returns to “- - - -”.

(New ID code input)


(New ID code input confirmation)


9. “Pin Changed” appears to indicate thatthe new ID code input has beencompleted.

10. The display returns to its normaldisplay.

NOTEChannels locked before changing the ID coderemain after changing the ID code. To unlock achannel, input the changed ID code.

Parental-lock ID reset

If the registered ID code has beenforgotten, reset the ID code to the default[0000] code.(Master code input preparation)


2. Press selection button 4 to display theID code initial screen.


Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-63


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

(Master code input)

4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select anumber and then press the enter button( ) to input the number.

NOTEMaster code:The Master Code is used to initialize or re-initialize the ID code in the event that the codeis not set to [0000] and/or the personalized IDcode is not known. The initialization processresets the ID code to [0000]. The master codecan potentially defeat the intent of the securityof the parental lock if it is located by personsnot authorized by the owner to access certainchannels.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]

(Master code input confirmation)


6. If the four digits match the mastercode, “Pin Cleared” appears.If they do not match the master code,“Error” appears and the display returnsto “- - - -”.

7. The ID code returns to the default[0000] code.

6-64

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

MEMO

6-65


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer

Folder down button

Folder up button

Play/Pause button

Scan button

Track down button

Track up button

File dial/Text button

CD play buttonLoad button CD eject button

Selection button 1

Selection button 3

Selection button 8

Selection button 4

Selection button 7

Selection button 5Selection button 6

Selection button 2

Type Playable data




Inserting the CD

The CD must be label-side up wheninserting. The auto-loading mechanismwill set the CD and begin play.

NOTEThe CD will begin playback automaticallyafter insertion. A CD cannot be inserted whilethe display reads “Please Wait”.There will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Normal CD insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When “Please Insert a Disc” isdisplayed, insert the CD.

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( ).

2. Press the selection button for thedesired tray number while“Please Wait” is displayed.

3. When “Please Insert a Disc” isdisplayed, insert the CD.

NOTEThe CD cannot be inserted to the desired traynumber if the number is already occupied.

6-66

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Multiple CD insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( ).

2. Press the load button ( ) again.When “Please Insert a Disc” isdisplayed, insert the CD.

3. When “Please Insert a Disc” isdisplayed again, insert the next CD.

NOTEThe first-inserted CD will be playedautomatically when:l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds

after “Please Insert a Disc” is displayed.l The CD trays are full.

Ejecting CDs

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ).“Disc Ejecting” will be displayed.

2. Remove the CD.

NOTEWhen the CD is ejected during play, the nextCD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )

2. Press the selection button for thedesired tray number while“Disc Ejecting” is displayed.

3. Remove the CD.

Multiple CD ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button( ).

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) again.

NOTEIf the button is not pressed and about fiveseconds have elapsed while “Disc Ejecting” isdisplaying, CDs are automatically ejected.

3. Remove the CD, then the next CD willbe ejected.

NOTEl CDs will be ejected starting from the one in

the tray with the lowest number.l All CDs in the trays will be ejected

continuously.l CDs can be ejected when the ignition is

switched off. Press and hold the CD ejectbutton ( ) to eject all CDs.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If the CD play button ( ) is pressedwhen a CD is not inserted and an externaldevice is not connected, “No Disc” isdisplayed.All of the following information isdisplayed during playback.

Music CD

The track number, elapsed time, albumname, artist name, and song name aredisplayed.

MP3/WMA CD

The folder number, track number, elapsedtime, folder name, album name, artistname, and song name are displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-67


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEIf the entire title cannot be displayed, “...” isadded at the end to the part of the title whichcan be displayed.If title information is not available,“NO TITLE” is displayed.If there are any undisplayable characters inthe title, “- - - - - - - -” is displayed.Some CDs cannot display information.

Pause

Press the Play/Pause button ( ).Press the button again to resumeplayback.


Fast-forward

Press and hold the track up button ( ).

Reverse

Press and hold the track down button( ).

Track search

Track up

Press the track up button ( ) or turn thefile dial clockwise.

Track down

Press the track down button ( ) or turnthe file dial counterclockwise.

Disc search

Press the selection button for the desiredtray number.


Folder up

Press the folder up button ( ).

Folder down

Press the folder down button ( ).

NOTEPress and hold the ( ) or ( ) button tocontinuously move up or down through thefolders.

Music scan


This function scans the titles on a CD andplays ten seconds of each song to aid youin finding a song you want to listen to.


This function scans the titles in a foldercurrently being played and plays tenseconds of each song to aid you in findinga song you want to listen to.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation.Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.


Repeat playback


1. Press selection button 1 duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “Repeat Track” isdisplayed.

2. Press selection button 1 again to cancelthe repeat playback.


(Track repeat)

1. Press selection button 1 duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “Repeat Track” isdisplayed.

6-68

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. Press selection button 1 twice to cancelthe repeat playback.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press selection button 1 twice duringplayback to play the tracks in thecurrent folder repeatedly.“Repeat Folder” is displayed.

2. Press selection button 1 again to cancelthe repeat playback.

Random playback



1. Press selection button 5 duringplayback to play the tracks in the CDrandomly. “Random Disc” is displayed.

2. Press selection button 5 again to cancelthe random playback.


(Folder random)

1. Press selection button 5 duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “Random Folder” isdisplayed.

2. Press selection button 5 twice to cancelthe random playback.

(All random)

1. Press selection button 5 twice duringplayback to play the tracks on the CDrandomly. “Random All” is displayed.

2. Press selection button 5 again to cancelthe random playback.

Display scroll

If each title cannot be fully displayed atone time, press the text button ( ) todisplay the rest of the characters.

If the last character of the title isdisplayed, press the text button ( )to return the beginning of the title.

Message display

If “Check Disc” is displayed, it means thatthere is a CD malfunction. Check the CDfor damage, dirt, or smudges, and thenproperly reinsert. If the message appearsagain, take the unit to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary Jack

You can connect portable audio units,such as an MP3 player or similar productson the market, to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers. Use a commercially-available,non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plugcable. Refer to Auxiliary Input (page6-74).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-69


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

Acquiring Signal

Depending on thesurrounding conditions(such as large trees, build-ings, or tunnels) and specialweather conditions,SIRIUS radio receptionmay be diminished ortemporarily interrupted.

Improve reception by moving away from possibleobstructions. If the error indication continues to display,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Antenna FailSatellite radio antennamalfunction

Check the satellite radio antenna, antenna cable andDLP antenna connector. If the error indication continuesto display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Check Disc

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indication continuesto display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationcontinues to display, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

NOTEIf a broken DLP* unit is replaced with a new unit, cancel the license for the broken unit and makesure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit. If the license for the broken unit is notcanceled, you will be charged a reception fee for both units.

* DLP: Down Link Processor (SATELLITE RADIO Module)

6-70

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Audio Control SwitchOperation

When the audio unit is turned on,operation of the audio unit from thesteering wheel is possible.

NOTEBecause the audio unit will be turned off underthe following conditions, the switches will beinoperable.l When the ignition is switched off.l When the power button on the audio unit is

pressed and the audio unit is turned off.l When the CD being played is ejected and

the audio unit is turned off.

Without Bluetooth® Hands-Free andnavigation system

With Bluetooth® Hands-Free only/Bluetooth® Hands-Free and navigationsystemUse the talk button, pick-up button, andhang-up button for navigation systemsound operation.For details, refer to the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner'sManual”.

Talk buttonPick-up button

Talk button

Hang-up button

Pick-up button

NOTEl The talk button, pick-up button, and hang-

up button are operable with the audio unitturned off.

l Mazda has installed this system to preventdistraction while driving the vehicle andusing audio controls on the dashboard.Always make safe driving your first priority.

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, press up thevolume switch.

To decrease the volume, press down thevolume switch.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-71


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


With Bluetooth® Hands-Free only/Bluetooth® Hands-Free and 7-inchnavigation system

qChanging the Source

(Type A)

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio → FM2radio → AM radio → CD player or CDchanger → AUX → BT audio →cyclical).

(Type B)

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio → FM2radio → AM radio → CD changer →SIRIUS1 → SIRIUS2→ SIRIUS3 →AUX → BT audio → cyclical).Without Bluetooth® Hands-Free andnavigation system

With Bluetooth® Hands-Free only/Bluetooth® Hands-Free and navigationsystem

6-72

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTECD, CD changer, SIRIUS digital satelliteradio, and BT audio modes cannot be selectedin the following cases:l SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit, or BT

audio unit is not equipped on the audiosystem.

l CD has not been inserted.The AUX mode is unavailable unless youconnect a commercially available portableaudio unit (such as an MP3 player) to theauxiliary jack. Connect a portable audio unitor similar product on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audio overthe vehicle's speakers. Change the audiosource to AUX mode (page 6-74).

qSeek Switch


With Bluetooth® Hands-Free only/Bluetooth® Hands-Free and navigationsystem

When listening to the radio or SIRIUSdigital satellite radio

Press the seek switch up or down. Theradio switches to the next/previous storedstation in the order that it was stored(1―6).

(Radio)Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to seek all usable stationsat a higher or lower frequency whetherprogrammed or not.(SIRIUS digital satellite radio)Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to seek all usable stationsat a higher or lower channel whetherprogrammed or not.

When playing a CD or BT audio

Press up the seek switch to skip to thenext track.Press down the seek switch to repeat thecurrent track.Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to continuously switch thetracks up or down.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-73


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qMute Switchí

Press the mute switch ( ) once to muteaudio, press it again to resume audiooutput.

NOTEIf the ignition is switched off with the audiomuted, the mute will be canceled.Therefore, when the engine is restarted, theaudio is not muted. To mute the audio again,press the mute switch ( ).


AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)You can connect portable audio units,such as an MP3 player or similar productson the market, to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers.A commercially-available, non-impedance(3.5 ) stereo mini plug cable is required.

Auxiliary jack

WARNINGDo not adjust the portable audio unitor a similar product while driving thevehicle:

Adjusting the portable audio unit ora similar product while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theportable audio unit or a similarproduct while the vehicle is stopped.

6-74

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONØ Close the lid when the auxiliary

jack is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids frompenetrating the auxiliary jack.

Ø Depending on the portable audiodevice, noise may occur whenusing the device with it connectedto the accessory socket equippedon the vehicle. (If noise occurs, donot use the accessory socket.)

NOTEl Before using the auxiliary jack, read the

manufacturer's instructions for the productbeing connected.

l Use a commercially-available, non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug forconnecting the portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliaryjack, read the manufacturer's instructionsfor connecting a portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack.

l To prevent discharging of the battery, donot use the auxiliary input for long periodswith the engine off or idling.

l Noise may occur depending on the productconnected to the auxiliary jack.

l With regard to connecting a portable audioor similar device to a power source, use thebattery for the device, not the accessorysocket.

Connecting the auxiliary jack

1. Open the console lid.

2. Pass the connection plug cord throughthe cutout of the console and insert theplug into the auxiliary jack.

Plug

WARNINGDo not allow the connection plug cordto get tangled with the parking brakeor the shift lever:

Allowing the plug cord to becometangled with the parking brake orthe shift lever is dangerous as itcould interfere with driving, resultingin an accident.

CAUTIONDo not place objects or apply force tothe auxiliary jack with the plugconnected.

NOTEl Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack

securely.l Insert or remove the plug with the plug

perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.l Insert or remove the plug by holding its

base.

To listen to a portable audio unit

1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

2. Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-75


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. (Type A)Press the AUX button ( ) of theaudio unit or the mode switch ( )of the audio control switches on thesteering wheel to change to the AUXmode.(Type B)Press the AUX button ( ) of theaudio unit or the mode switch ( )of the audio control switches on thesteering wheel to change to the AUXmode.

Audio Unit Audio Control Switches

NOTEl Set the volume of the portable audio unit to

the maximum within the range that thesound does not become distorted, thenadjust the volume using the power/volumedial of the audio unit or the up/down switchof the audio control switch.

l Audio adjustments other than audio volumecan only be done using the portable audiodevice.

l If the connection plug is pulled out from theauxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noisemay occur.

6-76

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Safety CertificationThis CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCCrequirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services.

CAUTIONØ This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified

service personnel.If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than thosespecified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CDplayer with the top case of the unit removed.

Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

NOTEFor CD player section:This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-77


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Bluetooth® Audio (Type A)í


Audio control dial

AUX button


Track up button

Track down button

Play/Pause button

qWhat is Bluetooth® Audio?

Bluetooth® audio outline

By programming portable audio devicesequipped with the Bluetooth®

communication function to the vehicle'sBluetooth® unit, you can listen to musicor audio recorded on these audio devicesfrom the vehicle's speakers. Bluetooth®

audio devices do not need to be pluggedinto the auxiliary jack.After programming, operate the audiosystem's control panel or the navigationsystem to play/stop the music or audio.

CAUTIONØ Always program audio devices to

the Bluetooth® audio systemwhile the vehicle is stopped.

6-78

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Bluetooth® Audio (Type A)


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Ø Because only specified Bluetooth®

audio devices can be used, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer whenpurchasing or changing devices.Bluetooth® audio devices whichcorrespond to specifiedBluetooth® versions and profilescan be Bluetooth®-connected tothe vehicle's Bluetooth® unit.However, even among thesedevices are ones which cannot beBluetooth®-connected or havelimited functionality. Each deviceto be used with the vehicle'sBluetooth® unit needs to bechecked individually forcompatibility. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealerconcerning device compatibility.Ø U.S.A.

Phone: 800-430-0153Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Ø CanadaPhone: 800-430-0153Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca

Ø MexicoCenter of Attention to Client(CAC)Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDAWeb: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Applicable Bluetooth® specificationVer. 2.0 or higher

Audio profile

l A2DP (Advanced Audio DistributionProfile) Ver. 1.0

l AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote ControlProfile) Ver. 1.0

A2DP is a profile which transmits onlyaudio to the Bluetooth® unit. If yourBluetooth® audio device corresponds onlyto A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannotoperate it using the control panel of thevehicle's audio or navigation systems. Inthis case, the Bluetooth® audio device canbe operated by controlling the deviceitself, the same as when a portable audiosystem without the Bluetooth®

communication function is connected tothe AUX terminal.

Function A2DP A2DP·AVRCP

Playback No Yes

Pause No Yes

File (Track)up/down No Yes

Yes: AvailableNo: Not available

NOTEl It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth®

audio device if it is placed anywheretransmission is compromised, such asinside a metal container or the trunk. Movethe Bluetooth® audio device to a locationwhere transmission is possible.

l Battery consumption of Bluetooth® audiodevices is higher while Bluetooth®-connected.

l If a non-Bluetooth® device is to be used, acommercially-available Bluetooth® adapteris required. When playing an audio devicewith a Bluetooth® adapter installed,programming of the audio device may notbe possible or audio may not be heard fromthe vehicle speakers if the connection of theadapter and the device is poor. If thishappens, check if the Bluetooth® adapter isproperly connected.

Interior Comfort


6-79


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qBluetooth® Audio Preparation

Bluetooth® audio device set-up

Bluetooth® audio programming, changes,deletions, and display of programmeddevice information can be performed.

1. The mode changes as follows eachtime the audio control dial is pressed.Select “BT SETUP”.

*

*

*

*

* Depending on the mode selected, theindication changes.

2. Turn the audio control dial and select adesired mode.

Display Mode Function

PAIR DEVICEPairingprogram mode

Bluetooth® audiodevice programming

LINK CHANGELink changemode

Changing linkto Bluetooth®

audio device

PAIR DELETEPairingdeletion mode

Deleting linkto Bluetooth®

audio device

DEVICE INFODeviceinformationdisplay mode

Displayingvehicle'sBluetooth®

unitinformation

3. Press the audio control dial todetermine the mode.

Bluetooth® audio device programming

Any Bluetooth® audio device must beprogrammed to the vehicle's Bluetooth®

unit before it can be listened to over thevehicle's speakers.A maximum of seven devices includingBluetooth® audio devices and hands-freemobile phones can be programmed to onevehicle.

6-80

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl Always perform Bluetooth® audio device

programming while the vehicle is stopped.l If a Bluetooth® device has already been

programmed to the vehicle as a hands-freemobile phone, it does not need to beprogrammed again when using the deviceas a Bluetooth® audio device. Conversely, itdoes not need to be programmed again as ahands-free mobile phone if it has alreadybeen programmed as a Bluetooth® audiodevice.

l Look around to be sure other likelyBluetooth® audio devices are not in rangewhen you start to program. If in doubt,move your car to another location. Thetransmission range of a Bluetooth® audiodevice is about 10 m (32 ft). Therefore, ifthere is another Bluetooth® audio devicewithin a 10 m (32 ft) radius of the vehicle,the device may be identified andprogrammed instead.

l Device registration can also be done usingvoice recognition (page 6-100).

Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth®

audio device itself, refer to its instructionmanual.Some Bluetooth® audio devices have PINcodes (four digits). Refer to the audiodevice's instruction manual because theprogramming procedure differs dependingon whether it has a PIN code or not.

Programming a Bluetooth® audiodevice which has a four-digit PIN code

1. Using the audio control dial, select thepairing program mode“PAIR DEVICE” in the “BT SETUP”mode. (Refer to “Bluetooth® audiodevice set-up” for details.)

2. Press the audio control dial todetermine the mode.After “ENTER PIN” is displayed onthe information display for threeseconds, “PIN 0000” is displayed andthe PIN code can be input.

3. Input the PIN code of your Bluetooth®

audio device by pressing channelpreset buttons 1 to 4 while “PIN 0000”is displayed.Press channel preset button 1 to inputthe first digit, 2 for the second, 3 forthe third, and 4 for the forth. Forexample, if the PIN code were “4213”,press channel preset button 1 fourtimes (1, 2, 3, 4), button 2 twice (1, 2),button 3 once (1), and button 4 threetimes (1, 2, 3). If the “PIN 0000”display disappears before finishing thePIN code input, repeat the procedurefrom Step 1.

NOTESome devices accept only a particular pairingcode (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).If pairing cannot be completed, refer to theowner's manual of your mobile device, and trythose numbers if necessary.

4. Press the audio control dial while theinput PIN code is displayed.“PAIRING” flashes on the display.

5. Operate the Bluetooth® audio deviceand set it to the program mode while“PAIRING” is flashing.

6. When the programming is completed,“ ” and “PAIR SUCCESS” aredisplayed after about 10-30 seconds,after which “PAIR SUCCESS”continues to be displayed for threeseconds, and then the unit returns to thenormal display.

Interior Comfort


6-81


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl Some Bluetooth® audio devices need a

certain amount of time before the “ ”

symbol is displayed.l If the programming failed, “Err” flashes

for three seconds then it returns to“PAIR DEVICE”.

l Programming cannot be performed whilethe vehicle is moving. If you attempt toperform programming while the vehicle ismoving, “PAIR DISABLE” is displayed andit returns to “PAIR DEVICE”.

l If seven Bluetooth® audio devices havealready been programmed to the vehicle,programming cannot be performed and“MEMORY FULL” is displayed. Deleteone programmed device to programanother one.

Programming a Bluetooth® audiodevice which does not have a four-digitPIN code

1. Using the audio control dial, select thepairing program mode“PAIR DEVICE” in the “BT SETUP”mode. (Refer to “Bluetooth® audio setup” for details.)

2. Press the audio control dial todetermine the mode.After “ENTER PIN” is displayed onthe information display for threeseconds, “PIN 0000” is displayed andthe PIN code can be input.

3. Press the audio control dial while“PIN 0000” is displayed.“PAIRING” flashes on the display.

4. Operate the Bluetooth® audio deviceand set it to the program mode while“PAIRING” is flashing.

5. As the Bluetooth® audio devicerequires a PIN code, input “0000”.

6. When the programming is completed,“ ” and “PAIR SUCCESS” aredisplayed after about 10-30 seconds,after which “PAIR SUCCESS”continues to be displayed for threeseconds, and then the unit returns to thenormal display.

NOTEl If pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”

instead. Refer to the owner's manual ofyour mobile device for the right PIN code.

l Some Bluetooth® audio devices need acertain amount of time before the “ ”

symbol is displayed.l If the programming failed, “Err” flashes

for three seconds then it returns to“PAIR DEVICE”.

l Programming cannot be performed whilethe vehicle is moving. If you attempt toperform programming while the vehicle ismoving, “PAIR DISABLE” is displayed andit returns to “PAIR DEVICE”.

l If seven Bluetooth® audio devices havealready been programmed to the vehicle,programming cannot be performed and“MEMORY FULL” is displayed. Deleteone programmed device to programanother one.

6-82

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Changing the link to a Bluetooth®

audio device

If several devices have been programmed,the Bluetooth® unit links the device lastprogrammed. If you would like to link adifferent programmed device, it isnecessary to change the link. The order ofdevice priority after the link has beenchanged is maintained even when theignition is switched off.

1. Using the audio control dial, select thelink change mode “LINK CHANGE”in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to“Bluetooth® audio device set-up” fordetails.)


3. The name of the currently linkedBluetooth® audio device is displayed.If no Bluetooth® audio device iscurrently linked, the name of the firstdevice among the programmed devicesis displayed.

4. Turn the audio control dial to select thename of the device you would like tolink.

Device name 1

Device name 2

Device name 3

Device name 4

Device name 5

Device name 6

Device name 7

5. Press the audio control dial to select thedevice you would like to link.The “ ” symbol disappears, and“PAIRING” flashes in the display.

NOTEWhen “GO BACK” is selected and the audiocontrol dial is pressed, the display returns to“LINK CHANGE”.

6. If the link to the desired device issuccessful, the “ ” symbol isdisplayed again, together with“LINK CHANGED”.“LINK CHANGED” is displayed forthree seconds, then it returns to thenormal display.

Interior Comfort


6-83


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



symbol is displayed.l If a hands-free type mobile phone has been

the most recently programmed device, theBluetooth® unit links this device. If youwould like to use a Bluetooth® audio typedevice which has been previouslyprogrammed to the Bluetooth® unit, the linkmust be changed to this device.

l If an error occurs while trying to link adevice, “Err” flashes in the display forthree seconds, and the display returns to“LINK CHANGE”. If this occurs, check theprogramming status of the Bluetooth®

audio device and the location of the devicein the vehicle (not in the trunk or a metal-type box), and then try the link operationagain.

l Device selection can also be done usingvoice recognition (page 6-112).

How to confirm the device currentlylinked

Switch to the link-change mode. (Refer to“Changing the link to a Bluetooth® audiodevice”)The device name displayed first is thedevice which is currently linked.

Deleting the link to a Bluetooth® audiodevice

1. Using the audio control dial, select thepairing delete mode “PAIR DELETE”in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to“Bluetooth® audio device set-up” fordetails.)


3. The name of the first device among theprogrammed devices is displayed.

4. Rotate the audio control dial and selectthe name of the programmed deviceyou would like to delete.

Device name 1

Device name 2

Device name 3

Device name 4

Device name 5

Device name 6

Device name 7

NOTEOnly the names of programmed devices can bedisplayed. If only one device is programmed,only the name for this device is displayed.

5. If a selection other than “GO BACK”is made and the audio control dial ispressed, “SURE ? NO” is displayed.

6. Rotate the audio control dial clockwiseand switch the display to “SURE ?YES”.

NOTEThe display changes as follows depending onwhether the audio control dial is rotatedclockwise or counterclockwise.-Clockwise: “SURE ? YES” displayed-Counterclockwise: “SURE ? NO” displayed

6-84

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

7. Press the audio control dial to deletethe selected device.

NOTESelect “GO BACK” and press the audiocontrol dial to return to the “PAIR DELETE”display.

8. “PAIR DELETED” is displayed forthree seconds after the deletion iscompleted, and then it returns to thenormal display.

NOTEIf an error occurs while trying to delete theprogrammed device, “Err” flashes in thedisplay for three seconds and the displayreturns to “LINK DELETE”.

Bluetooth® audio device informationdisplay

1. Using the audio control dial, select thepair device information display mode“DEVICE INFO” in the “BT SETUP”mode. (Refer to “Bluetooth® audiodevice set-up” for details.)


3. The name of the Bluetooth® unitdevice is displayed.

4. Rotate the audio control dial to selectthe information for the Bluetooth® unitwhich you would like to view.

Device name

BT address

NOTEWhen “GO BACK” is selected and the audiocontrol dial is pressed, the display returns to“DEVICE INFO”.

qHow to Use the Bluetooth®Audio System

Switching to Bluetooth® audio mode

To listen to music or voice audio recordedto a Bluetooth® audio device, switch tothe Bluetooth® audio mode to operate theaudio device using the audio system ornavigation system control panels.Any Bluetooth® audio device must beprogrammed to the vehicle's Bluetooth®

unit before it can be used. (Refer to“Bluetooth® audio device programming”)


2. Turn on the Bluetooth® audio device'spower.Make sure that the “ ” symbol isdisplayed in the information display.The symbol is not displayed if anunprogrammed Bluetooth® audiodevice is being used or the vehicle'sBluetooth® unit has a malfunction.

Interior Comfort


6-85


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTESome Bluetooth® audio devices need a certainamount of time before the “ ” symbol isdisplayed.

3. Press the AUX button ( ) to switchthe Bluetooth® audio mode to “BT”.

4. The audio recorded to the Bluetooth®

audio device begins playback.

NOTEl If the Bluetooth® audio device does not

begin playback, press the Play/Pausebutton ( ).

l If the mode is switched from Bluetooth®

audio mode to another mode (radio mode),audio playback from the Bluetooth® audiodevice stops.

l If a call is received on a hands-free mobilephone during playback from the Bluetooth®

audio device, the playback is stopped.Playback from the Bluetooth® audio deviceresumes after the call ends.

Playback

1. To listen to a Bluetooth® audio deviceover the vehicle's speaker system,switch the mode to Bluetooth® audiomode. (Refer to “Switching toBluetooth® audio mode”)

2. To stop playback, press the Play/Pausebutton ( ).

3. Press the button again to resumeplayback.

Selecting a file (track)

Short-press the track down button ( ):Selects the beginning of the current file(track).Short-press the track up button ( ):Selects the next file (track).

6-86

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Bluetooth® Audio (Type B)í

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Track up button

Selection button 3

Selection button 4

Manual tuning dial/Enter button/Text button

Track down button

Play/Pause button

AUX button

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Return button

qWhat is Bluetooth® Audio?

Bluetooth® audio outline

By programming portable audio devicesequipped with the Bluetooth®

communication function to the vehicle'sBluetooth® unit, you can listen to musicor audio recorded on these audio devicesfrom the vehicle's speakers. Bluetooth®

audio devices do not need to be pluggedinto the auxiliary jack.After programming, operate the audiosystem's control panel to play/stop themusic or audio.

CAUTIONØ Always program audio devices to

the Bluetooth® audio systemwhile the vehicle is stopped.

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth® Audio (Type B)

6-87íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Ø Because only specified Bluetooth®

audio devices can be used, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer whenpurchasing or changing devices.Bluetooth® audio devices whichcorrespond to specifiedBluetooth® versions and profilescan be Bluetooth®-connected tothe vehicle's Bluetooth® unit.However, even among thesedevices are ones which cannot beBluetooth®-connected or havelimited functionality. Each deviceto be used with the vehicle'sBluetooth® unit needs to bechecked individually forcompatibility. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealerconcerning device compatibility.Ø U.S.A.



Ø MexicoCenter of Attention to Client(CAC)Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDAWeb: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Applicable Bluetooth® specification

Ver. 2.0 or higher

Audio profile


l AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote ControlProfile) Ver. 1.0/1.3

A2DP is a profile which transmits onlyaudio to the Bluetooth® unit. If yourBluetooth® audio device corresponds onlyto A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannotoperate it using the control panel of thevehicle's audio system. In this case, theBluetooth® audio device can be operatedby controlling the device itself, the sameas when a portable audio system withoutthe Bluetooth® communication function isconnected to the AUX terminal.

Function A2DPA2DP·AVRCP

Ver. 1.0 Ver. 1.3

Playback No Yes Yes

Pause No Yes Yes

File (Track)up/down

No Yes Yes

Reverse No No Yes

Fast-forward No No Yes

Text display No No Yes

Yes: AvailableNo: Not available

6-88

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl The system may not operate normally

depending on the Bluetooth® audio device.l To make sure that your Bluetooth® audio

device is Ver. 1.0 or 1.3, refer to theOwner's Manual for the Bluetooth® audiodevice.

l It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth®

audio device if it is placed in a locationwhere transmission is compromised, suchas inside a metal container or the trunk.Move the Bluetooth® audio device to alocation where transmission is possible.

l The battery consumption of Bluetooth®

audio devices is higher while Bluetooth®-connected.

l If a non-Bluetooth® device is to be used, acommercially-available Bluetooth® adapteris required. When playing an audio devicewith a Bluetooth® adapter installed,programming of the audio device may notbe possible or audio may not be heard fromthe vehicle speakers if the connection of theadapter and the device is poor. If thishappens, check whether the Bluetooth®

adapter is properly connected.

qBluetooth® Audio Preparation

Bluetooth® audio device set-up

Bluetooth® audio programming, changes,deletions, and display of programmeddevice information can be performed.

Bluetooth® audio device programming

Any Bluetooth® audio device must beprogrammed to the vehicle's Bluetooth®

unit before it can be listened to over thevehicle's speakers.A maximum of seven devices includingBluetooth® audio devices and hands-freemobile phones can be programmed to onevehicle.

NOTEl Always perform Bluetooth® audio device

programming while the vehicle is stopped.l Programming cannot be performed while

the vehicle is moving. If you attempt toperform programming while the vehicle ismoving, “Pairing prohibited” is displayed.

l A total of seven devices can be programmedto one vehicle. If you require an additionaldevice to be programmed to a vehicle withseven devices already programmed, deleteone of the programmed devices beforeprogramming the latest one.

l If a Bluetooth® device has already beenprogrammed to the vehicle as a hands-freemobile phone, it does not need to beprogrammed again when using the deviceas a Bluetooth® audio device. Conversely, itdoes not need to be programmed again as ahands-free mobile phone if it has alreadybeen programmed as a Bluetooth® audiodevice.

l Look around to be sure other likelyBluetooth® audio devices are not in rangewhen you start to program. If in doubt,move your car to another location. Thetransmission range of a Bluetooth® audiodevice is about 10 m (32 ft). Therefore, ifthere is another Bluetooth® audio devicewithin a 10 m (32 ft) radius of the vehicle,the device may be identified andprogrammed instead.


Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth®

audio device itself, refer to its instructionmanual.Some Bluetooth® audio devices have PINcodes (four digits). Refer to the audiodevice's instruction manual because theprogramming procedure differs dependingon whether it has a PIN code or not.

Interior Comfort


6-89


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Programming a Bluetooth® audiodevice which has a PIN code (fourdigits)

1. Press selection button 2 to display theBluetooth® audio setting menu screen.

2. Press selection button 2 again todisplay the pairing program screen.

3. “Enter Pin:0000” and“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to changecode. Select “OK” when complete.” aredisplayed for input of the PIN code.

4. Turn the manual tuning dial to selectthe specified number for theBluetooth® audio device and press theenter button ( ) to input thenumber.

NOTESome devices accept only a particular pairingcode (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).If pairing cannot be completed, refer to theowner's manual of your mobile device, and trythose numbers if necessary.

5. After inputting the four digits, turn themanual tuning dial and select “OK”,and then press the enter button( ) to set the four digits anddisplay “Pairing is in progress. Pleasestart pairing procedure on yourBluetooth® device. Use the PIN“xxxx”.”.

NOTEPress the return button ( ) to returnto the pairing program screen.

6. Operate the Bluetooth® audio deviceand set it to the program mode while“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetooth®

device. Use the PIN “xxxx”.” isdisplayed.

7. When the pairing programming iscompleted, a “ ” symbol and“Pairing complete” are displayed, andthen the display returns to the normaldisplay.If an error occurs during programpairing, “Error” is displayed and thedisplay returns to the pairing programscreen.


Programming a Bluetooth® audiodevice which does not have a PIN code(four digits)


2. Press selection button 2 again todisplay the pairing program screen.


4. Turn the manual tuning dial and select“OK”, and then press the enter button( ) to set the four digits anddisplay “Pairing is in progress. Pleasestart pairing procedure on yourBluetooth® device. Use the PIN“0000”.”.


6-90

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

5. Operate the Bluetooth® audio deviceand set it to the program mode while“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetooth®

device. Use the PIN “0000”.” isdisplayed.

6. The Bluetooth® audio device willrequest input of a PIN code. Input“0000”.

7. When the pairing programming iscompleted, a “ ” symbol and“Pairing complete” are displayed, andthen it returns to the normal display.If an error occurs during programpairing, “Error” is displayed and thedisplay returns to the pairing programscreen.

NOTEl If pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”

instead. Refer to the owner's manual ofyour mobile device for the right PIN code.

l Some Bluetooth® audio devices need acertain amount of time before the “ ”

symbol is displayed.


audio device


NOTEl If a hands-free type mobile phone has been

the most recently programmed device, theBluetooth® unit links this device. If youwould like to use a Bluetooth® audio typedevice which has been previouslyprogrammed to the Bluetooth® unit, the linkmust be changed to this device.

l If the device name cannot be displayed,“...” is added at the end to the part of thetitle which can be displayed.

Changing the link to only a Bluetooth®

audio device


2. Press selection button 3 to display thelink change screen and the currentpairing programming device name.

3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or7 to select the name of the device youwould like to change.The “ ” symbol disappears, and thedevice name and“Connection is in progress.” aredisplayed.

NOTEPress the return button ( ) to returnto the link change screen.

4. When the link change is completed, a“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” aredisplayed, and then it returns to thenormal display.If an error occurs while trying to link adevice, “Error” is displayed and thedisplay returns to the link changescreen.

Interior Comfort


6-91


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



symbol is displayed.l If a link change error occurs, check the

programming status of the Bluetooth®



Hands-Free and Bluetooth® audiodevice



3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or7 to select the name of the device youwould like to change.

4. The device name and“Please Select Device” are displayed.

5. Press selection button 3 to select“Audio”. The “ ” symbol disappears,and then “Connection is in progress.”is displayed.


6. When the link change is completed, a“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” aredisplayed, and then it returns to thenormal display.If an error occurs while trying tochange the link, “Error” is displayed,and then it returns to the link changescreen.



symbol is displayed.l If a link change error occurs, check the



Deleting the link to a Bluetooth® audiodevice

NOTEIf the device name and Bluetooth® addresscannot be displayed, “...” is added at the endto the part of the title which can be displayed.


2. Press selection button 4 to display thepair link deletion screen and the currentpairing programming device name.

3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or7 to select the name of the device youwould like to delete.

4. The link delete confirmation screen isdisplayed, and then“Delete select device?”, the devicename, and the Bluetooth® address aredisplayed.

5. Press selection button 1 to delete theselected device.

NOTEPress the return button ( ) to returnto the previous display.

6-92

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

6. When the link deletion is completed,“Deleted” is displayed, and then itreturns to the normal display.If an error occurs while trying to deletethe link, “Error” is displayed, and thenit returns to the link deletion screen.

NOTEIf a device is deleted while it is being linked,linking to other devices will not be possible.

Bluetooth® audio device informationdisplay


2. Press selection button 6 to display thedevice information display screen.If the device information is available,the device name and Bluetooth®

address are displayed, and then itreturns to the Bluetooth® audio settingmenu screen.If the device information is notavailable,“Failed to obtain device information.”is displayed, and then it returns to theBluetooth® audio setting menu screen.


qHow to Use the Bluetooth®Audio System

Switching to Bluetooth® audio mode

To listen to music or voice audio recordedto a Bluetooth® audio device, switch tothe Bluetooth® audio mode to operate theaudio device using the audio systemcontrol panel.Any Bluetooth® audio device must beprogrammed to the vehicle's Bluetooth®

unit before it can be used. (Refer to“Bluetooth® audio device programming”)


2. Turn on the Bluetooth® audio device'spower.Make sure that the “ ” symbol isdisplayed in the audio unit screen.The symbol is not displayed if anunprogrammed Bluetooth® audiodevice is being used or the vehicle'sBluetooth® unit has a malfunction.


3. Press the AUX button ( ) toswitch the Bluetooth® audio mode.

4. The audio recorded to the Bluetooth®

audio device begins playback.

Interior Comfort


6-93


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl If the Bluetooth® audio device does not

begin playback, press the Play/Pausebutton ( ).

l If the mode is switched from Bluetooth®

audio mode to another mode (radio mode),audio playback from the Bluetooth® audiodevice stops.

l If a call is received on a hands-free mobilephone during playback from the Bluetooth®

audio device, the playback is stopped.Playback from the Bluetooth® audio deviceresumes after the call ends.

Playback

Press the AUX button ( ) to switchthe Bluetooth® audio mode and startplayback.

NOTEIf the Bluetooth® audio device does not beginplayback, press the Play/Pause button ( ).

If the current device is lower thanAVRCP Ver. 1.3:

“Bluetooth-Audio” is displayed.

If the current device is AVRCP Ver. 1.3:

“Bluetooth-Audio”, track number, elapsedtime, album name, artist name, and songname are displayed.

NOTEl If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...”

is added at the end to the part of the titlewhich can be displayed.

l If title information is not available,“NO TITLE” is displayed.

l If there are any undisplayable characters inthe title, “- - - - - - - -” is displayed.

Pause

Press the Play/Pause button ( ).Press the button again to resumeplayback.

File (track) search

File (track) up

Press the track up button ( ) or turn thefile dial clockwise.

File (track) down

Press the track down button ( ) or turnthe file dial counterclockwise.

Fast-forward/Reverse (only AVRCPVer. 1.3)

Fast-forward

Press and hold the track up button ( ).

Reverse

Press and hold the track down button( ).

Display scroll

If each title cannot be fully displayed atone time, press the text button ( ) todisplay the rest of the characters.If the last character of the title isdisplayed, press the text button ( )to return the beginning of the title.

6-94

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Bluetooth® Hands-Freeí

qWhat is Bluetooth® Hands-Free?

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Outline

By connecting a Bluetooth® equippeddevice (Mobile phone) to the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle, making andreceiving calls is possible using the talkbutton, pick-up button and hang-up buttonlocated on the steering wheel, and sayingthe voice commands.

WARNINGPerform phonebook registration relatedoperations while the vehicle is parked:

Performing phonebook registrationwhile driving the vehicle could be adistraction to your driving and resultin an accident. In addition, a mistakein performing the phonebookoperation could result in the loss ofimportant data.

Bluetooth® equipped device (Mobilephone)

A Bluetooth® equipped device (Mobilephone) communicates with the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle using radiotransmission (Bluetooth®).For example, if the device (Mobile phone)is placed in a coat pocket, the phone callscan be made through your mobile servicewithout taking out and handling thedevice (Mobile phone).

CAUTIONThe types of devices (Mobile phone)which can be connected to thehands-free unit are limited.Therefore, before purchasing orchanging your device (Mobile phone)model, consult Mazda Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Customer Service or visitwww.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for acomplete list of compatible phones.Devices (Mobile phone) which can beconnected to the hands-free systemneed to be compliant withBluetooth® specifications and theappropriate profile. However, evenamong these Bluetooth® devices(Mobile phone) are some which willnot connect with your Mazda or willhave limited function. Therefore,consult Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Free Customer Service forinformation regarding device (Mobilephone) compatibility:Ø U.S.A.



Ø MexicoCenter of Attention to Client (CAC)Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDAWeb: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Applicable Bluetooth® specificationVer. 2.0 or higherResponse profilel HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.5l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)Ver. 1.1

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth® Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)

6-95íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)Ver. 1.0


l OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1

NOTEl The Bluetooth® Hands-Free system is

operable several seconds after the ignitionis switched to ACC or ON (requires lessthan 15 seconds).

l If the ignition is switched off during ahands-free call, the line is transferred to thedevice (Mobile phone) automatically.

l If the device (Mobile phone) is in a locationwhere radio reception is difficult such as ametal container or in the trunk, the call maynot be connected using Bluetooth®. Ifcommunication is not possible, change thelocation of the device (Mobile phone).

qComponent Parts

Bluetooth® Hands-Free consists of thefollowing items:l Talk buttonl Pick-up buttonl Hang-up buttonl Information display (Type A/Navigation system)

l Microphonel Audio unit/Navigation system

Talk button, Pick-Up button and Hang-Up button

Basic functions of Bluetooth® Hands-Freecan be used for such things as makingcalls or hanging up using the talk button,pick-up button and hang-up button on thesteering wheel.

Talk buttonPick-up button

Talk button

Hang-up button

Pick-up button

Talk button operations

A short press or a long press of the talkbutton is used to operate the system asfollows:l Short press (Press the button less than0.7 sec.)

l Long press (Press the button 0.7 sec. ormore.)

6-96

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Information display (Type A/Navigation system)

When available, the information displayshows telephone numbers, Bluetooth®

Hands-Free messages, and operationstatus.

Bluetooth phone connected

Microphone

The microphone is used for speakingvoice commands or exchangingconversation.

Microphone

Audio unit/Navigation system

The audio unit or navigation system isused for adjusting the volume.

qVoice

To prevent the deterioration in voicerecognition rate and voice quality, thefollowing points must be observed:l It is not necessary to face themicrophone or approach it. Speak thevoice commands while maintaining asafe driving position.

l Close the windows and/or themoonroof to reduce loud noises fromoutside the vehicle, or turn down theairflow of the climate control systemwhile Bluetooth® Hands-Free is beingused. Voice recognition may notfunction correctly or voice quality maydeteriorate under the followingconditions.l A passenger is speaking.l Driving with the window and/or the

moonroof open.l Driving on bumpy roads.l Noise outside of the vehicle is loud.

(Construction sites, inside tunnels,excess oncoming traffic, or heavyrain.)

l Operation noise from turn signals,wipers, or the horn is heard.

l A/C airflow is strong or wind isblowing on the microphone.

l There is noise coming from cargoloaded in the vehicle.

l Voice commands may not berecognized depending on the voice. Ifthe voice commands are not recognizedcorrectly, repeat the commands in alouder voice, at a natural pace, as ifspeaking to another person.

l Dialects or different wording other thanhands-free prompts cannot berecognized by voice recognition. Speakin the wording specified by the voicecommands.

Interior Comfort


6-97


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEIf the voice recognition performance is notsatisfactory, refer to “Voice RecognitionLearning Function (Speaker Enrollment)”(page 6-117).

Please be aware that the voice recognitionmay still make an error despite followingthe above points.

qFunction Restrictions WhileUsing Bluetooth® Hands-Free

Some functions are limited whileBluetooth® Hands-Free is being used.They include:l Beep sound and voice guidance relatedto the audio unit and navigation systemare not heard.

l Beep sound related to the A/Coperation is not heard.

l The navigation system's voicerecognition command does notfunction.

qHow to Use This Section

Descriptions in the text are as follows:Say: Voice commands to be spoken byyou.Prompt: Voice guidance output from thespeaker.

NOTESay voice commands after the beep sound[Beep] is heard.

Example)Say: [Beep] “Dial”Prompt: “Number, please”Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

Bluetooth® Hands-Free ActivationMethod

Press the pick-up button (with/withoutnavigation system) or talk button with ashort press (without navigation system) ora long press (with navigation system).

NOTEFor vehicles with the navigation system, youcan also press the talk button with a shortpress and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or“Phone”.

The hands-free system is activated.Functions of the hands-free telephone,such as making and receiving calls, can beused after the activation. (For details onthe telephone functions, refer to “BasicBluetooth® Hands-Free Operation” or“Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem”.)

NOTEFor vehicles with a navigation system, thesystem operates by speaking the voicerecognition command of the navigation systemafter pressing the talk button with a shortpress. For voice recognition details with thenavigation system, refer to the separate“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's Manual”.

Tutorial

The tutorial explains how to useBluetooth® Hands-Free.To activate the tutorial, do the following:

1. Press the pick-up button (with/withoutnavigation system) or talk button witha short press (without navigationsystem) or a long press (withnavigation system).

6-98

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


2. Say: [Beep] “Tutorial”

3. Follow the prompts to receive theappropriate voice guidanceinstructions.

qUseful Commands at Anytime,Convenient Operations

Help function use

The help function informs the user of allthe available voice commands under thecurrent conditions.

1. Press the talk button with a short press.

2. Say: [Beep] “Help”

3. Follow the prompts to receive theappropriate voice guidanceinstructions.

Cancel

The Bluetooth® Hands-Free systemtransitions to standby status if thefollowing operation is performed whilethe system is activating.Press the hang-up button, or the talkbutton with a long press.

Returning to previous operation

This command is for returning to theprevious operation while in the voicerecognition mode.Say: [Beep] “Go Back”

Voice guidance interrupt operation

Voice guidance can be skipped bypressing the talk button with a short presswhile it is being heard. A new voice inputcommand can then be spoken by the user.

Voice recognition mode cancel

If you want to cancel the voicerecognition mode during a call, the voicerecognition mode can be canceled withouthaving to end the call.Press the talk button with a long press.

Interior Comfort


6-99


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Basic Bluetooth® Hands-Free Operation

qBluetooth® Hands-Free Preparation

Language setting

The available languages are English,Spanish, and Canadian French. If thelanguage setting is changed, all of thevoice guidance and voice inputcommands are done in the selectedlanguage.

NOTEl If the language setting is changed, device

registration is maintained.Phonebook records are not cleared, buteach language has a separate phonebook.Therefore, entries created in one languagewill need to be re-entered in the phonebookof the new language.

l Do these steps before you start driving.These less used functions are toodistracting to undertake while driving untilyou are fully familiar with the system.

Method 1



2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,language, passcode, select phone orselect music player.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Language”

5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,French, or Spanish.”

6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak thedesired language: “English”, “French”or “Spanish”)

NOTEOther language settings can also be madewhile in the current setting by saying the nameof the language in the native pronunciation.

7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected. Is this correct?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

9. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching toFrench phonebook. French selected.”(Spoken in the newly selectedlanguage).

Method 2



2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desiredlanguage: “English”, “French”, or“Spanish”.) (Change the desiredlanguage by saying the languagename.)

NOTEOther language settings can also be madewhile in the current setting by saying the nameof the language in the native pronunciation.

6-100

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. Prompt: “Would you like to changethe language to French (Desiredlanguage)?”


5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching toFrench phonebook. French selected.”(Spoken in the newly selectedlanguage).

Pairing code setting

The 4-digit pairing code setting forregistration of your cell phone (pairing)can be set beforehand.

NOTEThe initial setting value is “0000”.





4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”

5. Prompt: “Available options are: Pair,Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing Code.”

6. Say: [Beep] “Set pairing code”

7. Prompt: “Your current pairing code isXXXX. Do you want to change it to adifferent pairing code?”


9. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairingcode.”

10. Say: [Beep] “YYYY”

11. Prompt: “YYYY is this correct?”

12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”

13. If “Yes”, go to Step 14. If “No”, theprocedure returns to Step 9.

14. Prompt: “Your new pairing code isYYYY. Use this pairing code whenpairing devices to the Hands freesystem. Do you want to pair a devicenow?”


16. If “Yes”, the system switches to thedevice registration mode. If “No”, thesystem returns to standby status.

Device programming (Pairing)

To use Bluetooth® Hands-Free, the deviceequipped with Bluetooth® has to beprogrammed to the hands-free unit usingthe following procedure.A maximum of seven devices includinghands-free mobile phones and Bluetooth®

audio devices can be programmed to onevehicle.

Interior Comfort


6-101


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl A device can be programmed only when the

vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts tomove, the pairing procedure will end.Programming is dangerous while driving -pair up your device before you startdriving. Park the car in a safe place beforeprogramming.

l If a Bluetooth® device has already beenprogrammed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth®

audio device, it does not need to beprogrammed again when using the deviceas a hands-free mobile phone. Conversely,it does not need to be programmed again asa Bluetooth® audio device if it has alreadybeen programmed as a hands-free mobilephone.

l Since the communication range of aBluetooth® equipped device is about 10meters (32 ft), if a device is placed within a10-meter (32 ft) radius of the vehicle, it maybe detected/programmed unintentionallywhile another device is being programmed.

1. Activate the Bluetooth® application ofthe device.

NOTEFor the operation of the device, refer to itsinstruction manual.







7. Say: [Beep] “Pair”

8. Prompt: “Start the pairing process onyour Bluetooth® device. Your pairingcode is 0000 (XXXX). Input this codeon your Bluetooth® device whenprompted on the device. See devicemanual for instructions.”

9. Using the device, perform a search forthe Bluetooth® device (Peripheraldevice).

NOTEFor the operation of the device, refer to itsinstruction manual.

10. Select “Mazda” from the device listsearched by the device.

11. Input the 4-digit pairing code to thedevice.

12. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice after the beep.”

13. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Speak a“device tag”, an arbitrary name forthe device.)Example: “Stan's device.”

NOTESpeak a programmed “device tag” within 10seconds.If more than two devices are to beprogrammed, they cannot be programmed withthe same or similar “device tag”.

6-102

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

14. Prompt: “XXXXXX - - - (Ex.“Stan's device”) (Device tag). Is thiscorrect?”


16. Prompt: “Pairing complete”

After a device is registered, the systemautomatically identifies the device. Byactivating Bluetooth® Hands-Free again,or by activating Bluetooth® Hands-Freefirst after switching the ignition from OFFto ACC, the system reads out a voiceguidance, “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan'sdevice”) (Device tag) is connected”.

NOTEl Device registration can also be done by

operating the audio unit or panel buttonson the navigation unit.l (Type A)

Refer to Bluetooth® Audio Preparationon page 6-80.

l (Type B)Refer to Bluetooth® Audio Preparationon page 6-89.

l (Navigation system)Refer to the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner'sManual”

l Depending on the device, the registrationstatus may be lost after a certain period oftime. If this occurs, repeat the entireprocess from Step 1.

qMaking a Call Using a TelephoneNumber

NOTEPractice this while parked until you areconfident you can do it while driving in a non-taxing road situation. If you are not completelycomfortable, make all calls from a safeparking position, and move out only when fullyunder control and you can devote your eyesand mind to driving.



2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”

3. Prompt: “Number, please”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.(Telephone number) After the beep,continue to add numbers, or say Go-Back to re-enter the last enterednumbers, or press the Pick-Up buttonto execute dialing.”

Interior Comfort


6-103


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

6. (Dialing)Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,then go to Step 7.(Adding/inputting telephonenumber)Say, “XXXX” (desired telephonenumber), then go to Step 5.(Telephone number correction)Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,“Go Back. The last entered numbershave been removed.”. Then go back toStep 3.

7. Prompt: “Dialing”

NOTEThe “Dial” command and a telephone numbercan be combined.Ex. In Step 2, say, “Dial 123-4567”, then,Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

qReceiving an Incoming Call

1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press thepickup button to answer”.

2. To accept the call, press the pick-upbutton.To reject the call, press the hang-upbutton.

Pick-up button

Hang-up button

Pick-up button

qHanging Up a Call

Press the hang-up button during the call.A beep sound will confirm that call isended.

qVolume Adjustment

The power/volume dial of the audio unitor the navigation system is used to adjustthe volume. Turn the dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio unit Navigation system

NOTEl The volume can also be adjusted using the

volume button on the steering wheel.l The music volume of the audio unit and the

navigation system cannot be adjusted whileBluetooth® Hands-Free is being used.

6-104

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Convenient Use of theHands-Free System

qPhonebook Usage

Phonebook registration

Phone numbers can be registered to theBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook.

NOTEDo this function only when parked. It is toodistracting to attempt while driving and youmay make too many errors to be effective.



2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:New entry, edit, list names, delete,erase all or import contact.”

4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”

5. Prompt: “Name please.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag for the nameregistered.)

7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Registered voicetag). Is this correct?”


9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orOther?”

10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Other”, for thedesired location to be registered.)

11. Prompt: “Mobile (Location to beregistered). Is this correct?”


13. Prompt: “Number, please.”

14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX”(Say the phone number to beregistered.)

15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX(Phone number registration). After thebeep, continue to add numbers, or sayGo-Back to re-enter the last enterednumbers, or press the Pick-Up buttonto save the number.”

16. (Registration)Press the pick-up button or say“Enter”, then go to Step 17.(Adding/inputting telephonenumber)Say, “XXXX” (desired telephonenumber), then go to Step 15.(Telephone number correction)Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,“Go Back. The last entered numbershave been removed.”. Then go backto Step 13.

17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to add another number for thisentry?”

18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.

19. If “Yes”, an additional phone numberregistration can be made for the sameentry.If “No”, the system returns to standbystatus.

Interior Comfort


6-105


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Import contact

Phonebook data from your device (Mobilephone) can be sent and registered to yourBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook usingBluetooth®.





4. Say: [Beep] “Import contact”

5. Prompt: “The hands free System isready to receive a contact from aphone. Only a home, a work, and amobile number can be imported. Thisprocess requires operation of a mobilephone. Refer to the phone's manual formore information.”

6. Device (Mobile phone) operation:Select one entry from the phonebookand send it using Bluetooth®.

7. Prompt: “X (Number of locationswhich include data) numbers have beenimported. What name would you liketo use for these numbers?”

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag for the nameregistered.)

9. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Voice tag). Is thiscorrect?”


11. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to import another contact?”


13. If “Yes”, the procedure proceeds toStep 5.If “No”, the system returns to standbystatus.

Making calls using the phonebook

Telephone calls can be made by sayingthe name of a person (voice tag) whosephone number has been registered inBluetooth® Hands-Free in advance.For the phonebook setting method, referto (page 6-109).



2. Say: [Beep] “Call”


4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag registered inthe phonebook.)

6-106

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “athome”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag andphone number location registered inphonebook).



NOTEThe “Call” command and the voice tag can becombined.Ex. In Step 2, say, “Call John's phone”, then,Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

qRedialing Function

Redialing the number of the personpreviously dialed using the phone ispossible.



2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”


qEmergency Calls

A call can be made to the emergencyphone number (911: U.S.A/Canada, 066:Mexico) using the voice input command.It may not function properly in some areasin Mexico.



2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”

3. - USA/Canada vehicles - Prompt:“Dialing “911”, is this correct?”- Mexico vehicles - Prompt: “Dialing“066”, is this correct?”



qRefusing an Incoming Call

For incoming call refusal, refer to“Receiving an incoming call” (page6-104).

qMute

The microphone can be muted during acall.


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”

3. Prompt: “Microphone muted”

Interior Comfort


6-107


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Canceling mute


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”

3. Prompt: “Microphone unmuted”

qTransferring a Call

Transferring a call from Hands-Free toa device (Mobile phone)

Communication between the hands-freeunit and a device (Mobile phone) iscanceled, and the line can be switched to astandard call using a device (Mobilephone).


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to phone”

Transferring a call from a device(Mobile phone) to Hands-Free

Communication between devices (Mobilephone) can be switched to Bluetooth®

Hands-Free.


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to HandsFree system”

qMulti-Call Functions

Call waiting

A call can be interrupted to receive anincoming call from a third party.

Call interrupt

A call can be switched to a new incomingcall.

Method 1

1. Press the pick-up button.

2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”

Method 2


2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”

3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”

NOTEl To refuse an incoming call, press the hang-

up button.l After receiving a new incoming call, the

previous call is placed on hold.

Switching calls

Switching back to the previous call canalso be done.

Method 1

1. Press the pick-up button.

2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”

Method 2


2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”

3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”

Three-way call function


2. Say: [Beep] “Join calls”

3. Prompt: “Joining calls”

Making a call using a telephonenumber


2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”

3. Prompt: “Number, please”

6-108

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.(Telephone number) After the beep,continue to add numbers, or say Go-Back to re-enter the last enterednumbers, or press the Pick-Up buttonto execute dialing.”

6. (Dialing)Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,then go to Step 7.(Adding/inputting telephonenumber)Say, “XXXX” (desired telephonenumber), then go to Step 5.(Telephone number correction)Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,“Go Back. The last entered numbershave been removed.”. Then go back toStep 3.




2. Say: [Beep] “Call”


4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag registered inthe phonebook.)

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “athome”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag andphone number location registered inphonebook).



Redialing function


2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”


Ending the current call

Press the hang-up button during the call.

qPhonebook Settings

Editing phonebook

The data registered to the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free phonebook can be edited.






4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to edit or say,“List names”.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say the voice tag for theregistered name to be edited in thephonebook.)

Interior Comfort


6-109


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orOther?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say theregistered location to be edited:“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or“Other”).

9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX(Ex. “Home”) (Registered location). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “The current number isXXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)(Currently registered number). Newnumber, please.”

NOTEIf there was no previous phone numberregistered to a location (Ex. “Work”), theprompt will only read out “Number, please”.

12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-5678”)” (Say the newphone number to be registered.)

13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXX (Telephonenumber) After the beep, continue toadd numbers, or say Go-Back to re-enter the last entered numbers, orpress the Pick-Up button to save thenumber.”

14. (Number Change)Press the pick-up button, then go toStep 15.(Adding/inputting telephonenumber)Say, “XXXX” (desired telephonenumber), then go to Step 13.(Telephone number correction)Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,“Go Back. The last entered numbershave been removed. Number, please.”. Then go back to Step 12.

15. Prompt: “Number changed.”

Phonebook data deletion

Erasing individual phonebook data

Individual data registered to theBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook can becleared.






4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”

6-110

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to delete or say,“List names”.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say the registered voice tagto be deleted from the phonebook.)

7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)Home (Registered location). Is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) Home(Registered location) deleted.”

Complete deletion of the phonebookdata

All data registered to the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free phonebook can be erased.






4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”

5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want toerase everything from your Hands Freesystem phonebook?”


7. Prompt: “You are about to deleteeverything from your Hands Freesystem phonebook. Do you want tocontinue?”


9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing theHands Free system phonebook.”

10. Prompt: “Hands-Free systemphonebook erased.”

Read-out of names registered to theBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook

Bluetooth® Hands-Free can read out thelist of names registered to its phonebook.





4. Say: [Beep] “List names”

5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”, Mary'sphone, Bill's phone)” (Voice guidancereads out the voice tags registered tothe phonebook.)

Interior Comfort


6-111


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Press the talk button with a short pressduring the read-out at the desired name,and then say one of the following voicecommands to execute it.l “Continue”: Continues the list read-out.

l “Call”: Calls the registered phonebookdata when the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Edit”: Edits the registered phonebookdata when the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registeredphonebook data when the talk button isshort-pressed.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousphonebook data in read-out when thetalk button is short-pressed.

6. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

7. Say: [Beep] “No”

qDTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Signal) Transmission

This function is used when transmittingDTMF via the user's voice. The receiverof a DTMF transmission is generally ahome telephone answering machine or acompany's automated guidance call center(When you send tone signals backaccording to the voice guidancerecording).


2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (SayDTMF code)

3. Prompt: “Sending XXXX... (DTMFcode)”

Hands-Free Setting

qDevice

Device registration

For the registration of a Bluetooth®

equipped device to Bluetooth® Hands-Free.Refer to Bluetooth® Hands-FreePreparation on page 6-100.

Registered device read-out

Bluetooth® Hands-Free can read-out thedevices registered to its system.








6. Say: [Beep] “List”

6-112

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. Device A, device B,device C)” (The voice guidance readsout the device tags registered to thehands-free system.)

Press the talk button with a short pressduring the read-out at the desired device,and then say one of the following voicecommands to execute it.l “Select phone”: Selects device (Mobilephone) when the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Select music player”: Selects device(Music player) when the talk button isshort-pressed.

l “Edit”: Edits device when the talkbutton is short-pressed.

l “Continue”: Continues the list read-out.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registered devicewhen the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousdevice in read-out when the talk buttonis short-pressed.

8. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

9. Say: [Beep] “No”

Device selection

If several devices have been programmed,the Bluetooth® unit links the device lastconnected. If you would like to link adifferent programmed device, it isnecessary to change the link. The order ofdevice priority after the link has beenchanged is maintained even when theignition is switched off.

Hands-free phone





4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice you would like to select.Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Whichdevice please?”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. DeviceB)”

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).Is this correct?”



10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)selected.”

Interior Comfort


6-113


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Music player





4. Say: [Beep] “Select music player”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice you would like to select.Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Whichdevice please?”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. DeviceB)”

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).Is this correct?”



10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)selected.”

NOTEl (Type A)

Device (Music player) selection can also bedone by operating the panel button (page6-80).

l (Type B)Device (Music player) selection can also bedone by operating the panel button (page6-89).

Registered device (Mobile phone)deletion

Registered devices (Mobile phone) can bedeleted individually or collectively.








NOTEA registered device (Mobile phone) can bedeleted using the registration list.

6-114

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

6. Say: [Beep] “Delete”

7. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice you would like to delete.Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),XXXXX... (Ex. device C), or all.Which device please?”

8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number ofthe device to be deleted.)

NOTESay “All” to delete all devices (Mobile phone).

9. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.device B...) (Registered device tag). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “Deleted”

Registered device editing







6. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

7. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice you would like to edit.Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Whichdevice please?”

8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number ofthe device to be edited.)

9. Prompt: “New name please?”

10. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. deviceC)” (Speak a “device tag”, anarbitrary name for the device.)

11. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device C)(Device tag), is this correct?”


13. Prompt: “New name saved.”

qSecurity Setting

If a passcode is set, the system cannot beactivated unless the passcode is input.


Passcode setting




Interior Comfort


6-115


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Wouldyou like to enable it?”


7. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digitpasscode. Remember this passcode. Itwill be required to use this system.”

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired 4-digit passcode, “PCode”.)

9. Prompt: “Passcode XXXX (Passcode,PCode). Is this correct?”


11. Prompt: “Passcode is enabled.”

Using Bluetooth® Hands-Free with apasscode



2. Prompt: “Hands-Free system islocked. State the passcode tocontinue.”

3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the setpasscode “PCode”.)

4. If the correct passcode is input, voiceguidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sdevice) (Device tag) is connected” isannounced.If the passcode is incorrect, voiceguidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,Pcode) incorrect passcode, please tryagain” is announced.

Canceling the passcode






4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt: “Passcode is enabled. Wouldyou like to disable it?”


7. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled.”

6-116

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Confirmation Prompts

The confirmation prompt confirms thecommand content to the user beforeadvancing to the operation requested bythe user. When this function is turned on,the system reads out the voice inputcommand previously received andconfirms whether the command is correctbefore advancing to the commandexecution.When the confirmation prompt function isturned on:(Ex. “Calling John's device. Is thiscorrect?”)When the confirmation prompt function isturned off:(Ex. “Calling John's device.”)

NOTEIf the confirmation prompt function is turnedoff when making an emergency call, the systemreads out and confirms the command beforeexecuting it.





4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”

5. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts areon/off. Would you like to turnconfirmation prompts off/on?”


7. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts areoff/on.”

qVoice Recognition LearningFunction (Speaker Enrollment)

The voice recognition learning functionenables voice recognition appropriate tothe characteristics of the user's voice.If the recognition of the voice inputcommands to the system is not adequate,this function can largely improve thesystem's voice recognition of the user. Ifyour voice can be recognized sufficientlywithout using this function, you may notrealize the added benefit of the function.To register your voice, the voice inputcommand list must be read out. Read outthe list when the vehicle is parked.Perform the registration in as quiet a placeas possible (page 6-97).The registration must be performedcompletely. The required time is a fewminutes. The user needs to be seated inthe driver's seat with the voice inputcommand list for voice recognitionlearning open to the page indicated below.

When voice recognition learning isdone for the first time


Interior Comfort


6-117


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”

3. Prompt: “This operation must beperformed in a quiet environment whilethe vehicle is stopped. See the owner'smanual for the list of required trainingphrases. Press and release the talkbutton when you are ready to begin.Press the hangup button to cancel atany time.”


5. The voice guidance reads out the voiceinput command number (refer to thevoice input command list for voicerecognition learning). (Ex. “Please readphrase 1”)

6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say thevoice input command for voicerecognition learning (1 to 8) accordingto the voice guidance.)

7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment iscomplete.”

NOTEIf an error occurred in the voice recognitionlearning, re-learning can be done by pressingthe talk button with a short press.

Voice recognition re-learning

If voice recognition learning has alreadybeen done.




3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/disabled. Would you like to disable/enable or retrain?”

4. Say: [Beep] “Retrain”

5. Prompt: “This operation must beperformed in a quiet environment whilethe vehicle is stopped. See the owner'smanual for the list of required trainingphrases. Press and release the talkbutton when you are ready to begin.Press the hangup button to cancel atany time.”


7. The voice guidance reads out the voiceinput command number (refer to thevoice input command list for voicerecognition learning). (Ex. “Please readphrase 1”)

8. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say thevoice input command for voicerecognition learning (1 to 8) accordingto the voice guidance.)

9. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment iscomplete.”

NOTEIf an error occurred in the voice recognitionlearning, re-learning can be done by pressingthe talk button with a short press.

6-118

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Voice input command list for voicerecognition learning

When reading out, the following pointsmust be observed:l Read out the numbers one at a timecorrectly and naturally.

(For example, “1234” must be read out“one, two, three, four”, not “twelve, thirtyfour”.)l Do not read out parentheses. “ (” andhyphens “-” are used for separatingnumbers in a phone number.

Ex.“ (888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight, eight,eight, five, five, five, one, two, one, two.”

Phrase Command

1 0123456789

2 (888) 555-1212

3 Call

4 Dial

5 Setup

6 Cancel

7 Continue

8 Help

NOTEl The applicable phrase appears in the

display.l After user voice registration is completed,

voice guidance “Speaker enrollment iscomplete” is announced.

Voice recognition learning on/off




3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/disabled. Would you like to disable/enable or retrain?”

4. Say: [Beep] “Disable” or “Enable”

5. When “Disable” is spoken, the voicerecognition learning is turned off.When “Enable” is spoken, the voicerecognition learning is turned on.

6. Prompt: “Speaker Enrollment isdisabled/enabled.”

Interior Comfort


6-119


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

When Bluetooth® Hands-Free Cannot be Used

Bluetooth® Hands-Free cannot be usedunder the following conditions:l The device is outside of thecommunication area.

l The device has a malfunction.l The device is not connected to thehands-free unit equipped on thevehicle.

l The device's battery is weak.l The device is turned off.l The device is placed where radioreception is difficult.

l The ignition is switched off.

Safety CertificationFCC ID: CB2MBLUEC09 IC:279B-MBLUEC09This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and(2) This device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.


The term “IC: ” before the radiocertification number only signifies thatIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.The antenna used for this transmitter mustnot be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter. End-users and installers mustbe provided with installation instructionsand transmitter operating conditions forsatisfying RF exposure compliance.

6-120

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Free Customer Service

l U.S.A.Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

l CanadaPhone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)www.mazdahandsfree.ca

l MexicoCenter of Attention to Client (CAC)Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA (Toll-free)www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Interior Comfort


6-121


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Bluetooth® Hands-Freeí

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Selection button 3

Selection button 4

Return button

Phone button

Power/Volume dial Manual tuning dial/Enter button

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

qWhat is Bluetooth® Hands-Free?

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Outline

By connecting a Bluetooth® equippeddevice (Mobile phone) to the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle, making andreceiving calls are possible using theaudio unit, and the pick-up and hang-upbuttons located on the steering wheel.

WARNINGPerform phonebook registration relatedoperations while the vehicle is parked:

Performing phonebook registrationwhile driving the vehicle could be adistraction to your driving and resultin an accident. In addition, a mistakein performing the phonebookoperation could result in the loss ofimportant data.

Bluetooth® equipped device (Mobilephone)

A Bluetooth® equipped device (Mobilephone) communicates with the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle using radiotransmission (Bluetooth®).For example, if the device (Mobile phone)is placed in a coat pocket, the phone callscan be made through your mobile servicewithout taking out and handling thedevice (Mobile phone).

6-122

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Bluetooth® Hands-Free (Panel Operation)


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONThe types of devices (Mobile phone)which can be connected to thehands-free unit are limited.Therefore, before purchasing orchanging your device (Mobile phone)model, consult Mazda Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Customer Service or visitwww.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for acomplete list of compatible phones.Devices (Mobile phone) which can beconnected to the hands-free systemneed to be compliant withBluetooth® specifications and theappropriate profile. However, evenamong these Bluetooth® devices(Mobile phone) are some which willnot connect with your Mazda or willhave limited function. Therefore,consult Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Free Customer Service forinformation regarding device (Mobilephone) compatibility:Ø U.S.A.



Ø MexicoCenter of Attention to Client (CAC)Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDAWeb: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Applicable Bluetooth® specificationVer. 2.0 or higherResponse profilel HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.5l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)Ver. 1.1

l PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)Ver. 1.0


l OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1

NOTEl The Bluetooth® Hands-Free system is

operable several seconds after the ignitionis switched to ACC or ON (requires lessthan 15 seconds).

l If the ignition is switched off during ahands-free call, the line is transferred to thedevice (Mobile phone) automatically.

l If the device (Mobile phone) is in a locationwhere radio reception is difficult such as ametal container or in the trunk, the call maynot be connected using Bluetooth®. Ifcommunication is not possible, change thelocation of the device (Mobile phone).

qComponent Parts

Bluetooth® Hands-Free consists of thefollowing items:l Audio unitl Pick-up buttonl Hang-up button

Audio unit

The audio unit can be used for Bluetooth®

Hands-Free activation, making calls,hanging up, device programming, deviceselection, device deletion, deviceinformation display, import contact, andvolume adjustment.

Pick-up button and Hang-up button

Basic functions of Bluetooth® Hands-Freecan be used for such things as makingcalls or hanging up using the pick-upbutton and hang-up button on the steeringwheel.

Interior Comfort


6-123


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qHow to Use This Section

Bluetooth® Hands-Free activationmethod

Press the phone button ( ).

The hands-free system is activated.Functions of the hands-free telephone,such as making and receiving calls, can beused after the activation. (For details onthe telephone functions, refer to “BasicBluetooth® Hands-Free Operation” or“Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem”.)

Basic Bluetooth® Hands-Free Operation

qBluetooth® Hands-Free Preparation

Device programming (Pairing)

To use Bluetooth® Hands-Free, the deviceequipped with Bluetooth® has to beprogrammed to the hands-free unit usingthe following procedure.A maximum of seven devices includinghands-free mobile phones and Bluetooth®

audio devices can be programmed to onevehicle.

6-124

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl A device can be programmed only when the

vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts tomove, the pairing procedure will end.Programming is dangerous while driving -pair up your device before you startdriving. Park the car in a safe place beforeprogramming.

l A total of seven devices can be programmedto one vehicle. If you require an additionaldevice to be programmed to a vehicle withseven devices already programmed, deleteone of the programmed devices beforeprogramming the latest one.

l If a Bluetooth® device has already beenprogrammed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth®

audio device, it does not need to beprogrammed again when using the deviceas a hands-free mobile phone. Conversely,it does not need to be programmed again asa Bluetooth® audio device if it has alreadybeen programmed as a hands-free mobilephone.

l Since the communication range of aBluetooth® equipped device is about 10meters (32 ft), if a device is placed within a10-meter (32 ft) radius of the vehicle, it maybe detected/programmed unintentionallywhile another device is being programmed.

l Device registration can also be done byoperating the audio unit.Refer to Bluetooth® Audio Preparation onpage 6-89.


l Depending on the device, the registrationstatus may be lost after a certain period oftime. If this occurs, repeat the entireprocess from Step 1.

Programming a Bluetooth® Hands-Freedevice which has a PIN code (fourdigits)

1. Press selection button 6 to display theBluetooth® Hands-Free setting menuscreen.

2. Press selection button 2 to display thepairing program screen.


4. Turn the manual tuning dial to selectthe specified number for theBluetooth® Hands-Free device andpress the enter button ( ) to inputthe number.

NOTEl Some devices accept only a particular

pairing code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).l If pairing cannot be completed, refer to the

owner's manual of your mobile device, andtry those numbers if necessary.

5. After inputting the four digits, turn themanual tuning dial and select “OK”,and then press the enter button( ) to set the four digits anddisplay “Pairing is in progress. Pleasestart pairing procedure on yourBluetooth® device. Use the PIN“xxxx”.”.


Interior Comfort


6-125


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

6. Operate the Bluetooth® Hands-Freedevice while “Pairing is in progress.Please start pairing procedure on yourBluetooth® device. Use the PIN“xxxx”.” is displayed and set it to theprogram mode.


Programming a Bluetooth® Hands-Freedevice which does not have a PIN code(four digits)


2. Press selection button 2 to display thepairing program screen.


4. Turn the manual tuning dial and select“OK”, and then press the enter button( ) to set the four digits anddisplay “Pairing is in progress. Pleasestart pairing procedure on yourBluetooth® device. Use the PIN“0000”.”.


5. Operate the Bluetooth® Hands-Freedevice while “Pairing is in progress.Please start pairing procedure on yourBluetooth® device. Use the PIN“0000”.” is displayed and set it to theprogram mode.

6. The Bluetooth® Hands-Free device willrequest input of a PIN code. Input“0000”.


NOTEIf pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”instead. Refer to the owner's manual of yourmobile device for the right PIN code.

qMaking a Call Using a TelephoneNumber

NOTEPractice this while parked until you areconfident you can do it while driving in a non-taxing road situation. If you are not completelycomfortable, make all calls from a safeparking position, and move out only when fullyunder control and you can devote your eyesand mind to driving.

1. Turn the manual tuning dial to select anumber and then press the enter button( ) to input the number.

2. After inputting the telephone number,press selection button 1 or the pick-upbutton of the audio control switch tomake a call.

6-126

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qReceiving an Incoming Call

Receiving an incoming call

Press selection button 1 or the pick-upbutton of the audio control switch.

Refusing an incoming call

Press selection button 5 or the hang-upbutton of the audio control switch.

qHanging Up a Call

Press selection button 5 or the hang-upbutton of the audio control switch duringa call.

qVolume Adjustment

The power/volume dial of the audio unitis used to adjust the volume.

Increasing volume

Turn the power/volume dial clockwise.

Decreasing volume

Turn the power/volume dialcounterclockwise.

NOTEl The volume can be adjusted using the

volume switch of the audio control switch.l The music volume of the audio unit cannot

be adjusted while Bluetooth® Hands-Free isbeing used.

Convenient Use of theHands-Free System

qPhonebook Usage


Import contact

Phonebook data from your device (Mobilephone) can be sent and registered to yourBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook usingBluetooth®.

NOTEWhen the import begins, the previousphonebook data is deleted. The previousphonebook data remains deleted even if theoperation is canceled during the import.

1. Press selection button 7 to display theBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebookimport screen.“It takes time to import.” is displayed.

2. Press selection button 1 and select“Start” to start import.“Importing” is displayed.

NOTEIf you want to cancel the import, pressselection button 2 and select “Cancel”. Thephonebook data being imported is deleted.

3. When import is completed, theBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebookscreen is displayed.

Phonebook data deletion

1. Press selection button 7 to display theBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebookimport screen.“It takes time to import.” is displayed.

Interior Comfort


6-127


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. Press selection button 1 and select“Start” to start import. “Importing” isdisplayed.

3. Before the import is completed, pressselection button 2 and select “Cancel”.The phonebook data is deleted, and thescreen returns to the normal displayafter “Importing has been cancelled.” isdisplayed.


1. Press selection button 2 to display theBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebookscreen.

2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select alist and then press the enter button( ) to display the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free phonebook screencontaining the detailed informationrecorded.

NOTEPress each selection button to display thealphabetical sequence for the selection buttonselected.l Each time the selection button is pressed a

letter is displayed in alphabetical order.(Ex. selection button 1: A → B→ C→ A)

l Each time selection button 8 is pressed, thedisplay shows the last four letters of thealphabet (W, X, Y, Z), followed by symbols,and then numerals.

3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, or 4 tomake a call.

Voice tag addition

1. Press selection button 2 to display theBluetooth® Hands-Free phonebookscreen.

2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select alist and then press the enter button( ) to display the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free phonebook screencontaining the detailed informationrecorded.

NOTEPress each selection button to display thealphabetical sequence for the selection buttonselected.l Each time the selection button is pressed a

letter is displayed in alphabetical order.(Ex. selection button 1: A→ B→ C → A)

l Each time selection button 8 is pressed, thedisplay shows the last four letters of thealphabet (W, X, Y, Z), followed by symbols,and then numerals.

3. Press selection button 5 to display“Voice Tag will be recorded inphonebook. After completion, thisVoice Tag will be available with “Call”command.”.

NOTEl Descriptions in the text are as follows:

l Say: Voice commands to be spoken byyou.

l Prompt: Voice guidance output from thespeaker.

l Say voice commands after the beep sound[Beep] is heard.

4. Prompt:“Adding a voice tag allows you toaccess a contact using the CALLcommand. After the beep, say the nameyou would like to use for this contact.”

NOTEIf you want to cancel a voice tag registration,press selection button 1.

6-128

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

5. Say: [Beep] XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”)” (Say a voice tag forthe name registered.)

6. Prompt:“Adding XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”) (Registered voice tag). Is thiscorrect?”


8. When a voice tag registration iscompleted, the display returns to theHands-Free phonebook screen.

qMute

The microphone can be muted during acall.


qTransferring a Call

Transferring a call from Hands-Free toa device (Mobile phone)


qOutgoing Call Records

A maximum of six outgoing call recordsare displayed.Making phone calls using the outgoingcall record or deleting one or all outgoingcall records is possible.

Making a call using the outgoing callrecord

1. Press selection button 3 to display theoutgoing call record screen.

2. Press the desired selection button of theoutgoing call record.The content of the outgoing call recordis displayed.

3. Press selection button 1 or the pick-upbutton of the audio control switch tomake a call.

Deleting one outgoing call record


2. Press the desired selection button of theoutgoing call record.The content of the outgoing call recordis displayed.

3. Press selection button 2 to display“Delete recent outgoing call?”.

4. Press selection button 1 to delete theoutgoing call record.


Deleting all the outgoing call records


2. Press selection button 5 to display“Delete all recent outgoing calls?”.

3. Press selection button 1 to delete alloutgoing call records.


qIncoming Call Records

A maximum of six incoming call recordsare displayed.Making phone calls using the incomingcall record or deleting one or all incomingcall records is possible.

Interior Comfort


6-129


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Making a call using the incoming callrecord

1. Press selection button 4 to display theincoming call record screen.

2. Press the desired selection button of theincoming call record.The content of the incoming call recordis displayed.

3. Press selection button 1 or the pick-upbutton of the audio control switch tomake a call.

Deleting one incoming call record


2. Press the desired selection button of theincoming call record.The content of the incoming call recordis displayed.

3. Press selection button 2 to display“Delete recent incoming call?”.

4. Press selection button 1 to delete theincoming call record.


Deleting all the incoming call records


2. Press selection button 5 to display“Delete all recent incoming calls?”.

3. Press selection button 1 to delete all theincoming call records.


qDTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Signal) Transmission

This function is used when transmittingDTMF via the audio control panel'smanual tuning dial.The receiver of a DTMF transmission isgenerally a home telephone answeringmachine or a company's automatedguidance call center.

1. Press selection button 4 afterconnecting to a home device or serviceto display the tone transmission screen.

2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select anumber or symbol and then press theenter button ( ) to transmit thecode.

NOTEIf the DTMF code has two or more digits orsymbols, each one must be transmittedindividually.

6-130

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Hands-Free Setting

qDevice

Device registration

For the registration of a Bluetooth®

equipped device to Bluetooth® Hands-Free.Refer to Bluetooth® Hands-FreePreparation on page 6-124.

Device selection


NOTEIf the device name cannot be displayed, “...” isadded at the end to the part of the title whichcan be displayed.

Changing the link to only a Bluetooth®

Hands-Free device



3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or7 to select the name of the device youwould like to change.The “ ” symbol disappears, and thedevice name and“Connection is in progress.” aredisplayed.


4. When the link change is completed, a“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” aredisplayed, and then it returns to thenormal display.If an error occurs while trying to link adevice, “Error” is displayed and thedisplay returns to the link changescreen.

NOTEIf a link error occurs, check the programmingstatus of the Bluetooth® Hands-Free deviceand the location of the device in the vehicle(not in the trunk or a metal-type box), and thentry the link operation again.


Hands-Free and Bluetooth® audiodevice


2. Press selection button 3 to display thelink change screen and the presentpairing programming device name.


4. The device name and“Please Select Device” are displayed.

5. Press selection button 2 to select“Phone”. The “ ” symbol disappears,and then “Connection is in progress.”is displayed.


Interior Comfort


6-131


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

6. When the link change is completed, a“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” aredisplayed, and then it returns to thenormal display.If an error occurs while trying tochange the link, “Error” is displayed,and then it returns to the link changescreen.

NOTEl If a link error occurs, check the


Hands-Free device and the location of thedevice in the vehicle (not in the trunk or ametal-type box), and then try the linkoperation again.

l Device (Music player) selection can also bedone by operating the panel button (page6-89).

Registered device (Mobile phone)deletion

An individually registered device can becleared.

NOTEl Do this function only when parked. It is too

distracting to attempt while driving and youmay make too many errors to be effective.

l If the device name and Bluetooth® addresscannot be displayed, “...” is added at theend to the part of the title which can bedisplayed.


2. Press selection button 4 to display thepair link deletion screen and the currentpairing programming device name.


4. The link delete confirmation screen isdisplayed, and then“Delete select device?”, the devicename, and the Bluetooth® address aredisplayed.

5. Press selection button 1 to delete theselected device.


6. When the link deletion is completed,“Deleted” is displayed, and then itreturns to the normal display.If an error occurs while trying to deletethe link, “Error” is displayed, and thenit returns to the link deletion screen.

NOTEIf a device is deleted while it is being linked,linking to other devices will not be possible.

Bluetooth® Hands-Free deviceinformation display


2. Press selection button 6 to display thedevice information display screen.If the device information is available,the device name and Bluetooth®

address are displayed, and then itreturns to the Bluetooth® Hands-Freesetting menu screen.If the device information is notavailable,“Failed to obtain device information.”is displayed, and then it returns to theBluetooth® Hands-Free setting menuscreen.

6-132

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


When Bluetooth® Hands-Free Cannot be Used

Bluetooth® Hands-Free cannot be usedunder the following conditions:l The device is outside of thecommunication area.

l The device has a malfunction.l The device is not connected to thehands-free unit equipped on thevehicle.

l The device's battery is weak.l The device is turned off.l The device is placed where radioreception is difficult.

l The ignition is switched off.

Interior Comfort


6-133


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Safety CertificationFCC ID: CB2MBLUEC09 IC:279B-MBLUEC09This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and(2) This device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.


The term “IC: ” before the radiocertification number only signifies thatIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.The antenna used for this transmitter mustnot be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter. End-users and installers mustbe provided with installation instructionsand transmitter operating conditions forsatisfying RF exposure compliance.

Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Free Customer Service

l U.S.A.Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

l CanadaPhone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)www.mazdahandsfree.ca

l MexicoCenter of Attention to Client (CAC)Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA (Toll-free)www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

6-134

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Rear View Monitorí

The rear view monitor is a visual assist system when reversing the vehicle that providesimages from the rear of the vehicle.

WARNINGThe rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when reversing the vehicle. Theimages on the screen may be different from the actual conditions. Always drivecarefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by lookingdirectly with your eyes. Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen may causean accident or a collision with an object.

CAUTIONØ Do not use the rear view monitor if the trunk is not fully closed. Using the rear

view monitor under such a condition is dangerous and could result in injury orvehicle damage or both.

Ø When the display is cold, images may course across the monitor or the screen andmay be dimmer than usual, which could cause difficulty in confirming thesurrounding conditions of the vehicle. Always drive carefully confirming the safetyof the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes.

Ø Do not apply excessive force to the camera. The camera position and angle maydeviate.

Ø Do not disassemble, modify, or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof.Ø The camera cover is made of plastic. Do not apply degreasing agents, organic

solvents, wax, or glass coating agents to the camera cover. If any are spilled onthe cover, wipe off with a soft cloth immediately.

Ø Do not rub the cover excessively, or polish it using an abrasive compound or ahard brush. The cover may be damaged affecting the image.

NOTEl If water, snow, or mud is stuck on the camera lens, wipe it off using a soft cloth. If it cannot be

wiped off, use a mild detergent.l If the camera temperature changes rapidly, such as by pouring hot water on it under cold

temperature conditions, the rear view monitor may not operate correctly.l If the vehicle's front, side, or rear has been involved in a collision, the alignment of the rear view

parking camera (location, installation angle) may have deviated. Always consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

(Navigation system)l The screen may not change to the camera image while the navigation system is being activated

immediately after the vehicle battery has been connected. If this occurs, activate the rear-viewmonitor camera again soon after the navigation system.

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor

6-135íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qRear View Parking Camera Location

Rear view parking camera

qSwitching to the Rear View Monitor Display

Shift the shift lever to R with the ignition switched ON to switch the display to the rearview monitor display.

NOTEWhen the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returns to the previousdisplay.

6-136

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qDisplayable Range on the Screen

The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions.

(Screen display)

(Actual view)

Object

Garnish

Bumper

NOTEl The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions.l The displayable range is limited. Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends cannot be

displayed.l The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance because the

rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens.l Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera. Do not install any

optional parts that can interfere with the camera view, such as illuminating parts or parts made ofreflective material.

l It may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions, however, it does not indicate amalfunction.l In darkened areas.l When the temperature around the lens is high/low.l When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity.l When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera.l When the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams.

l If the camera picks up high-intensity light such as sunlight reflected off the vehicle body, a brightbelt (light line) may appear on the display. (Smear phenomenon)

l Image display may be delayed if the temperature around the camera is low.

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor

6-137


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qRear View Monitor Operation

The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on thetraffic, road, and vehicle conditions. The amount of steering and the timing also variesdepending on conditions, so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyesand steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions.Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor.

NOTEImages displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images (mirrorimages).

1. Shift the shift lever to R to switch the display to the rear view monitor display.

2. Confirming the surrounding conditions, reverse the vehicle.

(Screen display) (Actual view)

3. When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returnsto the previous display.

NOTEBecause there may be a difference between the displayed image, such as indicated below, and theactual conditions when parking, always verify the safety at the rear of the vehicle and thesurrounding area directly with your eyes.

6-138

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qVariance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image

Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road. Such variance indistance perspective could lead to an accident. Note the following conditions that maycause a variance in distance perspective.

When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load

When the vehicle rear is lowered, the object displayed on the screen appears farther thanthe actual distance.

Variance

Object

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor

6-139


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle

When there is a steep upgrade (downgrade) behind the vehicle, the object displayed on thescreen appears farther (downgrade: closer) than the actual distance.

Appears farther than actual distance

Appears closer than actual distance

Object at actual position

Object at actual positionObject on screen

A: Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen.B: Actual distance between the vehicle and object.

Object on screen

qImage Quality Adjustment

Image quality adjustment can be donewhile the shift lever is in reverse (R) andthe rear view monitor is displayed. Fordetailed information, refer to the audiosection or the screen adjustment relatedinformation in the“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner'sManual”.While the shift lever is in reverse (R),always check the vehicle's surroundingsadequately before performing the imagequality adjustment.

6-140

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

SunvisorsWhen you need a sunvisor, lower it foruse in front or swing it to the side.

Sunvisor

qSide Extension Sunvisors

The visor extender extends the sunvisor'srange of sun shading.To use, pull it out.

CAUTIONWhen moving the sunvisor, retractthe visor extender to its originalposition. Otherwise, the visorextender could hit the rearviewmirror, headliner, or overheadconsole.

qVanity Mirrors

To use the vanity mirror, lower thesunvisor.The vanity mirror light will illuminatewhen you open the cover.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-141


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Interior Lights

qIlluminated Entry System

When the illuminated entry systemoperates, the overhead light (switch is inthe DOOR position), the courtesy lightsand the ground illumination light turn onfor:l About 30 seconds after the driver'sdoor is unlocked and the ignition key isremoved (without advanced key) or theignition is switched off (with advancedkey).

l About 15 seconds after all doors areclosed.(With Advanced key)About 5 seconds after all doors areclosed when the advanced key isoutside of the vehicle.

l About 15 seconds after the ignition isswitched off (LOCK) and the ignitionkey removed (without advanced key)with all doors closed.

The light also turns off when:l The ignition is switched ON and alldoors are closed.

l The driver's door is locked.

NOTEl Battery saver

If any door is left opened, the light turns offafter about 30 minutes to save the battery.The light turns on again when the ignitionis switched ON, or when any door isopened after all doors have been closed.

l The operation of the illuminated entrysystem can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

qOverhead Lights

Front

Rear

SwitchPosition

Overhead Lights

Light off

l Light is on when any door is openl Light is on or off when the

illuminated entry system is on

Light on

6-142

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qMap Lights

The map lights are switched on or off bypressing the switches.

qCourtesy Lights

Turns on when any door is open or theilluminated entry system is on.

Courtesy light

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-143


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Information Display

Audio/hands-free displayClimate control display

Climate control display Clock Trip computer Climate control display

Climate control display

Trip computer/clock display

With trip computer

Without multi information display

With multi information display

With :00 button

With CLOCK button

qInformation Display Functions

The information display has the following functions:l Clockí

l Climate Control Display (Fully Automatic Type Air Conditioning System)l Audio Displayí

l Trip Computerí

l Bluetooth® Hands-Free Displayí Refer to Bluetooth® Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)on page 6-95.

6-144

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qClock

NOTE(With CLOCK button)When the trip computer is being displayed,press the CLOCK button to change the displayto the time.

When the ignition is switched to ACC orON, the time is displayed.

Without navigation system

Time setting


2. Adjust the time using the time settingbuttons ( , ).The hours advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.The minutes advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.

Time resetting (With :00 button)


2. Press and hold the :00 button for 1.5seconds or more. The displayed timeflashes.

3. When the button is released, the timewill be reset as follows:

(Example)12:01―12:29→12:00

12:30―12:59→1:00

NOTEWhen the button is released, the seconds willstart at “00”.

With navigation system

Refer to the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.

NOTEMinutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS,however, it is necessary to adjust hours underthe following conditions:l Driving across different time zonesl Daylight saving time start and end

qClimate Control Display (FullyAutomatic Type)

The climate control system status isdisplayed. To operate the climate controlsystem, refer to “Climate Control System”(page 6-2).

qAudio Display

The audio system status is displayed. Tooperate the audio system, refer to“Audio System” (page 6-16).

qTrip Computerí

The trip computer can display thefollowing:l The current fuel economy.l The average fuel economy.l The approximate distance you cantravel on the available fuel.

l The average vehicle speed.Switch the ignition ON.Press the INFO switch to change thedisplay mode.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-145íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEWhen the time is being displayed, press theINFO switch to change the display to the tripcomputer.

If you have any problems with your tripcomputer, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Current fuel economy mode

This mode displays the current fueleconomy by calculating the amount offuel consumption and the distancetraveled.

Current fuel economy will be calculatedand displayed every 2 seconds.

When this mode is selected, CONSUMCUR will be displayed.U.S.A.

CANADA

When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3mph), - - - L/100 km (- - -mpg) will bedisplayed.

Average fuel economy mode

This mode displays the average fueleconomy by calculating the total fuelconsumption and the total traveleddistance since purchasing the vehicle, re-connecting the battery after disconnection,or resetting the data. The average fueleconomy is calculated and displayedevery minute.

When this mode is selected, CONSUMAV will be displayed.U.S.A.

6-146

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CANADA

To clear the data being displayed, pressthe INFO switch for more than 1.5second.After pressing the INFO switch, - - - L/100 km (- - - mpg) will be displayed forabout 1 minute before the fuel economy isrecalculated and displayed.

Distance-to-empty mode

This mode displays the approximatedistance you can travel on the remainingfuel based on the fuel economy.

The distance-to-empty will be calculatedand displayed every second.

When this mode is selected, REMNG willbe displayed.U.S.A.

CANADA

NOTEl Even though the distance-to-empty display

may indicate a sufficient amount ofremaining mileage before refueling isrequired, refuel as soon as possible if thefuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuelwarning light illuminates.

l The display won't change unless you addmore than approximately 20 L (5.3 US gal,4.5 Imp gal) of fuel.

Average vehicle speed mode

This mode displays the average vehiclespeed by calculating the distance and thetime traveled since connecting the batteryor resetting the data.Average vehicle speed will be calculatedand displayed every 10 seconds.

When this mode is selected, AV will bedisplayed.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-147


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

U.S.A.

CANADA

To clear the data being displayed, pressthe INFO switch for more than 1.5second. After pressing the INFO switch, -- - km/h (- - - mile/h) will be displayed forabout 1 minute before the vehicle speed isrecalculated and displayed.

Cup Holder

WARNINGNever use a cup holder to hold hotliquids while the vehicle is moving:

Using a cup holder to hold hot liquidswhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. If the contents spill, youcould be scalded.

CAUTIONTo reduce the possibility of injury inan accident or a sudden stop, keepthe cup holders closed when they arenot in use, or when using them forstorage.

qFront

To use the cup holder, open the centerconsole by pressing the lower center partof its cover.

6-148

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

To fit small items in the cup holder,remove the flexible divider.

Flexible divider

qRearí

The rear cup holder is on the rear centerarmrest.

Bottle HolderBottle holders are on the inside of thefront doors.

Bottle holder

CAUTIONDo not use the bottle holders forcontainers without caps. Thecontents may spill when the door isopened or closed.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-149íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Storage Compartments

WARNINGKeep storage boxes closed whendriving:

Driving with the storage boxes openis dangerous. To reduce thepossibility of injury in an accident ora sudden stop, keep the storageboxes closed when driving.

CAUTIONDo not leave lighters or eyeglasses inthe storage boxes while parked underthe sun. A lighter could explode orthe plastic material in eyeglassescould deform and crack from hightemperature.

qOverhead Console

This console box is designed to store agarage door opener or other accessories.Push and release to open.

qStorage Pocket

To open, push the release catch down andpull the lid downward.

qGlove Compartment

To open the glove compartment, pull thelatch toward you.Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn itclockwise to lock, counterclockwise tounlock.* Advanced key equipped vehicle

Unlock

Lock

To close the glove compartment, firmlypress in the center of the glovecompartment lid.

6-150

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qCenter Console

To open, pull the lower release handle.

Storage trayí

The storage tray can be installed to thefront/back side of the center console.

Installing to the front side

Storage tray

Installing to the back side

Storage tray

Using the armrestí

CAUTIONØ When sliding the armrest, be

careful not to hit a drink cupplaced in a cup holder and spill itscontents. Remove cups or otherdrink containers from the cupholders before pulling out thearmrest.

Ø Before opening the center console,store the armrest first. Otherwise,the armrest or center console maybe damaged.

Press the button to slide the armrestfrontward.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-151íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

To retract the armrest, slide it completelyto the rear.

qShopping Bag Hook

The shopping bag hook can be used forhanging shopping bags.

CAUTIONDo not hang excessive weight on theshopping bag hook as it could bedamaged.

Shopping bag hook (tensile strength: 5.0 kg (11 lb))

qRear Coat Hooks

WARNINGNever hang heavy or sharp objects onthe assist grips and coat hooks:

Hanging heavy or sharp-endedobjects such as a coat hanger fromthe assist grips or coat hooks isdangerous as they can fly off and hitan occupant in the cabin if a curtainair bag was to deploy, which couldresult in serious injury or death.

Always hang clothes on the coat hooksand the assist grips without hangers.

Coat hook

6-152

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Accessory SocketsOnly use genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent requiring no greater than120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).

Front

The ignition must be switched to ACC orON.

With Advanced Key

To use, press the cover and open it.

Without Advanced Key

Center Console

The accessory sockets can be usedregardless of whether the ignition is on oroff.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-153


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONØ To prevent accessory socket

damage or electrical failure, payattention to the following:Ø Do not use accessories that

require more than 120 W (DC 12V, 10 A).

Ø Do not use accessories that arenot genuine Mazda accessoriesor the equivalent.

Ø Close the cover when theaccessory socket is not in use toprevent foreign objects andliquids from getting into theaccessory socket.

Ø Correctly insert the plug intothe accessory socket.

Ø Do not insert the cigarettelighter into the accessorysocket.

Ø Noise may occur on the audioplayback depending on the deviceconnected to the accessory socket.

Ø Depending on the deviceconnected to the accessory socket,the vehicle's electrical system maybe affected, which could cause thewarning light to illuminate.Disconnect the connected deviceand make sure that the problem isresolved. If the problem isresolved, disconnect the devicefrom the socket and switch theignition off. If the problem is notresolved, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTETo prevent discharging of the battery, do notuse the socket for long periods with the engineoff or idling.

Connecting the accessory socket

1. Open the lid.

2. Pass the connection plug cord throughthe cutout of the console and insert theplug into the accessory socket.

Plug

6-154

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

7 In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-6

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-13Overheating ............................................................................. 7-13

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-15Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-15Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-16Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-18

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-19Towing Description ................................................................. 7-19Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-20

7-1


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Parking in an EmergencyThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

7-2

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Spare Tire and Tool StorageSpare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Jack

Spare tire

Long bolt for flat tire

Short bolt for flat tire Lug wrench


Flat Tire

7-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qJack

To remove the jack

1. Open the trunk mat.

2. Remove the jack container lid.

3. Turn the wing bolt and jack screwcounterclockwise.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

To secure the jack

1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack withthe jack screw pointing front and turnthe wing bolt clockwise to temporarilytighten it.

2. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

3. Turn the wing bolt completely tosecure the jack.

NOTEIf the jack is not completely secured, it couldrattle while driving. Make sure the jack screwis sufficiently tightened.

Maintenance

l Always keep the jack clean.l Make sure the moving parts are keptfree from dirt or rust.

l Make sure the screw thread isadequately lubricated.

7-4


Flat Tire


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSpare Tire

Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.The temporary spare tire is lighter andsmaller than a conventional tire, and isdesigned only for emergency use andshould be used only for VERY shortperiods. Temporary spare tires shouldNEVER be used for long drives orextended periods.

WARNINGDo not install the temporary spare tireon the front wheels (driving wheels):

Driving with the temporary spare tireon one of the front driving wheels isdangerous. Handling will be affected.You could lose control of the vehicle,especially on ice or snow boundroads, and have an accident. Move aregular tire to the front wheel andinstall the temporary spare tire to therear.

CAUTIONØ When using the temporary spare

tire, driving stability may decreasecompared to when using only theconventional tire. Drive carefully.

Ø To avoid damage to the temporaryspare tire or to the vehicle, observethe following precautions:Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50

mph).Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.

Also, do not drive through anautomatic car wash. This tire'sdiameter is smaller than aconventional tire, so the groundclearance is reduced about7 mm (0.3 in).

Ø Do not use tire chains on anytype of tire, including the sparetire.

Ø Do not use your temporaryspare tire on any other vehicle,it has been designed only foryour Mazda.

Ø Use only one temporary sparetire on your vehicle at the sametime.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-29).


Flat Tire

7-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

To remove the spare tire

1. Remove the trunk mat, and if a trunkboard is equipped remove it also.

2. Turn the tire hold-down boltcounterclockwise using the lug wrench.

To secure the spare tire

Perform the removal procedure in reverse.

Changing a Flat TireNOTEIf the following occurs while driving, it couldindicate a flat tire.l Steering becomes difficult.l The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.l The vehicle pulls in one direction.

If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to alevel spot that is well off the road and outof the way of traffic to change the tire.Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of abusy road is dangerous.

WARNINGBe sure to follow the directions forchanging a tire:

Changing a tire is dangerous if notdone properly. The vehicle can slip offthe jack and seriously injuresomeone. No person should placeany portion of their body under avehicle that is supported by a jack.

Never allow anyone inside a vehiclesupported by a jack:

Allowing someone to remain in avehicle supported by a jack isdangerous. The occupant could causethe vehicle to fall resulting in seriousinjury.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)The wheels equipped on your Mazdaare specially designed for installationof the tire pressure sensors. Do notuse non-genuine wheels, otherwise itmay not be possible to install the tirepressure sensors.

7-6


Flat Tire


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl Make sure the jack is well lubricated before

using it.(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor

ID signal code whenever tires or wheels arechanged (page 5-31).

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and firmly set the parking brake.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in Park (P), a manualtransaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turnoff the engine.

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire(page 7-3).

6. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire. When blocking a wheel,place a tire block both in front andbehind the tire.

NOTEWhen blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocksof sufficient size if possible to hold the tire inplace.

qRemoving a Flat Tire

1. If your vehicle is equipped with awheel cover, pry off the wheel coverwith the beveled end of the lug wrench.

NOTEForce the end of the lug wrench firmly betweenwheel and cover, or removal will be difficult.

CAUTIONAlign the notch on the wheel coverwith the valve stem when installingit.

Tire valve

Notch

Damage could occur duringinstallation if the wheel cover is notproperly aligned.


Flat Tire

7-7


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. Loosen the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any lug nuts until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

3. Place the jack on the ground.

4. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure and adjust the jackhead so that it is close to the jack-upposition.

Jack head

5. Place the jack under the jack-upposition closest to the tire beingchanged with the jack head squarelyunder the jack-up point.

Jacking position

6. Continue raising the jack headgradually by rotating the screw withyour hand until the jack head isinserted into the jack-up position.

Tire blocks

Jacking position

7-8


Flat Tire


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGUse only the front and rear jackingpositions recommended in this manual:

Attempting to jack the vehicle inpositions other than thoserecommended in this manual isdangerous. The vehicle could slip offthe jack and seriously injure or evenkill someone. Use only the front andrear jacking positions recommendedin this manual.

Do not jack up the vehicle in a positionother than the designated jack-upposition or place any objects on orunder the jack:

Jacking up the vehicle in a positionother than the designated jack-upposition or placing objects on orunder the jack is dangerous as itcould deform the vehicle body or thevehicle could fall off the jackresulting in an accident.

Use only the jack provided with yourMazda:

Using a jack that is not designed foryour Mazda is dangerous. The vehiclecould slip off the jack and seriouslyinjure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:Jacking the vehicle with an objectunder the jack is dangerous. The jackcould slip and someone could beseriously injured by the jack or thefalling vehicle.

7. Turn the lug wrench clockwise andraise the vehicle high enough so thatthe spare tire can be installed. Beforeremoving the lug nuts, make sure yourMazda is firmly in position and that itcannot slip or move.

WARNINGDo not jack up the vehicle higher thanis necessary:

Jacking up the vehicle higher than isnecessary is dangerous as it coulddestabilize the vehicle resulting in anaccident.

Do not start the engine or shake thevehicle while it is jacked up:

Starting the engine or shaking thevehicle while it is jacked up isdangerous as it could cause thevehicle to fall off the jack resulting inan accident.

Never go under the vehicle while it isjacked up:

Going under the vehicle while it isjacked up is dangerous as it couldresult in death or serious injury if thevehicle were to fall off the jack.

8. Remove the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise; then remove thewheel and center cap.


Flat Tire

7-9


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qLocking Lug Nutsí

If your vehicle has optional antitheftwheel lug nuts, one on each wheel willlock the tires and you must use a specialkey to unlock them. This key is attachedto the lug wrench and is stored with thespare tire. Register them with the lockmanufacturer by filling out the cardprovided in the glove compartment andmailing it in the accompanying envelope.If you lose this key, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer or use the lockmanufacturer's order form, which is withthe registration card.

Special keyAntitheft lug nut

To remove an antitheft lug nut

1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.

2. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Do not use apower impact wrench.

3. Place the lug wrench on top of the keyand apply pressure. Turn the wrenchcounterclockwise.

To install the nut

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Do not use apower impact wrench.

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Spare Tire

1. Remove dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel andhub, including the hub bolts, with acloth.

WARNINGMake sure the mounting surfaces ofthe wheel, hub and lug nuts are cleanbefore changing or replacing tires:

When changing or replacing a tire,not removing dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel, huband hub bolts is dangerous. The lugnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tire to come off, resulting inan accident.

2. Mount the spare tire.

7-10


íSome models.

Flat Tire


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. Install the lug nuts with the bevelededge inward; tighten them by hand.

WARNINGDo not apply oil or grease to lug nutsand bolts and do not tighten the lugnuts beyond the recommendedtightening torque:

Applying oil or grease to lug nuts andbolts is dangerous. The lug nutscould loosen while driving and causethe tire to come off, resulting in anaccident. In addition, lug nuts andbolts could be damaged if tightenedmore than necessary.

4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwiseand lower the vehicle. Use the lugwrench to tighten the nuts in the ordershown.

If you are unsure of how tight the nutsshould be, have them inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Nut tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 88―118 (9.0―12, 65―87)

WARNINGAlways securely and correctly tightenthe lug nuts:

Improperly or loosely tightened lugnuts are dangerous. The wheel couldwobble or come off. This could resultin loss of vehicle control and cause aserious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts youremoved or replace them with metricnuts of the same configuration:

Because the wheel studs and lug nutson your Mazda have metric threads,using a non-metric nut is dangerous.On a metric stud, it would not securethe wheel and would damage thestud, which could cause the wheel toslip off and cause an accident.

5. Remove the center cap by tapping itwith the lug wrench.

6. Store the damaged tire, using the tirehold-down bolt to hold it in place.

Bolt16-inch wheel18-inch wheel

17-inch wheel

Tire clamp


Flat Tire

7-11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Bolt type Wheel size

Short bolt 16-inch wheel

Long bolt 17-inch wheel, 18-inch wheel

7. Remove the tire blocks and store thetools and jack.

8. Check the inflation pressure. Refer toTires on page 10-7.

9. Have the flat tire repaired or replacedas soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive with any tires that haveincorrect air pressure:

Driving on tires with incorrect airpressure is dangerous. Tires withincorrect pressure could affecthandling and result in an accident.When you check the regular tires' airpressure, check the spare tire, too.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-29).

NOTETo prevent the jack and tool from rattling, storethem properly.

7-12


Flat Tire


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

OverheatingIf the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, the vehicle loses power, oryou hear a loud knocking or pingingnoise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING

Switch the ignition to off andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove either coolingsystem caps when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

Open the hood ONLY after steam is nolonger escaping from the engine:

Steam from an overheated engine isdangerous. The escaping steam couldseriously burn you.

If the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road andpark off the right-of-way.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in park (P), a manualtransaxle in neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam isescaping from under the hood or fromthe engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the enginecompartment:Do not go near the front of the vehicle.Stop the engine.Wait until the steam dissipates, thenopen the hood and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam isescaping:Open the hood and idle the engine untilit cools.

CAUTIONIf the cooling fan does not operatewhile the engine is running, theengine temperature will increase.Stop the engine and call anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,then turn off the engine after thetemperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant reservoirlevel.If it's low, look for coolant leaks fromthe radiator and hoses.

If you find a leak or other damage, or ifcoolant is still leaking:Stop the engine and call an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.


Overheating

7-13


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2.5-liter engine

3.7-liter engine

If you find no problems, the engine iscool, and no leaks are obvious:Carefully add coolant as required (page8-23).

CAUTIONIf the engine continues to overheat orfrequently overheats, have thecooling system inspected. The enginecould be seriously damaged unlessrepairs are made. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

7-14


Overheating


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Starting a Flooded EngineExcept 3.7-liter engine

If the engine fails to start, it may beflooded (excessive fuel in the engine).

Follow this procedure:

(Without Advanced Keyless Entry &Push Button Start System)

1. If the engine does not start within fiveseconds on the first try, switch theignition off, wait ten seconds and tryagain.

2. Depress the accelerator all the way andhold it there.

3. Switch the ignition to START and holdit there―for up to ten seconds. If theengine starts, release the key andaccelerator immediately because theengine will suddenly rev up.

4. If the engine fails to start, crank itwithout depressing the accelerator―forup to ten seconds.

(With Advanced Keyless Entry & PushButton Start System)

1. If the engine does not start within fiveseconds on the first try, wait tenseconds and try again.

2. Depress the accelerator all the way andhold it there.

3. Depress the clutch pedal then press thepush button start. If the engine starts,release the key and acceleratorimmediately because the engine willsuddenly rev up.

4. If the engine fails to start, crank itwithout depressing the accelerator.

If the engine still does not start using theabove procedure, have your vehicleinspected by an Authorized MazdaDealer.


Emergency Starting

7-15


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Jump-StartingJump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If youfeel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent servicetechnician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautionscarefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object thatcould cause sparks:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near abattery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )terminal of the battery.

7-16


Emergency Starting


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It mayrupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of thedischarged battery is dangerous.A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTIONUse only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, andother electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries inseries or a 24 V motor generator set).

Discharged battery Discharged battery

Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.

Booster batteryBooster battery

Jumper cables Jumper cables

2.5-liter engine 3.7-liter engine


Emergency Starting

7-17


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

1. Make sure the booster battery is 12 Vand that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, don't allow both vehicles totouch. Turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery and allunnecessary electrical loads in bothvehicles.

3. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence as in the illustration.

l Connect one end of a cable to thepositive terminal on the dischargedbattery (1).

l Attach the other end to the positiveterminal on the booster battery (2).

l Connect one end of the other cableto the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3).

l Connect the other end to the groundpoint indicated in the illustrationaway from the discharged battery(4).

4. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand run it a few minutes. Then start theengine of the other vehicle.

5. When finished, carefully disconnect thecables in the reverse order described inthe illustration.

Push-StartingDo not push-start your Mazda.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start it:

Towing a vehicle to start it isdangerous. The vehicle being towedcould surge forward when its enginestarts, causing the two vehicles tocollide. The occupants could beinjured.

CAUTIONDo not push-start a vehicle that hasa manual transaxle. It can damagethe emission control system.

NOTEYou can't start a vehicle with an automatictransaxle by pushing it.

7-18


Emergency Starting


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Towing DescriptionWe recommend that towing be done onlyby an Authorized Mazda Dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle.Government and local laws must befollowed.

A towed vehicle usually should have itsdrive wheels (front wheels) off theground. If excessive damage or otherconditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.

Wheel dollies

When towing with the rear wheels on theground, release the parking brake.

CAUTIONDo not tow the vehicle pointedbackward with driving wheels on theground. This may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

CAUTIONDo not tow with sling-typeequipment. This could damage yourvehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbedequipment.


Emergency Towing

7-19


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Recreational TowingAn example of “recreational towing” istowing your vehicle behind a motorhome.The transaxle is not designed for towingthis vehicle on all 4 wheels.When doing recreational towing refer to“Towing Description” (page 7-19) andcarefully follow the instructions.

7-20


Emergency Towing


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

8 Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico) ....... 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-8

Owner Maintenance ................................................................... 8-15Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................ 8-15Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 8-16Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-18Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-19Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-23Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-25Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-26Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-27Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-28Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-29Battery ..................................................................................... 8-32Tires ........................................................................................ 8-33Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-40Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-49

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-55How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-55Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-57Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-61

8-1


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

IntroductionBe extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehiclewhen using this manual for inspection and maintenance.

If you are unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliableand qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for yourMazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. Thiscould lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed asprescribed.

Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defectivematerials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.

Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment mayperform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.

8-2

Maintenance and Care

Introduction


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.


Scheduled Maintenance

8-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSchedule 1

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

ENGINE

Engine valve clearance (for 2.5-liter engine)Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles),

if noisy, adjust

Drive belts

2.5-liter engine I

3.7-liter engineInspect every 168,000 km (105,000 miles)

Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolantFL22 type*1

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter2.5-liter engine R

3.7-liter engine C R C

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs2.5-liter engine Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

3.7-liter engine Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)

Steering operation and linkages I I

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheelbearing axial play

I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L

8-4




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceC: CleanL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.



8-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSchedule 2



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE

Engine valve clearance (for 2.5-liter engine)Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

adjust

Drive belts

2.5-liter engine I

3.7-liter engineInspect every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)

Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)

Engine oilPuerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

Others R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM


Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years ;afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter (for 2.5-liter engine)Puerto Rico R R

Others R

Air filter (for 3.7-liter engine)Puerto Rico C R C R

Others C R C

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs (for 2.5-liter engine)USA Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)

Others*3 Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

Spark plugs (for 3.7-liter engine)USA Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)

Others*3 Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I

8-6




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:


Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs at every96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.a) Repeated short-distance drivingb) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationc) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates



8-7


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2.

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.

8-8




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSchedule 1


Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

ENGINE

Engine valve clearance (for 2.5-liter engine) Audibly inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust

Drive belts

2.5-liter engine I I I

3.7-liter engineInspect every 40,000 km or 2 years

Replace every 240,000 km

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R


COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I I


Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every60,000 km or 3 years

Others R R R

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R R R R R R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I*2 I

Fuel filter R R R

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid R R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I



8-9


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120


Cabin air filter R R R

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

8-10




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qSchedule 2



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE


Drive belts

2.5-liter engine I





COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I



Others R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2

Fuel filter R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM




8-11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I

Brake fluid R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I



Chart symbols:


Remarks:



8-12




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

(Cont.)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

ENGINE


Drive belts

2.5-liter engine I I





COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I



Others R R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I

Fuel filter R R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM




8-13


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I

Brake fluid R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I



Chart symbols:


Remarks:



8-14




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Owner Maintenance ScheduleThe owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at theindicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.

Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified servicetechnician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling

l Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-25)l Engine coolant level (page 8-23)l Engine oil level (page 8-22)l Washer fluid level (page 8-27)

qAt Least Monthly

Tire inflation pressures (page 8-34)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)

l Power steering fluid level (page 8-26)You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanicalability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.l Engine coolant (page 8-23)l Engine oil (page 8-19)


Owner Maintenance

8-15


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Owner Maintenance PrecautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions onlyfor items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with special tools.

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Pleasedispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

8-16


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by aqualified technician:

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. Youcan be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.

If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or coolingfan which may turn on unexpectedly:

Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes evenmore dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the cooling fan:

Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan couldcontinue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the enginecompartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.

Do not leave items in the engine compartment:After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, donot forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or afire leading to an unexpected accident.

NOTEOnce the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on. It willcontinue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition is switched off.


Owner Maintenance

8-17


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Engine Compartment Overview

Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir

Brake fluid reservoirPower steering fluid reservoir

Engine coolant reservoir

Cooling system cap

Engine oil-filler cap

Engine oil-filler capWindscreen washer fluid reservoir

Windscreen washer fluid reservoir

Fuse block

BatteryEngine oil dipstick

Engine oil dipstick

Fuse block

Battery

Engine coolant reservoir

2.5-liter engine

3.7-liter engine

Power steering fluid reservoir

8-18


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Engine OilNOTEChanging the engine oil should be performedby an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qRecommended Oil

2.5-liter engine

U.S.A. and CANADA

0W-20 Full Synthetic Recommended:Mazda Genuine Oil is used in your Mazdavehicle and is the recommended 0W-20lubricant. Mazda Genuine 0W-20 Oil isrequired to achieve optimum fueleconomy. If 0W-20 is not available, 5W-20 may be used for oil level maintenanceand oil changes however, it must bereplaced with 0W-20 at the next oilchange to maintain optimum performance.Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20

For maintenance service, Mazdarecommends Mazda Genuine Parts andCastrol® (U.S.A. only).

(ILSAC)

Only use SAE 0W-20 oil with theAmerican Petroleum Institute (API)symbol and ILSAC GF-5.Oil with this trademark symbol conformsto the current engine and emission systemprotection standards and fuel economyrequirements of the InternationalLubricant Standardization and ApprovalCommittee (ILSAC), comprised of U.S.and Japanese automobile manufacturers.

806040200–40 –20

30

120100

504020100–10–20–30–40


Owner Maintenance

8-19


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

Use SAE 0W-20 engine oil.Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.For maintenance service, Mazdarecommends Mazda Genuine Parts andCastrol® (Mexico only).

(ILSAC)

(Mexico)Use SAE 0W-20 engine oil. If SAE 0W-20 engine oil is not available, use SAE5W-20 or 5W-30 engine oil.

The quality designation SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

806040200–40 –20

30

120100

504020100–10–20–30–40

3.7-liter engine

U.S.A. and CANADA

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Partsand Castrol® (U.S.A. only).

8-20


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

For optimal engine performance, there arecertain types of engine oils and filterssuitable for your vehicle. Please consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

(ILSAC)

Only use oils “Certified For GasolineEngines” by the American PetroleumInstitute (API). An oil with this trademarksymbol conforms to the current engineand emission system protection standardsand fuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC),comprised of U.S. and Japaneseautomobile manufacturers.

806040200–40 –20

30

120100

504020100–10–20–30–40

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.For maintenance service, Mazdarecommends Mazda Genuine Parts andCastrol® (Mexico only).

(ILSAC)

(Mexico)Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil. If SAE 5W-20 engine oil is not available, use SAE10W-30, 10W-40, 5W-30 or 5W-40engine oil.


Owner Maintenance

8-21


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

The quality designation SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

806040200–40 –20

30

120100

504020100–10–20–30–40

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

2. Warm up the engine to normaloperating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutesfor the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

2.5-liter engine (Type A)

Full

Low

OK

2.5-liter engine (Type B)

OK

Full

Low

3.7-liter engine

Full

Low

5. 2.5-liter enginePull it out again and examine the level.The level is normal if it is betweenLow and Full.If it is near or below Low, add enoughoil to bring the level to Full.3.7-liter enginePull it out again and examine the level.The level is normal if it is betweenLow and Full. If it is below Low, addoil to raise the level within the hatchingzone.

CAUTIONDo not add engine oil over Full. Thismay cause engine damage.

8-22


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick ispositioned properly before reinsertingthe dipstick.

Engine Coolant

qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNINGDo not use a match or live flame in theengine compartment. DO NOT ADDCOOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:

A hot engine is dangerous. If theengine has been running, parts of theengine compartment can becomevery hot. You could be burned.Carefully inspect the engine coolantin the coolant reservoir, but do notopen it.

Switch the ignition to off andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

NOTEChanging the coolant should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Owner Maintenance

8-23


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Inspect the antifreeze protection andcoolant level in the coolant reservoir atleast once a year―at the beginning of thewinter season―and before travelingwhere temperatures may drop belowfreezing.

Inspect the condition and connections ofall cooling system and heater hoses.Replace any that are swollen ordeteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in theradiator and between the FULL or F andLOWor L marks on the coolant reservoirwhen the engine is cool.2.5-liter engine

3.7-liter engine

If it is at or near LOWor L, add enoughcoolant to the coolant reservoir to providefreezing and corrosion protection and tobring the level to FULL or F.Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tankcap after adding coolant.

CAUTIONØ Radiator coolant will damage

paint.Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

Ø Use only soft (demineralized)water in the coolant mixture.Water that contains minerals willcut down on the coolant'seffectiveness.

Ø Do not add only water. Alwaysadd a proper coolant mixture.

Ø The engine has aluminum partsand must be protected by anethylene-glycol-based coolant toprevent corrosion and freezing.

Ø DO NOT USE coolants ContainingAlcohol, methanol, Borate orSilicate.These coolants could damage thecooling system.

Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanolwith the coolant. This coulddamage the cooling system.

Ø Do not use a solution thatcontains more than 60%antifreeze.This would reduce effectiveness.

8-24


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEIf the “FL22” mark is shown on or near thecooling system cap, it is recommended to useMazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant (page8-3).

If the coolant reservoir is empty or newcoolant is required frequently, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Brake/Clutch Fluid

qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

The brakes and clutch draw fluid from thesame reservoir.Inspect the fluid level in the reservoirregularly. It should be kept at MAX.The level normally drops withaccumulated distance, a conditionassociated with wear of brake and clutchlinings. If it is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch system inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

2.5-liter engine

3.7-liter engine


Owner Maintenance

8-25


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid

WARNINGBe careful not to spill brake fluid onyourself or on the engine:

Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If itgets in your eyes, they could beseriously injured. If this happens,immediately flush your eyes withwater and get medical attention.Brake fluid spilled on a hot enginecould cause a fire.

If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,have the brakes and clutch inspected:

Low brake/clutch fluid levels aredangerous. Low levels could signalbrake lining wear or a brake systemleak. Your brakes could fail andcause an accident.

If the fluid level is low, add fluid until itreaches MAX.Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean thearea around the cap.

CAUTIONØ Brake and clutch fluid will

damage painted surfaces. If brakeor clutch fluid does get on apainted surface, wash it off withwater immediately.

Ø Using nonspecified brake andclutch fluids (page 10-4) willdamage the systems. Mixingdifferent fluids will also damagethem.If the brake/clutch systemfrequently requires new fluid,consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Power Steering Fluid

qInspecting Power Steering FluidLevel

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the powersteering pump, don't operate thevehicle for long periods when thepower steering fluid level is low.

NOTEUse specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir ateach engine oil change with the engine offand cold. Add fluid if necessary; it doesnot require periodic changing.

2.5-liter engine

3.7-liter engine

8-26


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

The level must be kept between MIN andMAX.

Visually examine the lines and hoses forleaks and damage.

If new fluid is required frequently, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Washer Fluid

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freezeProtection in Cold Weather:

Operating your vehicle intemperatures below 4 degrees C (40degrees F) using washer fluid withoutanti-freeze protection is dangerousas it could cause impaired windshieldvision and result in an accident. Incold weather, always use washerfluid with anti-freeze protection.

NOTEState or local regulations may restrict the useof volatile organic compounds (VOCs), whichare commonly used as anti-freeze agents inwasher fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOCcontent should be used only if it providesadequate freeze resistance for all regions andclimates in which the vehicle will be operated.


Owner Maintenance

8-27


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir; add fluid if necessary.

Use plain water if washer fluid isunavailable.But use only washer fluid in cold weatherto prevent it from freezing.

Body LubricationAll moving points of the body, such asdoor and hood hinges and locks, shouldbe lubricated each time the engine oil ischanged. Use a nonfreezing lubricant onlocks during cold weather.

Make sure the hood's secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

8-28


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Wiper Blades

CAUTIONØ Hot waxes applied by automatic

car washers have been known toaffect the wiper's ability to cleanwindows.

Ø To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers maymove automatically in thefollowing cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched.Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with

a hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with

a hand or other object frominside the vehicle.

Be careful not to pinch hands orfingers as it may cause injury, ordamage the wipers. Whenwashing or servicing your Mazda,make sure the wiper lever is in theOFF position.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe blades with foreign matter can reducewiper effectiveness. Common sources areinsects, tree sap, and hot wax treatmentsused by some commercial car washes.

If the blades are not wiping properly,clean the window and blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent; then rinsethoroughly with clean water. Repeat ifnecessary.

qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, theblades are probably worn or cracked.Replace them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

NOTETo prevent damage to the wiper arm bladeswhen raising both the driver and passengerside wiper arms, raise the driver side wiperarm first. Conversely, when setting down thewiper arms, set the passenger side wiper armdown first.

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Open the clip and slide the bladeassembly in the direction of the arrow.


Owner Maintenance

8-29


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. Tilt the blade assembly and remove itfrom the arm.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the windshieldlet the wiper arm down easily, don'tlet it slap down on the windshield.

4. Pull down the blade rubber and slide itout of blade holder.

5. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONØ Don't bend or discard the

stiffeners. You need to use themagain.

Ø If the metal stiffeners areswitched, the blade's wipingefficiency could be reduced.So don't use the driver's side metalstiffeners on the passenger's side,or vice versa.

Ø Be sure to reinstall the metalstiffeners in the new blade rubberso that the curve is the same as itwas in the old blade rubber.

8-30


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

6. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.


Owner Maintenance

8-31


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Battery

WARNINGWash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid:Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes withwater for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal toolsto contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when workingnear a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames includingcigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

8-32


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qBattery Maintenance

To get the best service from a battery:l Keep it securely mounted.l Keep the top clean and dry.l Keep terminals and connections clean,tight, and coated with petroleum jellyor terminal grease.

l Rinse off spilled electrolyteimmediately with a solution of waterand baking soda.

l If the vehicle will not be used for anextended time, disconnect the batterycables and charge the battery every sixweeks.

TiresFor reasons of proper performance, safety,and better fuel economy, always maintainrecommended tire inflation pressures andstay within the recommended load limitsand weight distribution.

WARNINGUsing Different Tire Types:

Driving your vehicle with differenttypes of tires is dangerous. It couldcause poor handling and poorbraking; leading to loss of control.Except for the limited use of thetemporary spare tire, use only thesame type tires (radial, bias-belted,bias-type) on all four wheels.

Using Wrong-Sized Tires:Using any other tire size than what isspecified for your Mazda (page 10-7)is dangerous. It could seriously affectride, handling, ground clearance, tireclearance, and speedometercalibration. This could cause you tohave an accident. Use only tires thatare the correct size specified for yourMazda.


Owner Maintenance

8-33


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNINGAlways inflate the tires to the correctpressure:

Overinflation or underinflation oftires is dangerous. Adverse handlingor unexpected tire failure could resultin a serious accident.Refer to Tires on page 10-7.

Use only a Mazda-genuine tire valvecap:

Use of a non-genuine part isdangerous as the correct tire airpressure cannot be maintained if thetire valve becomes damaged. If thevehicle is driven under this condition,the tire air pressure will decreasewhich could result in a seriousaccident. Do not use any part for thetire valve cap that is not a Mazda-genuine part.

The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemdoes not alleviate the need to check thetire condition every day, includingwhether the tires all look inflated properly.Inspect all tire pressure monthly(including the spare) when the tires arecold. Maintain recommended pressuresfor the best ride, handling, and minimumtire wear.When checking the tire pressures, use of adigital tire pressure gauge isrecommended.

Refer to the specification charts (page10-7).

8-34


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

NOTEl Always check tire pressure when tires are

cold.l Warm tires normally exceed recommended

pressures. Don't release air from warm tiresto adjust the pressure.

l Underinflation can cause reduced fueleconomy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,and poor sealing of the tire bead, whichwill deform the wheel and cause separationof tire from rim.

l Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,uneven and accelerated tire wear, and agreater possibility of damage from roadhazards.Keep your tire pressure at the correctlevels. If one frequently needs inflating,have it inspected.

qTire Rotation

WARNINGRotate tires periodically:

Irregular tire wear is dangerous. Toequalize tread wear for maintaininggood performance in handling andbraking, rotate the tires according tothe scheduled maintenance charts.Refer to Scheduled Maintenance onpage 8-3.

During rotation, inspect them for correctbalance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Also, inspect them for uneven wear anddamage. Abnormal wear is usually causedby one or a combination of the following:

l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures tospecification (page 10-7) and inspect thelug nuts for tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radialtires that have an asymmetrical treadpattern or studs only from front torear, not from side to side. Tireperformance will be reduced ifrotated from side to side.


Owner Maintenance

8-35


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in goodcondition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous.Reduced braking, steering, andtraction could result in an accident.

Replace all four tires at the same time:Replacing just one tire is dangerous.It could cause poor handling andpoor braking resulting in loss ofvehicle control. Mazda stronglyrecommends that you replace all fourtires at the same time.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)When replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in

the sidewalls are used, the system may notfunction correctly even with a genuinewheel.Refer to System Error Activation on page5-31.

l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-31.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicatorwill appear as a solid band across thetread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace the tire before theband crosses the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. The period in which the tire wasmanufactured (both week and year) isindicated by a 4-digit number.Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9-23.

qTemporary Spare Tire

Inspect the temporary spare tire at leastmonthly to make sure it's properly inflatedand stored.

NOTEThe temporary spare tire condition graduallydeteriorates even if it has not been used.

8-36


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

The temporary spare tire is easier tohandle because of its construction whichis lighter and smaller than a conventionaltire. This tire should be used only for anemergency and only for a short distance.

Use the temporary spare tire only until theconventional tire is repaired, which shouldbe as soon as possible.

Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).

CAUTIONØ Do not use your temporary spare

tire rim with a snow tire or aconventional tire. Neither willproperly fit and could damageboth tire and rim.

Ø The temporary spare tire has atread life of less than 5,000 km(3,000 miles). The tread life maybe shorter depending on drivingconditions.

Ø The temporary spare tire is forlimited use, however, if the treadwear solid-band indicatorappears, replace the tire with thesame type of temporary spare(page 8-36).

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. The period in which the tire wasmanufactured (both week and year) isindicated by a 4-digit number.Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9-23.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNINGAlways use wheels of the correct sizeon your vehicle:

Using a wrong-sized wheel isdangerous. Braking and handlingcould be affected, leading to loss ofcontrol and an accident.

CAUTIONØ A wrong-sized wheel may

adversely affect:Ø Tire fitØ Wheel and bearing lifeØ Ground clearanceØ Speedometer calibrationØ Headlight aimØ Bumper heightØ Tire Pressure Monitoring

SystemØ (With Tire Pressure Monitoring

System)Ø When replacing/repairing the

tires or wheels or both, have thework done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may bedamaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designedfor installation of the tirepressure sensors. Do not usenon-genuine wheels, otherwiseit may not be possible to installthe tire pressure sensors.

NOTEBe sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer toTires and Wheels on page 5-31.


Owner Maintenance

8-37


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

When replacing a wheel, make sure thenew one is the same as the original factorywheel in diameter, rim width, and offset(inset/outset).

Proper tire balancing provides the bestriding comfort and helps reduce treadwear. Out-of-balance tires can causevibration and uneven wear, such ascupping and flat spots.

8-38


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

MEMO

8-39


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

Headlights (High beam) Fog lights

Headlights (Low beam)

Front turn signal lights/ Parking lights

Rear turn signal lights

Overhead light (Rear)

Brake lights/Taillights

License plate lights

Reverse lights

Side turn signal lights (LED type)

Front side marker lights

Rear side marker lights

Ground illumination lights

Some models.

Courtesy lights

Vanity mirror lights

Trunk light

High-mount brake light

8-40


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

Never touch the glass portion of ahalogen bulb with your bare hands andalways wear eye protection whenhandling or working around the bulbs:

When a halogen bulb breaks, it isdangerous. These bulbs containpressurized gas. If one is broken, itwill explode and serious injuriescould be caused by the flying glass.If the glass portion is touched withbare hands, body oil could cause thebulb to overheat and explode whenlit.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of thereach of children:

Playing with a halogen bulb isdangerous. Serious injuries could becaused by dropping a halogen bulbor breaking it some other way.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

Replacing a headlight bulb

High-beam bulb

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and the headlight switch is off.

2. (3.7-liter engine)Remove the attachment bolts and setthe coolant reservoir aside beforereplacing the right bulb.

3. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector downward.


Owner Maintenance

8-41


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.

5. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal.

6. (3.7-liter engine)Install the coolant reservoir. If you areunsure of how tight the bolts should be,have them inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Bolt tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)7.8―10.8

(0.8―1.1, 5.8―8.0)

NOTEl To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.l If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,

it should be cleaned with rubbing alcoholbefore being used.

l Use the protective cover and carton for thereplacement bulb to dispose of the old bulbpromptly and out of the reach of children.

Low-beam bulb

(Xenon fusion bulb)You cannot replace the low beam bulbs byyourself.

The bulbs must be replaced at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.(Halogen bulbs)

1. If you are changing the right headlightbulb, start the engine, turn the steeringwheel all the way to the right, and turnoff engine. If you are changing the leftheadlight bulb, turn the steering wheelto the left.


3. Turn the screws and the center sectionof the plastic retainerscounterclockwise and remove them,then partially peel back the mudguard.

Removal

Installation

8-42


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

4. Turn the cover counterclockwise andremove it.

5. Detach the electrical connector fromthe bulb by pulling it to the rear.

6. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.

7. Swing the retaining spring out andaway to free the headlight bulb.

8. Carefully remove the headlight bulbfrom the socket by pulling it straightback.

9. Replace the bulb.

10. Install the new bulb in the reverseorder of removal.





Fog light bulbsí


2. Turn the screws and the center sectionof counterclockwise and remove them,then partially peel back the mudguard.


Owner Maintenance

8-43íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector downward.

4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.






Front side marker lights

1. If you are changing the right side-maker light, start the engine, turn thesteering wheel all the way to the right,and turn off the engine. If you arechanging the left side-maker light, turnthe steering wheel to the left.


3. Turn the screws and the center sectionof the plastic retainerscounterclockwise and remove them,then partially peel back the mudguard.

Removal

Installation

8-44


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

4. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise and remove it.

5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

6. Install the new side turn signal unit inthe reverse order of removal.

Front turn signal lights/Parking lights

1. If you are changing the right headlightbulb, start the engine, turn the steeringwheel all the way to the right, and turnoff engine. If you are changing the leftheadlight bulb, turn the steering wheelto the left.


3. Turn the bolt, the screws and the centersection of the plastic retainerscounterclockwise and remove them,then partially peel back the mudguard.

Removal

Installation




Owner Maintenance

8-45


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


Side turn signal lightsí, High-mountbrake light, Ground illuminationlightsí

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the bulbs must be replacedby an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Brake lights/Taillights (Rear sidemarker lights)

LED type

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs must bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTELED bulb replacement is not possible becauseit is built into the unit. Replace the unit.

Bulb type

1. Pull the center section of the plasticretainer and remove the retainers andpartially open the trunk side trim.

Removal

Installation




NOTETo replace the bulb, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Rear turn signal lights

1. Pull the center section of the plasticretainer and remove the retainers andpartially open the trunk side trim.

Removal

Installation


8-46


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



NOTETo replace the bulb, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Reverse lights

1. Pull the center section of the plasticretainer and remove the retainers, thenpartially peel back the trunk rear trim.

Removal

Installation




License plate lights

1. Pull the center section of the plasticretainer and remove the retainers, thenpartially peel back the trunk rear trim.

Removal

Installation



Owner Maintenance

8-47


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C



qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map lights (Front),Overhead light (Rear), Courtesy lights,Vanity mirror lights

1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver witha soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens and remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with theflathead screwdriver.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

Overhead light (Rear)

Courtesy lights

Vanity mirror lights


8-48


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Trunk light

1. Press both sides of the lens cap toremove it.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.


FusesYour vehicle's electrical system isprotected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don'twork, inspect the appropriate circuitprotector. If a fuse has blown, the insideelement will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid usingthat system and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement

Replacing the fuses on the driver's sidekick-panel

If the electrical system does not work,first inspect the fuses on the driver's sidekick-panel.

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and other switches are off.

2. Open the fuse panel cover by slidingthe cover straight back toward you.

CAUTIONPulling the cover off sideways maybreak the retaining tabs off.


Owner Maintenance

8-49


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fusepuller provided on the fuse blocklocated in the engine compartment.

4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it'sblown.

Normal Blown

5. Insert a new fuse of the same amperagerating, and make sure it fits tightly. If itdoes not fit tightly, have an expertinstall it. We recommend anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you have no spare fuses, borrow oneof the same rating from a circuit notessential to vehicle operation, such asthe AUDIO or CIGAR circuit.

CAUTIONAlways replace a fuse with one of thesame rating. Otherwise you maydamage the electric system.

6. Reinstall the cover and make sure thatit is securely installed.

Replacing the fuses under the hood

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and the fuses inthe cabin are normal, inspect the fuseblock under the hood. If a fuse is blown, itmust be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and other switches are off.

2. Remove the fuse block cover.

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse isblown, replace it with a new one of thesame amperage rating.

Normal Blown

8-50


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

4. Install the right side of the fuse blockcover first as shown the figure.

WARNINGDo not replace the main fuse byyourself. Have an Authorized MazdaDealer perform the replacement:

Replacing the fuse by yourself isdangerous because the MAIN fuse isa high current fuse. Incorrectreplacement could cause an electricalshock or a short circuit resulting in afire.

5. Reinstall the cover and make sure thatit is securely installed.


Owner Maintenance

8-51


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE

RATINGPROTECTED COMPONENT

1 M.DEF 10 A Mirror defrosterí

2 ST SIG 5 A Starter sig

3 ABS SOL 30 A DSC

4 P.WIND (P) ― ―

5 P.SEAT (P) 30 A Power seatí

6 SUN ROOF 15 A Moonroofí

7 TAIL 15 A BCM, Tail lamp

8 P.OUTLET (R) 15 A Accessory sockets

9 AUDIO 30 A Audio system (Bose® Sound System-equipped model)

10 ABS MOTOR 60 A DSC

11 P.WIND (D) 40 A Power window

12 DEFOG 40 A Rear window defroster

13 SEAT HEAT 20 A Seat heatí

14 A/C 10 A Air conditioner

15 FOG 15 A Fog lightsí

16 BLOWER 2 ― ―

17 FAN 60 A Cooling fan

8-52


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


18 P.SEAT (D) 30 A Power seatí

19 BTN 30 A For protection of various circuits

20 IG KEY2 40 A Starting system

21 BLOWER 40 A Blower motor

22 FUEL PUMP 25 A Fuel pump

23 ENGINE2 15 A Engine control systemí

24 EGI INJ 15 A Injector

25 PCM 10 A Engine control system

26 ENGINE10 A*1

Engine control system20 A*2

27 IG 20 A For protection of various circuitsí

28 TCM 20 A TCMí

29 ESCL 10 A Electronic steering lockí

30 IG KEY1 40 A For protection of various circuits

31 MAIN 125 A For protection of all circuits

32 DRL 20 A DRLí

33 HAZARD 10 A Hazard warning flashers

34 10 A PCM

35 STOP 10 A Brake lights

36 HORN 15 A Horn

37 HEAD HI RH 15 A Headlight-high beam (Right)í

38 HEAD LO RH 10 A Headlight-low beam (Right)

39 HEAD HI LH 15 A Headlight-high beam (Left)í

40 HEAD LO LH 10 A Headlight-low beam (Left)

*1 2.5-liter engine*2 3.7-liter engine


Owner Maintenance

8-53íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Fuse block (Passenger's side)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


1 P.WIND 30 A Power window

2 METER IG 15 A For protection of various circuits

3 ILLUMI 7.5 A BCM, Illumination

4 MIRROR 5 A Power control mirror

5 SAS 5 A Air bag, DSC

6 ― ― ―

7 INT, LOCK/SHIFT 5 A AT shiftí

8 ― ― ―

9 HEGO 5 A Engine control systemí

10 A/C 10 A Air conditioner

11 P.OUTLET/CIGAR 15 A Power outlet

12 D.LOOK 25 A BCM, Door lock motor

13 ENGINE IG 15 A Engine control system

14 WIPER 25 A Windshield wiper and washer

15 ROOM 15 A Interior lights

16 SPARE 20 A ―

17 SPARE 10 A ―

18 SPARE ― ―

8-54


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

How to MinimizeEnvironmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda representsthe latest technical developments incomposition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, canharm the paint's protective properties, ifproper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possibledamage, with tips on how to preventthem.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain orIndustrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissionsdrift into the air and mix with rain or dewto form acids. These acids can settle on avehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,the acid becomes concentrated and candamage the finish.And the longer the acid remains on thesurface, the greater the chance is fordamage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou suspect that acid rain has settled onyour vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by BirdDropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If thesearen't removed they can eat away the clearand color base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surfaceand decompose, corrosive compoundsform. These can erode the clear and colorbase coat of the vehicle's paintwork ifthey are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adherepermanently to the paint finish. If youscratch the sap off while it is hard, somevehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazdawashed and waxed to preserve its finishaccording to the instructions in thissection. This should be done as soon aspossible.

Bird droppings can be removed with asoft sponge and water. If you are travelingand these are not available, a moistenedtissue may also take care of the problem.The cleaned area should be waxedaccording to the instructions in thissection.Insects and tree sap are best removed witha soft sponge and water or a commerciallyavailable chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affectedarea with dampened newspaper for one totwo hours. After removing the newspaper,rinse off the loosened debris with water.


Appearance Care

8-55


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water cancontain harmful minerals such as salt andlime. If moisture containing theseminerals settles on the vehicle andevaporates, the minerals will concentrateand harden to form white rings. The ringscan damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou find water marks on your vehicle'sfinish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrownin the air by another vehicle's tires hitsyour vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you andthe vehicle ahead reduces the chances ofhaving your paint chipped by flyinggravel.

NOTEl The paint chipping zone varies with the

speed of the vehicle. For example, whentraveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paintchipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).

l In low temperatures a vehicle's finishhardens. This increases the chance of paintchipping.

l Chipped paint can lead to rust forming onyour Mazda. Before this happens, repair thedamage by using Mazda touch-up paintaccording to the instructions in this section.Failure to repair the affected area couldlead to serious rusting and expensiverepairs.

8-56


Appearance Care


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Exterior CareFollow all label and container directionswhen using a chemical cleaner or polish.Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

CAUTIONØ When the wiper lever is in the

AUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers maymove automatically in thefollowing cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched or wiped witha cloth.

Ø If the windshield is struck witha hand or other object fromeither outside or inside thevehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear ofthe windshield when the wiperlever is in the AUTO position andthe ignition is switched ON asfingers could be pinched or thewipers and wiper blades damagedwhen the wipers activateautomatically.If you are going to clean thewindshield, be sure the wipers areturned off completely―this isparticularly important whenclearing ice and snow―when it ismost likely that the engine is leftrunning.

Ø Do not spray water in the enginecompartment. Otherwise, it couldresult in engine-starting problemsor damage to electrical parts.

To help protect the finish from rust anddeterioration, wash your Mazdathoroughly and frequently, at least once amonth, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, thepaint surface could be scratched. Here aresome examples of how scratching couldoccur.

Scratches occur on the paint surfacewhen:l The vehicle is washed without firstrinsing off dirt and other foreignmatter.

l The vehicle is washed with a rough,dry, or dirty cloth.

l The vehicle is washed at a car washthat uses brushes that are dirty or toostiff.

l Cleansers or wax containing abrasivesare used.

NOTEl Mazda is not responsible for scratches

caused by automatic car washes orimproper washing.

l Scratches are more noticeable on vehicleswith darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle'spaint finish:l Rinse off any dirt or other foreignmatter using lukewarm or cold waterbefore washing.

l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold waterand a soft cloth when washing thevehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l Rub gently when washing or drying thevehicle.

l Take your vehicle only to a car washthat keeps its brushes well maintained.

l Do not use abrasive cleansers or waxthat contain abrasives.


Appearance Care

8-57


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONDo not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may damagethe protective coating; also, cleanersand detergents may discolor ordeteriorate the paint.

Pay special attention to removing salt,dirt, mud, and other foreign material fromthe underside of the fenders, and makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective, use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap withlukewarm or cold water. Do not allowsoap to dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, dry it with aclean chamois to prevent water spots fromforming.

WARNINGDry off brakes that have become wetby driving slowly, releasing theaccelerator pedal and lightly applyingthe brakes several times until the brakeperformance returns to normal:


When using a high water pressure carwash

High water temperature and high waterpressure car washers are availabledepending on the type of car washmachine. If the car washer nozzle is puttoo close to the vehicle, the force of thespray could damage or deform themolding, affect the sealability of parts,and allow water to penetrate the interior.Keep a sufficient space (30 cm or more)between the nozzle and the vehicle. Inaddition, do not spend too much timespraying the same area of the vehicle, andbe very careful when spraying betweengaps in doors and around windows.

Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed whenwater no longer beads on the finish.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.Waxes containing abrasive will removepaint and could damage bright metalparts.

8-58


Appearance Care


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. Use a good grade of natural wax formetallic, mica, and solid colors.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with thesponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTEA spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similarmaterials will usually also take off the wax.Rewax these areas even if the rest of thevehicle does not need it.

qRepairing Damage to the Finish

Deep scratches or chips on the finishshould be repaired promptly. Exposedmetal quickly rusts and can lead to majorrepairs.

CAUTIONIf your Mazda is damaged and needsmetal parts repaired or replaced,make sure the body shop appliesanti-corrosion materials to all parts,both repaired and new. This willprevent them from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l Use tar remover to remove road tar andinsects. Never do this with a knife orsimilar tool.

l To prevent corrosion on bright-metalsurfaces, apply wax or chromepreservative and rub it to a high luster.

l During cold weather or in coastal areas,cover bright-metal parts with a coatingof wax or preservative heavier thanusual. It would also help to coat themwith noncorrosive petroleum jelly orsome other protective compound.

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may result indamage to the protective coating andcause discoloration or paintdeterioration.

qUnderbody Maintenance

Road chemicals and salt used for ice andsnow removal and solvents used for dustcontrol may collect on the underbody. Ifnot removed, they will speed up rustingand deterioration of such underbody partsas fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaustsystem, even though these parts may becoated with anti-corrosive material.

Thoroughly flush the underbody andwheel housings with lukewarm or coldwater at the end of each winter. Try alsoto do this every month.

Pay special attention to these areasbecause they easily hide mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wetdown the road grime without removingit.

The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holes thatshould not be clogged. Water trappedthere will cause rusting.


Appearance Care

8-59


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


qAluminumWheel Maintenanceí

A protective coating is provided over thealuminum wheels. Special care is neededto protect this coating.

CAUTIONDo not use any detergent other thanmild detergent. Before using anydetergent, verify the ingredients.Otherwise, the product could discoloror stain the aluminum wheels.

NOTEl Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive

cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent onaluminum wheels. They may damage thecoating.

l Always use a sponge or soft cloth to cleanthe wheels.Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarmor cold water. Also, be sure to clean thewheels after driving on dusty or saltedroads to help prevent corrosion.

l Avoid washing your vehicle in an automaticcar wash that uses high-speed or hardbrushes.

l If your aluminum wheels lose luster, waxthe wheels.

(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)Check special requirements for Tire PressureMonitoring System.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-31.

qPlastic Part Maintenance

l When cleaning the plastic lenses of thelights, do not use gasoline, kerosene,rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highlyacidic detergents, or strongly alkalinedetergents. Otherwise, these chemicalagents can discolor or damage thesurfaces resulting in a significant lossin functionality. If plastic parts becomeinadvertently exposed to any of thesechemical agents, flush with waterimmediately.

l If plastic parts such as the bumpersbecome inadvertently exposed tochemical agents or fluids such asgasoline, oil, engine coolant, or batteryfluid, it could cause discoloration,staining, or paint peeling. Wipe off anysuch chemical agents or fluids using asoft cloth immediately.

8-60


íSome models.

Appearance Care


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

l High water temperature and high waterpressure car washers are availabledepending on the type of high pressurecar washer device. If the car washernozzle is put too close to the vehicle oraimed at one area for an extendedperiod of time, it could deform plasticparts or damage the paint.

l Do not use wax containing compounds(polish). Otherwise, it could result inpaint damage.

l In addition, do not use an electrical orair tool to apply wax. Otherwise, thefrictional heat generated could result indeformation of plastic parts or paintdamage.

Interior Care

WARNINGDo not spray water in the cabin:

Splashing water on electrical partssuch as the audio unit and switchesis dangerous as it could cause amalfunction or a fire.

qDashboard Precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfumeand cosmetic oils from contacting thedashboard. They'll damage and discolorthe dashboard. If these solutions get onthe dashboard, wipe them offimmediately.

CAUTIONDo not use glazing agents.Glazing agents contain ingredientswhich may cause discoloration,wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

qCleaning the Upholstery andInterior Trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinylcleaner.


Appearance Care

8-61


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Leatherí

Remove dust and sand first using avacuum cleaner or other means, then wipedirt off using a soft cloth with a leathercleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mildsoap.Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soapusing a cloth soaked in clean water andwrung out well.Remove moisture with a dry, soft clothand allow the leather to further dry in awell-ventilated, shaded area. If the leathergets wet such as from rain, also removemoisture and dry it as soon as possible.

NOTEl Because genuine leather is a natural

material, its surface is not uniform and itmay have natural scars, scratches, andwrinkles.

l To maintain the quality for as long aspossible, periodical maintenance, abouttwice a year, is recommended.

l Sand and dust on the seat surface maydamage the overcoat of the genuine leathersurfaces and accelerate wear.

l Greasy soiling on genuine leather maycause molding and stains.

l Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or clothmay cause damage.

l Do not wipe the leather using alcohol,chlorine bleach, or organic solvents such asthinner, benzene, or gasoline. Otherwise, itmay cause discoloration or stains.

l If the seats get wet, promptly removemoisture with a dry cloth. Remainingmoisture on the surface may causedeterioration such as hardening andshrinkage.

l Exposure to direct sunlight for long periodsmay cause deterioration and shrinkage.When parking the car under direct sunlightfor long periods, shade the interior usingsunshades.

l Do not leave vinyl products on the seats forlong periods as they may affect the leatherquality and coloring. If the cabintemperature becomes hot, the vinyl maydeteriorate and adhere to the genuineleather.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean it with a mild soap solution goodfor upholstery and carpets. Remove freshspots immediately with a fabric spotcleaner.

8-62


íSome models.

Appearance Care


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

To keep the fabric looking clean andfresh, take care of it. Otherwise its colorwill be affected, it can be stained easily,and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTIONUse only recommended cleaners andprocedures. Others may affectappearance and fire-resistance.

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder BeltWebbing

Clean the webbing with a mild soapsolution recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleachor dye the webbing; this may weaken it.

After cleaning the belts, thoroughly drythe belt webbing and make sure there isno remaining moisture before retractingthem.

WARNINGHave an Authorized Mazda Dealerreplace damaged seat beltsimmediately:

Using damaged seat belts isdangerous. In a collision, damagedbelts cannot provide adequateprotection.

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with anoily, greasy, or waxy film, clean themwith glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the container.

CAUTIONØ Do not scrape or scratch the inside

of the window glass. It coulddamage the thermal filamentsand the antenna lines.

Ø When washing the inside of thewindow glass, use a soft clothdampened in lukewarm water,gently wiping the thermalfilaments and the antenna lines.Use of glass cleaning productscould damage the thermalfilaments and the antenna lines.

qCleaning the Floor Mats

Rubber floor mats should be cleaned withmild soap and water only.

WARNINGDo not use rubber cleaners, such as tirecleaner or tire shine, when cleaningrubber floor mats:

Cleaning the rubber floor mats withrubber cleaning products makes thefloor mats slippery.This may cause an accident whendepressing the accelerator or brakepedal or when getting in or out of thevehicle.

After removing the floor mats forcleaning, always reinstall themsecurely.Refer to Floor Mat on page 4-7.


Appearance Care

8-63


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

8-64


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

9 Customer Information and ReportingSafety Defects

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-6Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) .... 9-9Customer Assistance (Mexico) ......... 9-10

Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-12Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-12Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-12

Warranty ................................................ 9-14Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-14Outside the United States .................. 9-15Outside Canada ................................. 9-16Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry (Except United States andCanada) ............................................. 9-17Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-18

Cell Phones ............................................. 9-19Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-19

Event Data Recorder ............................. 9-20Event Data Recorder ......................... 9-20

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-21

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-21

Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-23Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-23Location of the Tire Label(Placard) ............................................ 9-29Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-32Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-35Steps for Determining the Correct LoadLimit: ................................................ 9-41

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-42Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-42Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-43

Service Publications .............................. 9-44Service Publications .......................... 9-44

9-1


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the followingways.

Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inthe U.S., can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of thepage at www.mazdaUSA.com

By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number

9-2

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. Year and model of vehicle

3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage

5. Your dealer's name and location

6. Your question(s)

If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.

qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)

Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may notbe possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, MazdaNorth American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement programadministered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.

BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach amutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able tofacilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.

You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seekingremedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To theextent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort toBBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “LemonLaw”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss WarrantyAct or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTOLINE.

The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not bindingon you or Mazda unless you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTOLINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBBwebsite at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.

Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hopeto satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazdabelieves in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensureMazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!


Customer Assistance

9-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qCalifornia Customers

1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration CertificationProgram of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.

2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you tobring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBBAUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months afterthe expiration of the warranty.

3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for thecall.

4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name andaddress, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and astatement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, theapproximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to theattention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.

5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. Ifmediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claimswithin the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informalhearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from thetime your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contactMazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests aninspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report byBBB AUTO LINE.

6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights orremedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required touse BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I ofthe Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seekredress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE isnot required by those statutes.

9-4


Customer Assistance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative isunable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable expresswarranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace orrepurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumptionthat Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to itsapplicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the followingoccurs:l The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty thatsubstantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition thatis likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND thenonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agentsAND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or itsagents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or itsagents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of thevehicle to the buyer.

NOTICE TOMazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THEFOLLOWING ADDRESS:Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618ATTN: Customer Mediation

8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursementfor money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehiclenonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation fordamages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.

9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multipledamages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in CaliforniaCivil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).

10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject thedecision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision andany findings will be admissible in a court action.

11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and willcomply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after wereceive notice of your acceptance of the decision.

12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.


Customer Assistance

9-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Customer Assistance (Canada)

qSatisfaction Review Process

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All AuthorizedMazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. Inour experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of yourMazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by yourdealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normaldealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager hasalready reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its GeneralManager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office

If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange foryou to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact MazdaCanada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office addressand phone numbers are shown (page 9-8).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department

If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, MazdaCanada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)263-4680.Provide the Department with the following information:

1. Your name, address and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” pageof section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.

4. Purchase date

5. Present odometer reading


7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction

The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will reviewthe case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.

9-6


Customer Assistance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use ofyour Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow theabove three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program

Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's CustomerSatisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is stillnot resolved, you have another option.

Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you abouthow your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party throughbinding arbitration.

Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving thatgoal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as theaward is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)

If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,Mazda, and/or one of its dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish touse the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in schedulingand preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed withCAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.


Customer Assistance

9-7


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact theProvincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300North York, OntarioM2J 4Y8http://camvap.caProvincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:

Province/Territory CAMVAP Number

British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685

Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685

Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685

Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685

Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685

qRegional Offices

REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED

MAZDA CANADA INC.WESTERN REGION

8171 ACKROYD ROADSUITE 2000

RICHMOND B.C.V6X 3K1

(604) 303-5670

ALBERTA,BRITISH COLUMBIA,

MANITOBA,SASKATCHEWAN,

YUKON

MAZDA CANADA INC.CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION

55 VOGELL ROAD,RICHMOND HILL,ONTARIO, L4B 3K5

(905) 787-7000

ONTARIO

MAZDA CANADA INC.QUEBEC REGION

6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE

POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBECH9R 5A5

(514) 694-6390

QUEBEC,NEW BRUNSWICK,NOVA SCOTIA,

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,NEWFOUNDLAND

9-8


Customer Assistance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all AuthorizedMazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in topcondition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2

If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact yourarea's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).

Please help us by providing the following information:



3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage


6. Your question(s)


Customer Assistance

9-9


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Customer Assistance (Mexico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qContact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical condition inaccordance with a certified physician you must contact your dealership in order to avoidthe potential loss of the warranty of your vehicle which may occur if some third party ishired by the customer to make any modifications to this system.

Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inMexico, can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

By phone at: 01 800 01 MAZDA (62932)

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda Motor de MexicoMario Pani #150, PB Col. Lomas de Santa FeMexico, D.F. C.P. 05300Del. Cuajimalpa de MorelosTel: Customer Assistance01 800 01 MAZDA (62932).

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:


9-10


Customer Assistance


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2. Year and model of vehicle3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on

the upper driver's side corner of the dash)4. Purchase date and current mileage5. Your dealer's name and location6. Your question(s)


Customer Assistance

9-11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Importer/Distributor

qU.S.A.

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Distributor in Each Area

qCANADA

Mazda Canada Inc.55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,Ontario, L4B 3K5 CanadaTEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Islands

Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de PuertoRico)P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico00936-2722TEL: (787) 641-9300

qMEXICO

Mazda Motor de MexicoMario Pani # 150, PB Col. Lomas deSanta Fe Mexico, D.F. C.P. 05300 Del.CuajimalpaTEL: Center of Attention to Clients:01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico

qGUAM

Triple J Motors157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,GUAM 96911 USAP.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN

Pacific International Marianas, Inc.(d.b.a. Midway Motors)P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950TEL: (670) 234-7524

9-12


Mazda Importer/Distributors


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Triple J Saipan, Inc.(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

qAMERICAN SAMOA

Polynesia Motors, Inc.P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, AmericanSamoa 96799TEL: (684) 699-9347


Mazda Importer/Distributors

9-13


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Warranties for Your Mazdal New Vehicle Limited Warrantyl Powertrain Limited Warrantyl Safety Restraint System Limited Warrantyl Anti-perforation Limited Warrantyl Federal Emission Control Warranty/California Emission Control Warranty

l Emission Defect Warrantyl Emission Performance Warranty

l Emission Control Warrantyl Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warrantyl Tire Warranty

NOTEWarranty information varies depending on the country. Refer to the Warranty Booklet for detailedwarranty information.

9-14


Warranty


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Outside the United StatesGovernment regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specificemission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the UnitedStates may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canadapermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible forexportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the UnitedStates:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.


Warranty

9-15


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Outside CanadaGovernment regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emissionregulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differfrom those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United Statespermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to theUnited States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-16


Warranty


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (ExceptUnited States and Canada)

Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether itmeets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will bedriven. Consequently, your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in orderto meet the regulations.In addition, you should be aware of the following issues:Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.

There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take yourvehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.


Warranty

9-17


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and AccessoriesNon-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazdavehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect yourvehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before youinstall any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGAlways consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts oraccessories:

Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designedparts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safetysystems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances ofinjuries in an accident.

Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such asmobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:

Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing animproper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing enginestalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from theinstallation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.

9-18


Warranty


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Cell Phones Warning

WARNINGPlease comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicationequipment in vehicles in your State or Province:

Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehiclenavigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use ofthese devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a seriousaccident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safearea before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cellphone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,concentrate on the full-time job of driving.


Cell Phones

9-19


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Event Data RecorderThis vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDRis to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle. The data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systemsperformed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle isdesigned to record such data as:l How various systems in your vehicle were operating;l Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;l How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,l How fast the vehicle was traveling.These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashesand injuries occur.

NOTEEDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash or near crash-like situation occurs;no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name,gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during acrash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicleor the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as lawenforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have accessto the vehicle or the EDR.

Mazda will not disclose any of the data recorded in an EDR to a third party unless:l Awritten agreement from the vehicle owner or the lessee is obtainedl Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authoritiesl Used as a defense for Mazda in a law suit, claim, or arbitrationl Ordered by a judge or courtHowever, if necessary Mazda will:l Use the data for research on Mazda vehicle performance, including safety.l Disclose the data or the summarized data to a third party for research purposes withoutdisclosing vehicle or owner identification information.

9-20


Event Data Recorder


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, andtemperature performance.

qTread Wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) tractiontests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.

Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required bylaw.


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)

9-21


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGKeep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:

Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.

These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next severalyears according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.

The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may varywith respect to grade.

ALL PASSENGERVEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES ANDTO ALL OTHER FEDERALTIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

UTQGS MARK (example)

9-22


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Tire LabelingFederal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall ofall tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case ofa recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires

Please refer to the sample below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number

2. Passenger car tire

3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

5. Radial

6. Run-flat tire

7. Rim diameter code

8. Load index & speed symbol

9. Severe snow conditions

10. Tire ply composition and materials used


Tire Information (U.S.A.)

9-23


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

11. Max. load rating

12. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades

13. Max. permissible inflation pressure

14. SAFETY WARNING

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

P

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

NOTEIf your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).

215

“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.

65

“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

R

“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.

15

“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

95

“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

9-24




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

H

“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

Q 99 mph

R 106 mph

S 112 mph

T 118 mph

U 124 mph

H 130 mph

V 149 mph

W 168* mph

Y 186* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. Fortires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M S or M/S: Mud and Snow

AT: All Terrain.AS: All Season. The “M S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use inmud and snow.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)

This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. Thenext two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last fournumbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codesused at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tiredefect requires a recall.

Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used

The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Ingeneral, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and other.

Maximum Load Rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried bythe tire.

Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire undernormal driving conditions.



9-25


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades

Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The gradesrepresent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionson specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire'sresistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Snow Tires

In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with verydeeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the othertires on your vehicle.

SAFETYWARNING

The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNTTIRES.

l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLYCHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-26




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qInformation on Temporary Tires

Please refer to the sample below.

1. Temporary tires

2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

4. Diagonal

5. Rim diameter code

6. Load index & speed symbol

T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

T

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

115

“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.



9-27


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

70

“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

D

“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.

16

“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

90

“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

M

“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

M 81 mph

9-28




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Location of the Tire Label (Placard)You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other importantinformation on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.

SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure

On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psifor the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that theinflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure ismaintained.Refer to Tires on page 10-7.

NOTETire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended coldtire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.



9-29


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

WARNINGAlways check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to therecommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with theinformation in this owner's manual:

Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and mayresult in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexingand rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. Itresults in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tirecan lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by lookingat them.

qChecking Tire Pressure

1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are nothot from driving even a mile.

2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.

3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.

4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.

5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of thevalve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

6. Replace the valve cap.

7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.

NOTESome spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded thatcould poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.

9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or otherirregularities.

NOTEWarm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust thepressure.Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

9-30




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qGlossary of Terms

Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, andthe maximum weight the vehicle can carry.Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providinginformation about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date ofmanufacture.Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants andcargo.Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it'smounted on the vehicle.

Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacityis described on the tire label.

Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular productionoptions weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.



9-31


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Tire MaintenanceImproper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here aresome important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure

Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintainrecommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use thepressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregularwear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or acombination of the following:l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe brakingAfter rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-7) and inspect the lug nutsfor tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread patternor studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will beweakened if rotated from side to side.

9-32




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in good condition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction couldresult in an accident.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tiresgenerally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent highloading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when youreplace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The period in which the tire wasmanufactured (both week and year) is indicated by a 4-digit number.Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9-23.

qSafety Practices

The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivategood driving habits for your own benefit.l Observe posted speed limitsl Avoid fast starts, stops and turnsl Avoid potholes and objects on the roadl Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking



9-33


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

CAUTIONIf you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect yourtire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with cautionuntil you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tireis under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it withyour spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearestvehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-34




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Vehicle Loading

WARNINGDo not tow a trailer with this vehicle:

Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.

This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle, to keep your loadedvehicle weight within its design rating capability. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle,familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings,from the vehicle's Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNINGOverloaded Vehicle:

Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have seriousconsequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle'ssuspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases thedistance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can failcompletely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is acombination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflationpressure.Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from thevehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.



9-35


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from yourdealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed tocarry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and LoadInformation label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THECOMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVEREXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tirelabel is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If anyaftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight ofthe equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to beaccurate.

9-36




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

SAMPLE

CARGO

Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo andoptional equipment.

The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargoweight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants fromthe “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tirelabel.



9-37


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg(699 lbs)The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carriedby a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load oneach axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fullyloaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR isshown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's doorframe or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-38




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

SAMPLE

WARNINGExceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:

Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous andcould result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to thevehicle, or loss of control.Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.

Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.



9-39


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

GCW

GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW).

GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of thevehicle - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can handle without riskingdamage. The GCW must never exceed the GCWR.

WARNINGExceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:

Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, ordamage to the vehicle.Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originalsbecause they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacementtires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWRlimitations.Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.

9-40




Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be

riding in your vehicle.(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg

or XXX lbs.(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load

capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 _ 750 (5 × 150) = 650lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.



9-41


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda MotorCorporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your MazdaImporter/Distributor).

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

NOTEIf you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, California 92618-2922orP.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500

If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-12) inthis booklet.

9-42


Reporting Safety Defects


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, DefectInvestigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contactTransport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.

For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm


Reporting Safety Defects

9-43


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Service PublicationsFactory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to dosome of their own maintenance and repair.

When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to thechart below.

If they do not have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.

PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION

9999-95-063B-13 2013 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)

9999-MX-063B-13 2013 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)

9999-95-039G-13 2013 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)

9999-MX-039G-13 2013 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)

9999-95-078C-13 (U.S.A. only) 2013 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-078C-13 (Canada only) 2013 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-078C-13 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2013 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-95-MODL-13 2013 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS

9999-95-078C-13NAV (U.S.A. only) 2013 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-078C-13NAV (Canada only) 2013 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-078C-13NAV (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2013 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:

Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body andchassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:

Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electricalsystem.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.This is not a technician's manual.

qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:

Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.

9-44


Service Publications


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigationsystem. This is not a technician's manual.


Service Publications

9-45


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

9-46


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

10 Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

Personalization Features ............................................................ 10-9Personalization Features .......................................................... 10-9

10-1


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Vehicle Information Labels

qVehicle Identification Number

The vehicle identification number legallyidentifies your vehicle. The number is ona plate attached to the left top side of thedashboard. This plate can easily be seenthrough the windshield.

qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label

qChassis Number

Type A (With cover)

Open the cover shown in the figure tocheck the chassis number.

Type B (Without cover)

The chassis number is indicated in theposition under the floor mat shown in thefigure.

Front side trim

Scuff plate

To confirm the number, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer because thescuff plate and front side trim must beremoved. The chassis number is alsoindicated on the dashboard. Refer toVehicle Identification Number on page10-2.

10-2

Identification Numbers


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qVehicle Emission ControlInformation Label

qTire Pressure Label

qEngine Number

2.5-liter engine

Forward

3.7-liter engine

Forward

Identification Numbers

10-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Specifications

qEngine

ItemSpecification

2.5-liter engine 3.7-liter engine

Type DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder DOHC-24V 60°V, 6-cylinder

Bore×Stroke 89.0 × 100 mm (3.50 × 3.94 in) 95.5 × 86.7 mm (3.75 × 3.41 in)

Displacement 2,488 ml (2,488 cc, 151.8 cu in) 3,726 ml (3,726 cc, 227.4 cu in)

Compression ratio 9.7 10.3

qElectrical System

Item Classification

Battery 12V-46AH/5HR

Spark-plug number2.5-liter engine NGK ILTR5A13G, LTR5BI13

3.7-liter engine Motorcraft AYFS22FM

Spark-plug gap2.5-liter engine 1.25―1.35 mm (0.049―0.053 in)

3.7-liter engine 1.29―1.45 mm (0.051―0.057 in)

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush.(2.5-liter engine) The fine particulate coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tipscould be damaged.(3.7-liter engine) The fine particulate coating on the platinum alloy could bedamaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant Classification

Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 8-19.

Manual transaxle oil

Any temperatureAPI Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 75W-90

Above 10 °C (50 °F)API Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 80W-90

Automatic transaxle fluid2.5-liter engine Mazda Genuine ATF M-V

3.7-liter engine Mazda Genuine JWS3309

Power steering fluid Mazda Genuine ATF M-V

Brake/Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3

10-4

Specifications


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qCapacities

(Approximate Quantities)

Item Capacity

Engine oil

2.5-literengine

With oil filterreplacement

5.0 L (5.3 US qt. 4.4 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

4.6 L (4.9 US qt. 4.0 Imp qt)

3.7-literengine

With oil filterreplacement

5.2 L (5.5 US qt. 4.6 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

4.7 L (5.0 US qt. 4.1 Imp qt)

Coolant

U.S.A. andCanada

2.5-literengine

Manual transaxle 7.7 L (8.1 US qt, 6.8 Imp qt)

Automatic transaxle 7.6 L (8.0 US qt, 6.7 Imp qt)

3.7-liter engine 8.9 L (9.4 US qt, 7.8 Imp qt)

Mexico2.5-literengine

Manual transaxle 7.9 L (8.3 US qt, 7.0 Imp qt)

Automatic transaxle 8.1 L (8.6 US qt, 7.1 Imp qt)


Manual transaxle oil 2.85 L (3.01 US qt, 2.51 Imp qt)

Automatic transaxlefluid



Fuel tank 70.0 L (18.5 US gal, 15.4 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

Item Specification

Overall lengthWithout license plate holder 4,920 mm (193.7 in)

With license plate holder 4,940 mm (194.5 in)

Overall width 1,840 mm (72.4 in)

Overall height 1,470 mm (57.9 in)

Front tread

16-inch 1,595 mm (62.8 in)

17-inch 1,595 mm (62.8 in)

18-inch 1,585 mm (62.4 in)

Rear tread

16-inch 1,595 mm (62.8 in)

17-inch 1,595 mm (62.8 in)

18-inch 1,585 mm (62.4 in)

Wheelbase 2,790 mm (109.8 in)

Specifications

10-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qWeights

2.5-liter engine

Manual transaxle

Item Weight

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 1,969 kg (4,340 lb)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 1,037 kg (2,286 lb)

Rear 935 kg (2,062 lb)

Automatic transaxle

Item Weight



Rear 934 kg (2,059 lb)

3.7-liter engine

Item Weight



Rear 943 kg (2,079 lb)

qAir Conditioner

Item Classification

Refrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)

10-6

Specifications


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

qLight Bulbs

Exterior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R (SAE)

Headlights

High beam 60 HB3 (#9005)

Lowbeam

Halogen 55 H7 (H7)

Xenonfusion

35 D2S (D2S)

Front turn signal lights/Parking lights 28/8 ― (#7444NA)

Fog lightsí 55 H11 (H11)

Front side-marker lights 4.9 ― (#168)

Side turn signal lights(Integrated with outside mirrors)í

LED*1 ― (―)

High-mount brake light LED*1 ― (―)

Rear turn signal lights 26.9 ― (#3757A)

Brake lights/Taillights(Rear side-marker lights)

26.9/6.7 ― (#3057A)

LED*1 ― (―)

Reverse lights 17.9 W16W (#921)

License plate lights 4.8 ― (194)

Ground illuminationlightí

Retractable outsidemirrors

5.0 ― (―)

Non-retractable outsidemirrors

5.5 ― (―)

*1 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.

Interior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R

Trunk light 3 ―

Overhead light/Map lights (Front) 8 ―

Overhead light (Rear) 10 ―

Courtesy lights 5 W5W

Vanity mirror lights 2.1 ―

qTires

NOTEl The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.

When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fittedto your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l When changing tires extra care must be taken to be sure the TPMS is working. (page 5-27)

Specifications

10-7íSome models.


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-34.

Standard tire

Tire sizeInflation pressure

Front Rear

P205/65R16 94H 220 kPa (32 psi) 220 kPa (32 psi)

P215/55R17 93V 220 kPa (32 psi) 220 kPa (32 psi)

P235/45R18 94W 220 kPa (32 psi) 220 kPa (32 psi)

Temporary spare tire

Tire size Inflation pressure

T115/70D16 92M 420 kPa (60 psi)

qFuses

Refer to Fuses on page 8-49.

10-8

Specifications


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

Personalization FeaturesThe following “Personalization Features” are available. These settings can only be changed by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings

Auto headlight on/offThe headlight illumination on/off timing basedon surrounding lightness/darkness can bechanged

Standard(Illuminates underaverage levels of

darkness)

Earlier/Somewhat earlier/Somewhat later/

Later

Auto headlight offThe time required for headlights to turn offafter ignition is switched off can be changed

30 seconds 0/60/120 seconds

Turn indicator The beep volume level can be changed High Low

Blind spot warning The warning beep function can be changed Activated Deactivated

Illumination entry

The time required for the interior lamp to turnoff automatically after all doors are closed canbe changed

15 seconds 7.5/30/60 seconds

The function allowing the interior lamp toilluminate automatically when ignition isswitched off can be changed

Activated Deactivated

The function allowing the interior lamp toilluminate automatically when doors areunlocked can be changed


The time required for the interior lamp to turnoff automatically can be changed(prevents battery depletion when a door isopen/ajar)

30 minutes 10 minutes

Smart turn

The function allowing the turn signal lights toflash three times with a momentary turn switchoperation (when changing lanes) can bedeactivated

Deactivated Activated

Keyless entry

The unlocking method using the retractable keycan be changed

Press × 2 Press × 1

The time required for the doors to relockautomatically after unlocking with thetransmitter can be changed

30 seconds 60/90 seconds

The function allowing the horn to soundautomatically when the doors are locked bypressing the transmitter two times consecutivelycan be changed


Personalization Features

10-9


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C


Advanced keylessentry

The function to automatically lock the doorswhen leaving the vehicle while carrying the keycan be activated

Deactivated Activated

The advanced key's remaining battery levelwarning light in the instrument cluster can bedeactivated


The volume of the answer-back beep duringkeyless entry system operation can be adjusted

High Low/Deactivated

The volume of the warning beep for theadvanced keyless entry system can be adjusted

High Low

Chooses whether permission is given to opentrunk when advanced keys are both inside trunkor outside vehicle

Permitted Not permitted

Deactivates function that allows power supplyto turn off automatically when the ignition hasbeen switched to ACC for a long period of time


Selects a transition pattern in which the ignitionposition can be switched when pressing thepush button start

ON → Off ON → ACC→ Off

Deactivates the advanced key function Activated Deactivated

Selects the door unlocking method using thedoor handle sensor and/or the request switch

Touch the handle,and only thedriver's doorunlocks

Touch the handle, andall doors unlock

10-10



Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

The following “Personalization Features” can be changed the vehicle owner.


Welcome sound Deactivates welcome sound function 6-28 Activated Deactivated

Auto lock/unlock

Changes the auto lock/unlock function settingfor all the doors according to the vehicle speed,the vehicle power supply condition, and theselector lever positionRefer to Power Door Locks on page 3-32.

All the doors andthe liftgate lockautomaticallywhen the vehiclespeed is about 20km/h (12 mph) ormore. All thedoors and theliftgate unlockwhen the ignitionis switched fromON to ACC orOff.

The auto door-lockfunction is disabled

All the doors and theliftgate lockautomatically when thevehicle speed is about20 km/h (12 mph) ormore

When the ignition isswitched ON and theshift lever is shiftedfrom park (P) to anyother gear position, allthe doors and theliftgate lockautomatically.

When the ignition isswitched ON and theshift lever is shiftedfrom park (P) to anyother gear position, allthe doors and theliftgate lockautomatically.When the shift lever isshifted to park (P)while the ignition isswitched ON, all thedoors and the liftgateunlock automatically.


10-11


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

10-12


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

11 Index

11-1


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

A

Accessory Socket ............................ 6-153Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-18Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2

Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5Advanced key suspendfunction ...................................... 3-19Auxiliary key .............................. 3-19Locking, unlocking doors ............ 3-8Opening the trunk lid with requestswitch ......................................... 3-10Operational range ......................... 3-7Remote control function ............. 3-15Service ......................................... 3-6Warning and beep sounds .......... 3-20When warning indicator/beep isactivated ..................................... 3-23

Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-41Antenna ............................................. 6-16Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-8

Warning light ............................... 5-9Appearance Care ............................... 8-55Audio System ................................... 6-16

Audio control switch .................. 6-71Audio set (Type A) ..................... 6-27Audio set (Type B) ..................... 6-45AUX mode ................................. 6-74Operating tips for audiosystem ........................................ 6-16Safety certification ..................... 6-77

Automatic TransaxleDriving tips ................................ 5-19Manual shift mode ..................... 5-16Shift-lock override ..................... 5-15Shift-lock system ....................... 5-15Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-14

B

BatteryEmergency starting .................... 7-15Maintenance ............................... 8-32Specifications ............................. 10-4

Beep SoundsBlind spot monitoring systemwarning ...................................... 5-60Electronic steering lockwarning ...................................... 5-60Ignition key reminder ................. 5-59Seat belt warning ........................ 5-59Tire inflation pressure warning... 5-59

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5After getting in ............................. 4-5Before getting in .......................... 4-5

Blind Spot Monitoring(BSM) System .................................. 5-33

BSM OFF indicator light ........... 5-35BSM OFF switch ....................... 5-36Care of radar sensors .................. 5-36Warning light/beep ..................... 5-35

Bluetooth® Audio (Type A) ............. 6-78Bluetooth® Audio (Type B) ............. 6-87Bluetooth® Hands-Free(Panel Operation) ............................ 6-122

Basic Bluetooth® Hands-Freeoperation .................................. 6-124Convenient use of the hands-freesystem ...................................... 6-127Hands-free setting .................... 6-131Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Freecustomer service ....................... 6-134Safety certification ................... 6-134When Bluetooth® Hands-Free cannotbe used ..................................... 6-133

11-2

Index


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

B

Bluetooth® Hands-Free(Voice Recognition) .......................... 6-95

Bluetooth® Hands-Free cannot beused .......................................... 6-120Bluetooth® Hands-Freeoperation .................................. 6-100Convenient use of the hands-freesystem ...................................... 6-105Hands-free setting .................... 6-112Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Freecustomer service ....................... 6-121Safety certification ................... 6-120

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-28Bottle Holder ................................... 6-149Brake/Clutch

Fluid ........................................... 8-25Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-8Brakes assist ............................... 5-10Foot brake .................................... 5-5Pad wear indicator ...................... 5-10Parking brake ............................... 5-7Warning light ............................... 5-8

Break-In Period ................................... 4-6Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-40

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3Cell Phones ....................................... 9-19Center Console ................................ 6-151

C

Child RestraintChild restraint precautions ......... 2-26Child-restraint system installationposition ...................................... 2-30Installing child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-31LATCH child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-37

Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-35Climate Control System ...................... 6-2

Gas specifications ...................... 10-6Clock ............................................... 6-145Courtesy Lights ............................... 6-143Cruise Control ................................... 5-20Cup Holder ...................................... 6-148Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

D

Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-43Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-65Defroster

Mirror ......................................... 5-72Rear window .............................. 5-71

Dimensions ....................................... 10-5Door Locks ....................................... 3-31Driving In Flooded Area ..................... 4-9Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-11Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6

Automatic transaxle ................... 5-19Break-in period ............................ 4-6Driving in flooded area ................ 4-9Driving on uneven road .............. 4-11Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8Winter driving .............................. 4-8

Index

11-3


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

D

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-25DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-26DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-26TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-25

E

Emergency Starting ........................... 7-15Flooded engine ........................... 7-15Jump-starting .............................. 7-16Push-starting .............................. 7-18

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-19Emission Control System .................... 4-3Engine

Coolant ....................................... 8-23Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4Hood release .............................. 3-45Oil .............................................. 8-19Overheating ................................ 7-13Starting ......................................... 5-4

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-18Engine Coolant

Overheating ................................ 7-13Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge ................................................ 5-42Event Data Recorder ......................... 9-20Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4Exterior Care ..................................... 8-57

F

FlasherHazard warning .......................... 5-73Headlights .................................. 5-61

Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3Changing ...................................... 7-6Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3

F

FluidsClassification .............................. 10-4Owner maintenance ................... 8-15

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-67Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5Front Seats(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-4Front Seats(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2Fuel

Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-43Gauge ......................................... 5-42Requirements ............................... 4-2Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Fuses ................................................. 8-49Panel description ........................ 8-52Replacement ............................... 8-49

G

Gauges .............................................. 5-38Glove Compartment ........................ 6-150

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-73Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7Headlights

Control ....................................... 5-61Flashing ...................................... 5-64High-low beam .......................... 5-64Leveling ..................................... 5-65

HomeLink Wireless ControlSystem .............................................. 5-73Hood Release .................................... 3-45Horn .................................................. 5-72

11-4

Index


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

I

IgnitionKeys ........................................... 3-24Switch .......................................... 5-2

Illuminated Entry System ............... 6-142Immobilizer System(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-50Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-54Indicator Lights ................................. 5-44

BSM OFF ................................... 5-58Cruise ......................................... 5-57DSC OFF .................................... 5-57Headlight high-beam .................. 5-56KEY ............................................ 5-54Security ...................................... 5-55Shift position .............................. 5-56TCS/DSC ................................... 5-56Turn signal/hazard warning ........ 5-58

Information Display ........................ 6-144Audio display ........................... 6-145Climate control display ............ 6-145Clock ........................................ 6-145Information display functions... 6-144Trip computer ........................... 6-145

Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-39Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-38Interior Care ...................................... 8-61Interior Lights ................................. 6-142

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-16

K

Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-25Keys .................................................. 3-24

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-66Light Bulbs

Replacement ............................... 8-40Specifications ............................. 10-7

Lighting Control ............................... 5-61Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4

M

MaintenanceIntroduction .................................. 8-2Owner maintenanceprecautions ................................. 8-16Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-15Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Manual Transaxle Operation ............. 5-11Recommendations for shifting.... 5-12

Map Lights ...................................... 6-143Meters and Gauges ........................... 5-38Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-72Mirrors

Outside mirrors .......................... 3-61Rearview mirror ......................... 3-62

Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6Moonroof .......................................... 3-47

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-39Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-61Outside Temperature Display ............ 5-39Overhead Console ........................... 6-150Overhead Lights .............................. 6-142Overheating ....................................... 7-13Overloading ...................................... 4-10

Index

11-5


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-55Parking Brake ..................................... 5-7Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2Personalization Features ................... 10-9Power Door Locks ............................ 3-32Power Steering .................................. 5-20

Fluid ........................................... 8-26Power Windows ................................ 3-40Push-Starting ..................................... 7-18

R

Rear Coat Hooks ............................. 6-152Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-35Rear Seat ............................................. 2-9Rear View Monitor ......................... 6-135Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-71Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-62Recreational Towing ......................... 7-20Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry ............................................. 9-17Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8

S

Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-42Seat Belt System

3-point type ................................ 2-18Automatic locking ...................... 2-17Emergency locking .................... 2-16Extender ..................................... 2-23Pregnant women ........................ 2-16Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-20Seat belt precautions .................. 2-14Seat belt reminder ....................... 2-25Warning light ............................. 2-24

S

SeatsFront seat(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-4Front seat(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2Rear seat ....................................... 2-9Seat warmer ................................ 2-12

Security SystemImmobilizer system(with advanced key) ................... 3-50Immobilizer system(without advanced key) .............. 3-54Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-58

Service Publications .......................... 9-44Shopping Bag Hook ........................ 6-152Side Extention Sunvisors ................ 6-141Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3Specifications .................................... 10-4Speedometer ...................................... 5-39SRS Air Bags

Driver and front passenger occupantclassification system .................. 2-54How the SRS air bags work ....... 2-47Limitations to SRS air bag ......... 2-52Monitoring and maintenance ..... 2-59SRS air bag deploymentcriteria ........................................ 2-51Supplemental restraint system(SRS) precautions ...................... 2-41Supplemental restraint systemcomponents ................................ 2-46

Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4Steering Wheel .................................. 3-61

Horn ........................................... 5-72

11-6

Index


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

S

Storage Compartments .................... 6-150Center console .......................... 6-151Glove compartment .................. 6-150Overhead console ..................... 6-150Rear coat hooks ........................ 6-152Shopping bag hook .................. 6-152Storage pocket .......................... 6-150

Storage Pocket ................................ 6-150Sunshade ........................................... 3-49Sunvisors ........................................ 6-141

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-41Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-36Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-58Tire Information ................................ 9-23Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-27

System error activation .............. 5-31Tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light .............................. 5-29Tires and wheels ......................... 5-31

TiresFlat tire ......................................... 7-3Inflation pressure ........................ 8-34Replacement ............................... 8-36Rotation ...................................... 8-35Snow tires .................................... 4-9Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3Specifications ............................. 10-7Tire chains .................................... 4-9Uniform tire quality grading system(UTQGS) ................................... 9-21

Tool ..................................................... 7-3

T

TowingDescription ................................. 7-19Emergency towing ..................... 7-19Recreational towing ................... 7-20Trailer towing ............................. 4-12

Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-24TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-24

Trailer Towing .................................. 4-12Trip Meter ......................................... 5-39Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-36

Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-39Trunk Light ....................................... 3-38Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-66

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................. 6-141Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

Index

11-7


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

W

Warning Lights ................................. 5-44ABS ............................................ 5-47Air bag system ........................... 5-50Automatic transaxle ................... 5-51Brake system .............................. 5-46Charging system ......................... 5-48Check engine .............................. 5-49Check fuel cap ........................... 5-50Door-ajar .................................... 5-51Electronic steering lock .............. 5-55Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-48Front seat belt pretensionersystem ........................................ 5-50KEY ............................................ 5-54Low fuel ..................................... 5-50Low washer fluid level ............... 5-51Malfunction ................................ 5-47Powertrain malfunction/reducedpower .......................................... 5-49Seat belt ...................................... 5-51Tire pressure monitoringsystem ........................................ 5-52

Warranty ............................................ 9-14Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-27Weights ............................................. 10-6Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-37Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-40Windshield Washer ........................... 5-71Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-68

Blades replacement .................... 8-29Winter Driving .................................... 4-8

11-8

Index


Form No.8CJ2-EA-12C

2013 mazda6 owners manual - mazdausa.com€¦ · we want to help you get the most driving pleasure...

Documents